Compare commits
No commits in common. "master" and "import-tars" have entirely different histories.
master
...
import-tar
873 changed files with 23016 additions and 270108 deletions
|
|
@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# EditorConfig configuration for pacman
|
||||
# https://editorconfig.org
|
||||
|
||||
# Top-most EditorConfig file
|
||||
root = true
|
||||
|
||||
# Unix-style newlines without trailing whitespaces, but with a newline
|
||||
# ending every file, utf-8 charset, set indent to tabs
|
||||
[*]
|
||||
end_of_line = lf
|
||||
insert_final_newline = true
|
||||
trim_trailing_whitespace = true
|
||||
charset = utf-8
|
||||
indent_style = tab
|
||||
|
||||
[{NEWS,HACKING}]
|
||||
indent_style = space
|
||||
|
||||
[meson.build]
|
||||
indent_style = space
|
||||
indent_size = 2
|
||||
|
||||
[*.py]
|
||||
indent_style = space
|
||||
1
.gitattributes
vendored
1
.gitattributes
vendored
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||
*.py diff=python
|
||||
3
.gitignore
vendored
3
.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
|
|||
*~
|
||||
*.o
|
||||
pacman-*.tar.gz
|
||||
132
.gitlab-ci.yml
132
.gitlab-ci.yml
|
|
@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
|
|||
variables:
|
||||
MAKEFLAGS: "-j10"
|
||||
VERBOSE: 1
|
||||
|
||||
default:
|
||||
after_script:
|
||||
- build-aux/print-failed-test-output build/meson-logs/testlog.json
|
||||
|
||||
.arch-test:
|
||||
image: archlinux:base-devel
|
||||
before_script:
|
||||
- >
|
||||
pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm
|
||||
git
|
||||
gpgme libarchive curl
|
||||
python
|
||||
fakeroot fakechroot
|
||||
meson
|
||||
artifacts:
|
||||
when: always
|
||||
paths:
|
||||
- build/meson-logs/meson-log.txt
|
||||
|
||||
arch:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-debug:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup --buildtype=debug --werror build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-docs:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm asciidoc
|
||||
- meson setup -Ddoc=enabled build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-clang:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm clang
|
||||
- CC=clang meson setup build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
#arch-valgrind:
|
||||
# extends: .arch-test
|
||||
# script:
|
||||
# - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm valgrind
|
||||
# - pacman -U --noconfirm https://geo.mirror.pkgbuild.com/core-debug/os/x86_64/glibc-debug-$(pacman -S --print-format %v glibc)-x86_64.pkg.tar.zst
|
||||
# - meson setup build
|
||||
# - ninja -C build
|
||||
# - PACTEST_VALGRIND=1 fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-nettle:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Dcrypto=nettle --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-no-gpg:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Dgpgme=disabled --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-no-curl:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Dcurl=disabled --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
arch-no-nls:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup -Di18n=false --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
debian:
|
||||
image: debian:bookworm
|
||||
before_script:
|
||||
- apt update
|
||||
- >
|
||||
apt -y install --no-install-recommends
|
||||
git pkg-config meson gcc libtool
|
||||
libgpgme-dev libarchive-dev libcurl4-openssl-dev libssl-dev curl
|
||||
gettext python3 python3-setuptools dash gawk ca-certificates
|
||||
fakeroot fakechroot
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
fedora:
|
||||
image: fedora
|
||||
before_script:
|
||||
- >
|
||||
dnf -y install
|
||||
git findutils patch sed
|
||||
meson gcc libtool bsdtar
|
||||
gpgme-devel libarchive-devel libcurl-devel openssl-devel gettext-devel
|
||||
asciidoc python3 dash gawk
|
||||
fakeroot fakechroot
|
||||
perl-Module-Load-Conditional
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- meson setup --buildtype=debug build
|
||||
- ninja -C build
|
||||
- fakechroot meson test -C build
|
||||
|
||||
pages:
|
||||
extends: .arch-test
|
||||
script:
|
||||
- pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm asciidoc
|
||||
- meson setup -Ddoc=enabled build
|
||||
- ninja -C build html
|
||||
artifacts:
|
||||
paths:
|
||||
- build/doc
|
||||
publish: build/doc
|
||||
rules:
|
||||
- if: $CI_COMMIT_BRANCH == "release/6.1.x"
|
||||
35
.mailmap
35
.mailmap
|
|
@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org> <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
|
||||
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
|
||||
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
|
||||
Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <allan.mcrae@qimr.edu.au>
|
||||
Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> <stderr@mail.com>
|
||||
Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
|
||||
Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
|
||||
Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com> <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
|
||||
Christos Nouskas <nous@archlinux.us> <nouskas@gmail.com>
|
||||
Daenyth Blank <daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
|
||||
Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
|
||||
Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org> <d@falconindy.com>
|
||||
甘露(Gan Lu) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
|
||||
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org> <linuxmania@gmail.com>
|
||||
Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig) <heftig@archlinux.org> <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
|
||||
Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com> <swiergot@juvepoland.com>
|
||||
Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org> <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
|
||||
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
|
||||
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar> <jotapesan@gmail.com>
|
||||
Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org> <manutortosa@gmail.com>
|
||||
Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
|
||||
Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de> <siquame@web.de>
|
||||
morganamilo <morganamilo@archlinux.org> <morganamilo@gmail.com>
|
||||
Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> <djszapi2@gmail.com>
|
||||
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba@petra.hos.u-szeged.hu>
|
||||
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba at bibl.u-szeged.hu>
|
||||
Nezmer <git@nezmer.info> <Nezmer@allurelinux.org>
|
||||
Roman Kyrylych <roman@archlinux.org> <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
|
||||
Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com> <xilonmu@gmail.com>
|
||||
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> <vogo@seznam.cz>
|
||||
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> Vojtech Gondzala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
|
||||
William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
|
||||
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
|
||||
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
|
||||
Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <xav@chantry.homelinux.org>
|
||||
18
.tx/config
18
.tx/config
|
|
@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
|
|||
[main]
|
||||
host = https://www.transifex.com
|
||||
|
||||
[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:libalpm-pot]
|
||||
file_filter = lib/libalpm/po/<lang>.po
|
||||
source_file = lib/libalpm/po/libalpm.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:pacman-pot]
|
||||
file_filter = src/pacman/po/<lang>.po
|
||||
source_file = src/pacman/po/pacman.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
[o:toofishes:p:archlinux-pacman:r:pacman-scripts-pot]
|
||||
file_filter = scripts/po/<lang>.po
|
||||
source_file = scripts/po/pacman-scripts.pot
|
||||
source_lang = en
|
||||
|
||||
1
AUTHORS
1
AUTHORS
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Use `git shortlog -s` for a list of contributors.
|
||||
31
COPYING
31
COPYING
|
|
@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
|
|||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
|||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
|
|
@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
|||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
|||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,7 +169,7 @@ access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
|||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ impose that choice.
|
|||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
|
|
@ -278,8 +279,8 @@ PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
|||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
|||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
|
|
@ -303,16 +304,16 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
|||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
|
||||
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
|
@ -335,5 +336,5 @@ necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
|||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
308
ChangeLog
Normal file
308
ChangeLog
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
|
|||
VERSION DESCRIPTION
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
2.9.8 - Changed behaviour with original=X,current=Y,new=Z scenario
|
||||
- keep old in place, install new as .pacnew
|
||||
- Search package provides when finding matching targets with -S
|
||||
- Frugalware: added -Qm option to find foreign packages
|
||||
- Frugalware: added DistCC support to makepkg
|
||||
- bugfix: before searching databases for a dependency, make sure
|
||||
one of the packages in the final list doesn't already provide
|
||||
that dependency
|
||||
- fix for segfaults that occurred when propagating requiredby
|
||||
fields to replaced packages where one package depended on
|
||||
another replaced package
|
||||
- a better fix for pacman-optimize integrity checks
|
||||
- fix for regex searches with -Ss (Miklos Vajna)
|
||||
- added a --noprogressbar for scripts to use
|
||||
2.9.7 - fixed the dupe listings of packages when dealing w/ groups
|
||||
- patches from Miklos Vajna:
|
||||
- add regexp search support for -Qs and -Ss
|
||||
- fixed md5sums on x86_64
|
||||
- add --sudosync to makepkg
|
||||
- show syntax help if an invalid option is used
|
||||
- added makepkg option to disable ccache support
|
||||
- changed license field to operate as an array, not a string
|
||||
- added more logic for file conflict checks - if one target
|
||||
is a file and the other is a directory, then it's a conflict
|
||||
- fixed the integrity check in pacman-optimize
|
||||
- reverted NoUpgrade to old behaviour and instead, added the
|
||||
NoExtract directive to pacman.conf, which prevents a file
|
||||
from ever being extracted on to the system
|
||||
eg, NoExtract = home/httpd/html/index.html
|
||||
2.9.6 - added a pacman-optimize script to try and defragment the DB
|
||||
- modified NoUpgrade behaviour to avoid extracting files
|
||||
that are missing from the filesystem -- this helps in
|
||||
situations where the admin does not want the file there, eg,
|
||||
remove index.html so index.php takes precedence
|
||||
- fixed a bug where files would sometimes go missing if they
|
||||
moved from one package to another
|
||||
- add db_remove() which is responsible for clearing out stale
|
||||
hash table entries when packages are removed
|
||||
- added ccache support to makepkg
|
||||
- patch from Aurelien Foret fixes a few memory leaks
|
||||
2.9.5 - bugfix: missing files after re-ordering packages wrt
|
||||
deps with --upgrade
|
||||
- added "Repository" line to -Si output
|
||||
- patch from Tommi Rantala to fix trim() behaviour with
|
||||
empty or whitespace-only strings
|
||||
- fixed removal order when using -Rc or -Rs
|
||||
2.9.4 - fixed a bug that was introduced from another bugfix :-/
|
||||
2.9.3 - fixed a couple manpage typos
|
||||
- added --ignore to -S operations, works just like IgnorePkg
|
||||
- respect IgnorePkg list when pulling in dependencies
|
||||
- numerous memleak fixes
|
||||
- some code changes to improve customizability/branding
|
||||
- Makefile fix for nonstandard lib search paths (Kevin Piche)
|
||||
- fixed the leftover directories in /tmp
|
||||
- speed improvement patches from Tommi Rantala
|
||||
2.9.2 - bugfix for 2.9.1
|
||||
2.9.1 - --refresh now only downloads fresh packages lists if they've
|
||||
been updated (currently only works with FTP)
|
||||
2.9 - Improved -Rs functionality -- pacman now tracks why a package
|
||||
is installed: explicitly, or as a dependency for another
|
||||
package. -Rs will only remove dependencies that were not
|
||||
explicitly installed.
|
||||
- Added compressed package size to sync DBs -- shows the total
|
||||
size of packages before downloading
|
||||
- Patch from Tommi Rantala:
|
||||
- Allow --info and --list together in queries
|
||||
- Patch from Kevin Piche:
|
||||
- Use list_add_sorted() with -Sg
|
||||
- Patch from Hegedus Marton Csaba:
|
||||
- Better manpage compression
|
||||
- Added checks for additional hyphens in package versions
|
||||
- mktemp was failing if %pmo_root%/tmp was missing -- fixed
|
||||
2.8.4 - Added updatesync script from Jason Chu
|
||||
- Changed the pacman binary to be dynamically linked
|
||||
- Included a pacman.static binary as well
|
||||
- Added fakeroot checks when seeing if we're root
|
||||
- Fixed makepkg to use 'tail -n 1' instead of 'tail -1'
|
||||
- Added patch from Kevin Piche:
|
||||
- Cleanup db_loadpkgs(), add list_add_sorted()
|
||||
- Fixed a memory leak in db_find_conflicts()
|
||||
2.8.3 - Fixed a little makepkg bug with bash 3.0
|
||||
- Fixed resolvedeps to always prefer literals over provisios
|
||||
- Added --config option to specify an alternate config file
|
||||
- Added "Include" directive to include repositories from
|
||||
config files (inspired by Michael Baehr's patch)
|
||||
- Added patch from Jason Chu:
|
||||
- Even smarter file-conflict checking
|
||||
2.8.2 - Fixed a segfault bug in file-conflict checks
|
||||
- Made --noconfirm actually work. Go me.
|
||||
2.8.1 - Added a HoldPkg option in pacman.conf, for the more
|
||||
exploratory users who run things like "pacman -R pacman". It
|
||||
will ask for confirmation before removing any packages listed
|
||||
in the HoldPkg list
|
||||
- Added a --noconfirm switch for use with script automation
|
||||
- Modified dependency resolution to prefer packages explicitly
|
||||
requested on the cmdline instead of those pulled in by
|
||||
resolvedeps(). Example, if neither "xorg" nor "xfree86" is
|
||||
installed and "blackbox xfree86" is requested, "xfree86" will
|
||||
be used instead of "xorg"
|
||||
- Added patch from Jason Chu:
|
||||
- Smarter file-conflict checking with symlinked paths and
|
||||
with files that move from one package to another
|
||||
2.8 - Bugfixes:
|
||||
- #861: file:/// urls not handled properly with XferCommand
|
||||
- #1003: set umask before scriptlet calls
|
||||
- #1027: download problems with http urls using -U/-A
|
||||
- #1044: segfaults when using -Rs
|
||||
- #863: "missing post_remove" errors with some packages
|
||||
- #875: detect low disk space properly
|
||||
- #986: makepkg -e doesn't validate files
|
||||
- #1010: add -j option to makepkg
|
||||
- #1028: make pacman -Sp runnable as non-root
|
||||
- added pre_install and pre_upgrade scriptlet support
|
||||
- added an "Architecture" field in the package meta-data
|
||||
- added patch from Aurelien Foret which improves performance
|
||||
adding or removing packages
|
||||
- added implementation of GNU's strverscmp function for better
|
||||
portability
|
||||
- added explicit unlink() calls when --force is used, which
|
||||
prevents those nasty "Text file busy" errors when you
|
||||
force-upgrade something like pacman or glibc.
|
||||
2.7.9 - added the "force" option to packages, so --sysupgrade can
|
||||
downgrade packages when it needs to
|
||||
2.7.8 - added post_remove scriptlet support
|
||||
- added -Qs option (bug #854)
|
||||
- a provisio does not imply conflict, to make a provisio target
|
||||
conflict with anything else that provides the same thing, you
|
||||
can now do this by specifying the provisio target as both a
|
||||
provides and a conflict, eg:
|
||||
conflicts=('x-server')
|
||||
provides=('x-server')
|
||||
- cleaned up the download progress bar a bit
|
||||
- added %o parameter to XferCommand so wget can resume properly
|
||||
- fixed a segfault in downloadfiles() (bug #787)
|
||||
- patches from Oliver Burnett-Hall
|
||||
- gensync uses a better temp dir (bug #774)
|
||||
- PKGDEST can be set in makepkg.conf (bug #783)
|
||||
- patches from Aurelien Foret
|
||||
- segfault fix, couple memory leaks
|
||||
- more sanity checks in "provides" searches
|
||||
- fixed a little display bug in the progress bar
|
||||
- made -Qip look like -Qi
|
||||
- -Sc now removes OLD packages from cache, use -Scc for all
|
||||
2.7.7 - added an XferCommand directive that will make pacman use an
|
||||
external download utility like wget
|
||||
- added a license field to package meta-data
|
||||
- add url support to -A and -U operations (download packages)
|
||||
- -Ss now searches thru provides fields
|
||||
- added --dbonly option to -R
|
||||
2.7.6 - added --print-uris option
|
||||
- fixed an http download bug (bug #667)
|
||||
- fixed a segfault related to replaces/conflicts handling
|
||||
2.7.5 - "replaces" packages were ignoring IgnorePkg in pacman.conf
|
||||
- fixed another bug in conflict handling
|
||||
- found an out-dated reference to /usr/abs, fixed
|
||||
- added a --recursive option for package removal, which removes
|
||||
all deps of a target that aren't required by other packages
|
||||
2.7.4 - fixed a bug in conflict handling, where installing a
|
||||
conflicting package would fail even if the new package
|
||||
"provided" it
|
||||
- if pacman sees a newer version of itself during an upgrade,
|
||||
it will ask to install itself first, then be re-run to upgrade
|
||||
the other packages.
|
||||
- You can now use the --info option with --sync to display an
|
||||
uninstalled package's dependency info.
|
||||
- Added a sane umask before db writes
|
||||
- buffer overflow fix (bug #442)
|
||||
2.7.3 - makepkg not longer strips files with .exe or .dll extensions
|
||||
- Added Aurelien's patch:
|
||||
- proxy support (no authentication yet)
|
||||
- HTTP/1.1 support
|
||||
- an improved progress bar with transfer rates and ETA
|
||||
- cleaned up warning output a bit
|
||||
2.7.2 - Supressed "No such file" messages during stripping
|
||||
- Removed extra newlines in /var/log/pacman.log
|
||||
- Added a --noextract option to makepkg to skip source extraction
|
||||
2.7.1 - Fixed a couple obscure segfaults
|
||||
- LogFiles were logging incorrect dates - fixed
|
||||
- Cleaned up md5sum output in makepkg -g
|
||||
- Added (optional) colorized output messages to makepkg
|
||||
- Renamed the "stable" repo to "release" in pacman.conf
|
||||
- Renamed the "unofficial" repo to "extra" in pacman.conf
|
||||
2.7 - Added build-time dependencies to makepkg (Jason Chu)
|
||||
- Added md5sum integrity checking to packages in --sync
|
||||
mode (Aurelien Foret)
|
||||
- Memory leak fixes (Aurelien Foret)
|
||||
- Added CARCH variable to makepkg.conf for use in PKGBUILDs
|
||||
- Added LogFile option for direct-to-file logging
|
||||
- Added -Qii handling to show modified config files
|
||||
- Allow --sync targets to specify an explicit repository to
|
||||
sync from (eg, pacman -S current/patch)
|
||||
2.6.4 - Altered pacman_upgrade() to allow a package to replace itself
|
||||
2.6.3 - A couple memory fixes in the new replaces code
|
||||
2.6.2 - Fixed a memory cleanup bug
|
||||
- Aurelien's patch:
|
||||
- bug #159 implemented (for -S and -R)
|
||||
- fixed a bug with pacman -Sg (pacman was browsing only one
|
||||
db to get groups)
|
||||
- fixed a bug with list_merge()
|
||||
- fixed some MLK (in dumppkg() and with "-Qi --orphans")
|
||||
- now "pacman -Sg" only displays groups (without content)
|
||||
whereas "pacman -Sg target1 target2" displays groups
|
||||
target1 and target2 with content
|
||||
2.6.1 - Added http download support (Aurelien Foret)
|
||||
- Improved makepkg's --builddeps behaviour when called via
|
||||
makeworld
|
||||
- makepkg's md5 validation now occurs before source extraction
|
||||
- makepkg delays fakeroot entry until after option parsing
|
||||
- Fixed an argument-passing bug in fakeroot
|
||||
- Modified pacman's behaviour wrt provides -- it now allows
|
||||
multiple packages to be installed, even if they provide the
|
||||
same thing (they were treated as conflicts before)
|
||||
2.6 - Added group handling, so one can run 'pacman -S kde' and
|
||||
install all files from the KDE group
|
||||
- Fixed a duplication bug in cascade package removal
|
||||
- Added support for virtual provisions with "provides" tags
|
||||
- When conflicts are encountered, pacman now offers the chance
|
||||
to remove the conflicting packages (provides or literals)
|
||||
- Added support for renamed/combined packages with a "replaces"
|
||||
tag
|
||||
- Added --nostrip option to makepkg
|
||||
- Improved --search to list all packages from all repos when
|
||||
a search term is omitted
|
||||
- Added logging support through syslog()
|
||||
- Added fakeroot support to makepkg (RomanK)
|
||||
- Added MD5sum generation/validation to makepkg (RomanK)
|
||||
- Fixed a progress bar bug (Aurelien Foret)
|
||||
- Sorted makepkg's .FILELISTs (Aurelien Foret)
|
||||
- Targets are now re-ordered w.r.t. dependencies when
|
||||
using -A/-U
|
||||
- Modified --search to work when called as -Sys
|
||||
- Modified abs to use ABS_ROOT from /etc/abs/abs.conf (Aurelien)
|
||||
- Other bug fixes
|
||||
2.5.1 - Minor bug fixes
|
||||
2.5 - Added an URL tag to package info
|
||||
- Sped up package load times by about 500% by introducing
|
||||
a .FILELIST into the package
|
||||
- Renamed the install scriptlet from ._install to .INSTALL
|
||||
- Added patch from Aurlien Foret:
|
||||
- Better lock handling (RW and RO)
|
||||
- Sorted package order in -Qi's dependency lists
|
||||
- Added a DBPath option to pacman.conf
|
||||
- Fixed memory leaks
|
||||
- Added the --nodeps option to -S
|
||||
2.4.1 - Fixed a bug in makepkg's option parsing
|
||||
2.4 - Added getopt-style options to makeworld
|
||||
- Added -w <destdir> to makepkg
|
||||
- makeworld now properly handles packages with --builddeps
|
||||
- Added patches from Aurelien Foret:
|
||||
- Cascading package removals. -Rc will remove a package and
|
||||
all packages that require it
|
||||
- Support for getopt-style options in makepkg
|
||||
- the REQUIREDBY field is now updated when a package is
|
||||
removed with --nodeps, then re-installed.
|
||||
- Avoids duplicate dependency checks with sync
|
||||
- Added a "NoPassiveFtp" option in pacman.conf
|
||||
- Improvements to the --query listings
|
||||
2.3.2 - Added patches from Aurelien Foret:
|
||||
- FTP resume feature
|
||||
- removed the hit-^C-and-delete-the-downloading-file safety
|
||||
- IgnorePkg option in pacman.conf
|
||||
- FTPAGENT setting in makepkg.conf
|
||||
- Added --cleancache option to makepkg
|
||||
2.3.1 - Fixed the progress bar overflow
|
||||
- Pacman does not ask "Are you sure" when you use --downloadonly
|
||||
- Switched up a couple makepkg options to be more consistent
|
||||
with pacman's options
|
||||
- If you ^C out of a file download, the package will now be
|
||||
removed from the cache directory
|
||||
2.3 - The beginnings of source-side dependency resolution, makepkg
|
||||
can now either A) download/install missing deps with pacman
|
||||
-S; or B) find missing deps in the /usr/abs tree and
|
||||
build/install them.
|
||||
- Added a --nodeps option to makepkg
|
||||
- Improved the --search output
|
||||
2.2 - More bugfixes
|
||||
- Added --downloadonly switch to --sync
|
||||
2.1 - Lots of bugfixes
|
||||
- Added support for multiple respositories
|
||||
- Improved the config file layout
|
||||
- Improved dependency resolution and sorting
|
||||
2.0 - Added dependency functionality
|
||||
- Completely new database format, similar to FreeBSD
|
||||
- Better internal data structures
|
||||
- Merged pacsync functionality into pacman
|
||||
- Now uses libftp for all file retrieval (currently only ftp)
|
||||
- Automatic dependency resolution, a la apt-get
|
||||
- Moved config stuff from /etc/pacsync.conf to /etc/pacman.conf
|
||||
- Much better backup file handling, now uses md5 hashes a la rpm
|
||||
1.23 - Added install/upgrade/remove scripting control
|
||||
1.22 - Some manpage typo fixes
|
||||
- Added --root switch to pacsync
|
||||
- Added --help and ability to specify a PKGBUILD to makepkg
|
||||
- Switched default downloader to snarf
|
||||
1.21 - Added better backup control -- upgrade/add and remove
|
||||
do different things with the -n switch
|
||||
1.2 - Added wildcard handling
|
||||
- Added man pages for makepkg and pacsync
|
||||
- Added the pacsync utility for remote file fetching/sync
|
||||
1.1 - Fixed some string-handling bugs
|
||||
- Added better handling of configuration files and the like.
|
||||
If "file" is about to be removed, but it is designated to
|
||||
backed up, then it will be copied to "file.save"
|
||||
- Changed db_find_conflicts() to ignore directories
|
||||
1.0 - Initial Release
|
||||
|
||||
178
HACKING
178
HACKING
|
|
@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Pacman - Contributing
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
This file is meant to give you a brief overview of coding style and other
|
||||
concerns when hacking on pacman. If you are interested in contributing, please
|
||||
read link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] and
|
||||
link:translation-help.html[translation-help] as well.
|
||||
|
||||
Coding Style
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
1. All code should be indented with tabs. (Ignore the use of only spaces in
|
||||
this file.) A tab size of two spaces is used when calculating line widths,
|
||||
which should be a maximum of 80 characters. An EditorConfig file is used
|
||||
to set this project-wide default.
|
||||
|
||||
2. When opening new blocks such as 'while', 'if', or 'for', leave the opening
|
||||
brace on the same line as the beginning of the codeblock. The closing brace
|
||||
gets its own line (the only exception being 'else'). Do not use extra
|
||||
spaces around the parentheses of the block. ALWAYS use opening and closing
|
||||
braces, even if it's just a one-line block. This reduces future error when
|
||||
blocks are expanded beyond one line.
|
||||
+
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
for(lp = list; lp; lp = lp->next) {
|
||||
newlist = _alpm_list_add(newlist, strdup(lp->data));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while(it) {
|
||||
ptr = it->next;
|
||||
if(fn) {
|
||||
fn(it->data);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(it);
|
||||
it = ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
3. When declaring a new function, put the opening and closing braces on their
|
||||
own line. Also, when declaring a pointer, do not put a space between the
|
||||
asterisk and the variable name.
|
||||
+
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
|
||||
|
||||
ptr = list;
|
||||
if(ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
4. Comments should be ANSI-C89 compliant. That means no `// Comment` style;
|
||||
use only `/* Comment */` style.
|
||||
|
||||
/* This is a comment */
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
// This is a comment
|
||||
|
||||
5. Return statements should *not* be written like function calls.
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
return(0);
|
||||
|
||||
6. When using strcmp() (or any function that returns 0 on success) in a
|
||||
conditional statement, use != 0 or == 0 and not the negation (!) operator.
|
||||
It reads much cleaner for humans (using a negative to check for success is
|
||||
confusing) and the compiler will treat it correctly anyway.
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(a, b) == 0)
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
if(!strcmp(a, b))
|
||||
|
||||
7. Use spaces around almost all arithmetic, comparison and assignment
|
||||
operators and after all ',;:' separators.
|
||||
|
||||
foobar[2 * size + 1] = function(a, 6);
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
foobar[2*size+1]=function(a,6);
|
||||
|
||||
for(a = 0; a < n && n > 0; a++, n--) {}
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
for(a=0;a<n&&n>0;a++,n--) {}
|
||||
|
||||
8. Declare all variables at the start of the block.
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = url;
|
||||
if(!newurl) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
NOT
|
||||
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl = url;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!newurl) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
...
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Other Concerns
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
Header Includes
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Currently our #include usage is in messy shape, but this is no reason to
|
||||
continue down this messy path. When adding an include to a file, follow this
|
||||
general pattern, including blank lines:
|
||||
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include <standardheader.h>
|
||||
#include <another.h>
|
||||
#include <...>
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Follow this with some more headers, depending on whether the file is in libalpm
|
||||
or pacman proper. For libalpm:
|
||||
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "yourfile.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "anythingelse.h"
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
For pacman:
|
||||
|
||||
[source,C]
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
#include <alpm.h>
|
||||
#include <alpm_list.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* pacman */
|
||||
#include "yourfile.h"
|
||||
#include "anythingelse.h"
|
||||
-------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Never directly include config.h. This will always be added via Makefiles.
|
||||
124
Makefile.in
Normal file
124
Makefile.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# pacman
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright (c) 2002 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
# (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
|
||||
# USA.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# NOTE: Since pacman is compiled statically, you will need the static
|
||||
# libraries for zlib and glibc.
|
||||
|
||||
DESTDIR =
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
|
||||
BINDIR = @bindir@
|
||||
MANDIR = @mandir@
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ $(AM_INSTALL_PROGRAM_FLAGS)
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||
|
||||
PACVER = 2.9.8
|
||||
|
||||
TOPDIR = @srcdir@
|
||||
SRCDIR = $(TOPDIR)/src/
|
||||
OBJDIR = $(TOPDIR)/src/
|
||||
MANSRC = $(TOPDIR)/doc/
|
||||
SCRDIR = $(TOPDIR)/scripts/
|
||||
|
||||
CXX = @CC@
|
||||
CXXFLAGS += @CFLAGS@ -g -Wall -pedantic -fno-exceptions \
|
||||
-D_GNU_SOURCE -DPACVER=\"$(PACVER)\" -I. -Ilibftp
|
||||
LDFLAGS += @LDFLAGS@ -Llibftp -lftp -ltar -lz
|
||||
|
||||
SRCS = $(SRCDIR)pacman.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)db.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)util.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)list.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)package.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)pacsync.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)md5.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)md5driver.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)strhash.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)vercmp.c \
|
||||
$(SRCDIR)rpmvercmp.c
|
||||
|
||||
OBJECTS = $(OBJDIR)pacman.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)db.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)util.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)list.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)package.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)pacsync.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)md5.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)md5driver.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)strhash.o \
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)rpmvercmp.o
|
||||
|
||||
all: libftp.a pacman vercmp convertdb man
|
||||
|
||||
pacman: $(OBJECTS) libftp.a
|
||||
$(CXX) $(OBJECTS) -o $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
$(CXX) $(OBJECTS) -o $@.static -static $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
vercmp: $(OBJDIR)vercmp.o $(OBJDIR)rpmvercmp.o
|
||||
$(CXX) $(OBJDIR)vercmp.o $(OBJDIR)rpmvercmp.o $(CXXFLAGS) -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
convertdb: $(OBJDIR)convertdb.o $(OBJDIR)list.o $(OBJDIR)util.o
|
||||
$(CXX) $(OBJDIR)convertdb.o $(OBJDIR)list.o $(OBJDIR)util.o $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
.c.o: $(SRCS)
|
||||
$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) -o $@ -c $<
|
||||
|
||||
man: $(MANSRC)pacman.8 \
|
||||
$(MANSRC)makepkg.8
|
||||
|
||||
%.8: %.8.in
|
||||
sed -e "s/#VERSION#/$(PACVER)/" $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
dist: distclean
|
||||
(cd ..; tar czvf pacman-$(PACVER).tar.gz pacman-$(PACVER))
|
||||
|
||||
libftp.a:
|
||||
(cd libftp; make libftp.a)
|
||||
|
||||
install: pacman vercmp convertdb man
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 pacman $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/pacman
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 pacman.static $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/pacman.static
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 vercmp $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/vercmp
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 convertdb $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/convertdb
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 $(SCRDIR)makepkg $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/makepkg
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 $(SCRDIR)makeworld $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/makeworld
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 $(SCRDIR)gensync $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/gensync
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 $(SCRDIR)updatesync $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/updatesync
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0755 $(SCRDIR)pacman-optimize $(DESTDIR)$(BINDIR)/pacman-optimize
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0644 $(MANSRC)pacman.8 $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man8/pacman.8
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0644 $(MANSRC)makepkg.8 $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR)/man8/makepkg.8
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0644 etc/pacman.conf $(DESTDIR)/etc/pacman.conf
|
||||
$(INSTALL) -D -m0644 etc/makepkg.conf $(DESTDIR)/etc/makepkg.conf
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
rm -f *~ $(OBJDIR)*.o $(MANSRC)*.8
|
||||
(cd libftp; make clobber)
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: clean
|
||||
rm -f pacman pacman.static convertdb vercmp
|
||||
rm -f Makefile
|
||||
rm -f config.h config.status config.log
|
||||
|
||||
# End of file
|
||||
788
README
788
README
|
|
@ -1,758 +1,64 @@
|
|||
ALPM library overview & internals
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a list of the main objects and files from the ALPM (i.e. Arch Linux
|
||||
Package Management) library. This document, while not exhaustive, also
|
||||
indicates some limitations (on purpose, or sometimes due to its poor design) of
|
||||
the library at the present time.
|
||||
pacman - Package Management Utility
|
||||
|
||||
There is one special file, "alpm.h", which is the public interface that
|
||||
should be distributed and installed on systems with the library. Only
|
||||
structures, data and functions declared within this file are made available to
|
||||
the frontend. Lots of structures are of an opaque type and their fields are
|
||||
only accessible in read-only mode, through some clearly defined functions.
|
||||
by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
<http://www.archlinux.org/pacman/>
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to "alpm.h", the interfaces of "alpm_list.h" have also been made
|
||||
available to the frontend, for allowing it to manipulate the lists returned by
|
||||
the backend.
|
||||
DESCRIPTION:
|
||||
------------
|
||||
pacman is a utility which manages software packages in Linux. It uses
|
||||
simple .tar.gz files as a package format, and maintains a text-based
|
||||
package database (more of a hierarchy), just in case some hand tweaking
|
||||
is necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
Several structures and functions have been renamed compared to pacman 2.9 code.
|
||||
This was done at first for the sake of naming scheme consistency, and then
|
||||
primarily because of potential namespace conflicts between library and frontend
|
||||
spaces. Indeed, it is not possible to have two different functions with the
|
||||
same name declared in both spaces. To avoid such conflicts, internal function
|
||||
names have been prepended with "_alpm_".
|
||||
pacman does not strive to "do everything." It will add, remove and
|
||||
upgrade packages in the system, and it will allow you to query the
|
||||
package database for installed packages, files and owners. It also
|
||||
attempts to handle dependencies automatically and can download packages
|
||||
from a remote server.
|
||||
|
||||
In a general manner, public library functions are named "alpm_<type>_<action>"
|
||||
(examples: alpm_trans_commit(), alpm_release(), alpm_pkg_get_name(), ...).
|
||||
Internal (and thus private) functions should be named "_alpm_XXX" for instance
|
||||
(examples: _alpm_needbackup(), _alpm_runscriplet(), ...). Functions defined and
|
||||
used inside a single file should be defined as "static".
|
||||
Although the package manager itself is quite simple, the pacman tarball
|
||||
also comes with scripts that help automate building and installing
|
||||
packages. These are used extensively in the Arch Build System (ABS),
|
||||
used in Arch Linux <http://www.archlinux.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
As of version 2.0, pacman can also keep your system's packages in
|
||||
sync with a master server. You can follow CURRENT and STABLE trees,
|
||||
or lock yourself into a specific version. See the pacman manpage
|
||||
for more info on this (--sync operation).
|
||||
|
||||
[Initialization]
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_initialize() is used to initialize library internals and to create
|
||||
a transparent handle object. Before its call, the library can't be used.
|
||||
INSTALL:
|
||||
--------
|
||||
$ ./configure
|
||||
$ make
|
||||
# make install
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_release() just does the opposite (memory used by the library, and the
|
||||
handle is freed). After its call, the library is no longer available.
|
||||
If your man files are located in a directory other than /usr/man, you may
|
||||
want to edit Makefile and modify the MANDIR line accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Since pacman is compiled statically, you will need the static libraries
|
||||
for libtar, glibc and zlib.
|
||||
|
||||
[Options]
|
||||
|
||||
The library does not use any configuration file. It is up to the front end to
|
||||
configure the library as needed; the handle holds a number of configuration
|
||||
options instead.
|
||||
BUGS:
|
||||
-----
|
||||
If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please submit them to
|
||||
<jvinet@zeroflux.org> with specific information such as your
|
||||
commandline, the nature of the bug, and even the package database if
|
||||
it helps.
|
||||
|
||||
All of the following options have a alpm_option_get_* and alpm_option_set_*
|
||||
function for getting and setting the value. They cannot be set before the
|
||||
library is initialized.
|
||||
|
||||
* logcb: The callback function for "log" operations.
|
||||
* dlcb: The callback function for download progress of each package.
|
||||
* fetchcb: Callback for custom download function.
|
||||
* eventcb: Callback for transaction messages.
|
||||
* questioncb: Callback for selecting amongst choices.
|
||||
* progresscb: Callback to handle display of transaction progress.
|
||||
* gpgdir: Directory where GnuPG files are stored.
|
||||
* arch: Allowed package architecture.
|
||||
* checkspace: Check disk space before installing.
|
||||
* default_siglevel: Default signature verification level.
|
||||
* local_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for local file upgrades.
|
||||
* remote_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for remote file upgrades.
|
||||
* logfile: The base path to pacman's log file (Default: /var/log/pacman.log)
|
||||
* usesyslog: Log to syslog instead of `logfile` for file-base logging.
|
||||
COPYRIGHT:
|
||||
----------
|
||||
pacman is Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is
|
||||
licensed through the GNU General Public License (see COPYING).
|
||||
|
||||
The following options also have `alpm_option_{add,remove}_*` functions, as the
|
||||
values are list structures.
|
||||
NOTE: The add and remove functions are NOT plural, as they are in English:
|
||||
alpm_option_{get,set}_noupgrades -> alpm_option_{add,remove}_noupgrade.
|
||||
pacman uses "libtar", a library for reading/writing tar-files. This
|
||||
library is Copyright (c) 1998-2001 Mark D. Roth <roth@uiuc.edu> (see
|
||||
libtar-X.X.X/COPYRIGHT for furthur details).
|
||||
|
||||
* cachedirs: Paths to pacman's download caches (Default: /var/cache/pacman/pkg)
|
||||
* noupgrades: Files which will never be touched by pacman (extracted as .pacnew)
|
||||
* noextracts: Files which will never be extracted at all (no .pacnew file)
|
||||
* ignorepkgs: Packages to ignore when upgrading.
|
||||
* ignoregrps: Groups to ignore when upgrading.
|
||||
pacman uses "ftplib", a library for sending/receiving files via FTP. This
|
||||
library is copyright (c) 1996-2000 Thomas Pfau, pfau@cnj.digex.net (see
|
||||
libftp/ftplib.c for furthur details).
|
||||
|
||||
The following options are read-only, having ONLY alpm_option_get_* functions:
|
||||
|
||||
* root: The root directory for pacman to install to
|
||||
* dbpath: The toplevel database directory
|
||||
* lockfile: The file used for locking the database (Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Transactions]
|
||||
|
||||
The transaction structure permits easy manipulations of several packages
|
||||
at a time (i.e. adding, upgrade and removal operations).
|
||||
|
||||
A transaction can be initiated with a type (SYNC, UPGRADE or REMOVE),
|
||||
and some flags (NODEPS, FORCE, CASCADE, ...).
|
||||
|
||||
Note: there can only be one type at a time: a transaction is either
|
||||
created to add packages to the system, or either created to remove packages.
|
||||
The frontend can't request for mixed operations: it has to run several
|
||||
transactions, one at a time, in such a case.
|
||||
|
||||
The flags allow to tweak the library behaviour during its resolution.
|
||||
Note, that some options of the handle can also modify the behavior of a
|
||||
transaction (NOUPGRADE, IGNOREPKG, ...).
|
||||
|
||||
Note: once a transaction has been initiated, it is not possible anymore
|
||||
to modify its type or its flags.
|
||||
|
||||
One can also add some targets to a transaction (alpm_trans_addtarget()).
|
||||
These targets represent the list of packages to be handled.
|
||||
|
||||
Then, a transaction needs to be prepared (alpm_trans_prepare()). It
|
||||
means that the various targets added, will be inspected and challenged
|
||||
against the set of already installed packages (dependency checking, etc...)
|
||||
|
||||
Last, a callback is associated with each transaction. During the
|
||||
transaction resolution, each time a new step is started or done (i.e
|
||||
dependency or conflict checking, package adding or removal, ...), the
|
||||
callback is called, allowing the frontend to be aware of the progress of
|
||||
the resolution. Can be useful to implement a progress bar.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Package Cache]
|
||||
|
||||
libalpm maintains two caches for each DB. One is a general package cache, the
|
||||
other is a group cache (for package groups). These caches are loaded on demand,
|
||||
and freed when the library is.
|
||||
|
||||
It is important to note that, as a general rule, package structures should NOT
|
||||
be freed manually, as they SHOULD be part of the cache. The cache of a
|
||||
database is always updated by the library after an operation changing the
|
||||
database content (adding and/or removal of packages). Beware frontends ;)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Package]
|
||||
|
||||
The package structure maintains all information for a package. In general,
|
||||
packages should never be freed from front-ends, as they should always be part
|
||||
of the package cache.
|
||||
|
||||
The 'origin' data member indicates whether the package is from a file (i.e. -U
|
||||
operations) or from the package cache. In the case of a file, all data members
|
||||
available are present in the structure. Packages indicated as being from the
|
||||
cache have data members filled on demand. For this reason, the alpm_pkg_get_*
|
||||
functions will load the data from the DB as needed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[Errors]
|
||||
|
||||
The library provides a global variable pm_errno.
|
||||
It aims at being to the library what errno is for C system calls.
|
||||
|
||||
Almost all public library functions are returning an integer value: 0
|
||||
indicating success, -1 indicating a failure.
|
||||
If -1 is returned, the variable pm_errno is set to a meaningful value
|
||||
Wise frontends should always care for these returned values.
|
||||
|
||||
Note: the helper function alpm_strerror() can also be used to translate one
|
||||
specified error code into a more friendly sentence, and alpm_strerrorlast()
|
||||
does the same for the last error encountered (represented by pm_errno).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[List - alpm_list_t]
|
||||
|
||||
The alpm_list_t structure is a doubly-linked list for use with the libalpm
|
||||
routines. This type is provided publicly so that frontends are free to use it
|
||||
if they have no native list type (C++, glib, python, etc all have list types).
|
||||
See the proper man pages for alpm_list_t references.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
PACMAN frontend overview & internals
|
||||
====================================
|
||||
|
||||
Here are some words about the frontend responsibilities.
|
||||
The library can operate only a small set of well defined operations and
|
||||
dummy operations.
|
||||
|
||||
High level features are left to the frontend ;)
|
||||
|
||||
For instance, during a sysupgrade, the library returns the whole list of
|
||||
packages to be upgraded, without any care for its content.
|
||||
The frontend can inspect the list and perhaps notice that "pacman"
|
||||
itself has to be upgraded. In such a case, the frontend can choose to
|
||||
perform a special action.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[MAIN] (see pacman.c)
|
||||
|
||||
Calls for alpm_initialize(), and alpm_release().
|
||||
Read the configuration file, and parse command line arguments.
|
||||
Based on the action requested, it initiates the appropriate transactions
|
||||
(see pacman_upgrade(), pacman_remove(), pacman_sync() in files upgrade.c,
|
||||
remove.c and sync.c).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[CONFIGURATION] (see conf.h)
|
||||
|
||||
The frontend is using a configuration file, usually "/etc/pacman.conf". Some
|
||||
of these options are only useful for the frontend only (mainly the ones used to
|
||||
control the output like verbosepkglist, or the behavior with cleanmethod).
|
||||
The rest is used to configure the library.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
[UPGRADE/REMOVE/SYNC]
|
||||
|
||||
The file pacman.c has been divided into several smaller files, namely
|
||||
upgrade.c, remove.c, sync.c and query.c, to hold the big parts: pacman_upgrade,
|
||||
pacman_remove, pacman_sync.
|
||||
|
||||
These 3 functions have been split to ease the code reading.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.1 AND 3.2
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_db_whatprovides()
|
||||
- alpm_splitdep (no longer public)
|
||||
- trans->targets was removed, so alpm_trans_get_targets() as well
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_OPT_*, PM_ERR_PKG_INSTALLED, PM_ERR_DLT_CORRUPTED,
|
||||
PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE_ERROR
|
||||
- event: PM_TRANS_EVT_EXTRACT_DONE
|
||||
- PM_TRANS_TYPE_ADD pmtranstype_t (add transaction)
|
||||
- PM_TRANS_FLAG_DEPENDSONLY pmtransflag_t
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_grp_get_pkgs returns with pmpkg_t list, not package-name list
|
||||
- Swap parameters on PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG callback function
|
||||
- download callback API changed: alpm_cb_download, alpm_cb_totaldl split
|
||||
(+ new alpm_option_get_totaldlcb(), alpm_option_set_totaldlcb() functions)
|
||||
- unsigned long->off_t changes where size is used
|
||||
- pmsyncpkg_t struct changes:
|
||||
- pmsynctype_t and alpm_sync_get_type() were removed
|
||||
- alpm_sync_get_data() was removed
|
||||
- alpm_sync_get_removes() was added
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- alpm_delta_get_from_md5sum(), alpm_delta_get_to_md5sum()
|
||||
- alpm_miss_get_causingpkg() (new causingpkg field in pmdepmissing_t)
|
||||
- alpm_checkdbconflicts()
|
||||
- alpm_sync_newversion()
|
||||
- alpm_deptest()
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD and
|
||||
PM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
PM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLEXPLICIT, PM_TRANS_FLAG_UNNEEDED and
|
||||
PM_TRANS_FLAG_RECURSEALL
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.2 AND 3.3
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- pmsyncpkg_t struct (pmpkg_t is used for all types of transaction targets):
|
||||
- alpm_sync_get_pkg()
|
||||
- alpm_sync_get_removes() (use alpm_pkg_get_removes() instead)
|
||||
- HoldPkg handling (it is the front-end's task):
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_holdpkgs()
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_holdpkg()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_holdpkgs()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_holdpkg()
|
||||
- PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_HOLDPKG conversation
|
||||
- Print URIs feature (it is the front-end's task):
|
||||
- flag: PM_TRANS_FLAG_PRINTURIS
|
||||
- event: PM_TRANS_EVT_PRINTURI
|
||||
- alpm_delta_get_from_md5sum() and alpm_delta_get_to_md5sum()
|
||||
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade()
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITING, PM_ERR_TRANS_DOWNLOADING, PM_ERR_PKG_LOAD,
|
||||
PM_ERR_PKG_CANT_FRESH, PM_ERR_GRP_NOT_FOUND, PM_ERR_USER_ABORT,
|
||||
PM_ERR_INTERNAL_ERROR, PM_ERR_DB_SYNC, PM_ERR_PKG_HOLD and
|
||||
PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- XferCommand support was removed, any fetch callback function can be defined:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_xfercommand() and alpm_option_set_xfercommand() were removed
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_fetchcb() and alpm_option_set_fetchcb() were added
|
||||
- function renames:
|
||||
- alpm_db_getpkgcache() -> alpm_db_get_pkgcache()
|
||||
- alpm_db_getgrpcache() -> alpm_db_get_grpcache()
|
||||
- alpm_dep_get_string() -> alpm_dep_compute_string()
|
||||
- alpm_get_md5sum() -> alpm_compute_md5sum()
|
||||
- alpm_checkdbconflicts() -> alpm_checkconflicts()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_sysupgrade() has a new enable_downgrade parameter
|
||||
- alpm_checkdeps() and alpm_checkconflicts() require local package list instead
|
||||
of local database
|
||||
- the to-be-upgraded package is passed to the callback function with
|
||||
PM_TRANS_EVT_UPGRADE_START (as the second parameter)
|
||||
- the "requiredby" package is never passed to the callback function with
|
||||
PM_TRANS_CONV_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG (the second parameter is always NULL)
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_db()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_removes()
|
||||
- conversation: PM_TRANS_CONV_REMOVE_PKGS (remove unresolvable targets)
|
||||
- flag: PM_TRANS_FLAG_NOLOCK (do not lock database)
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, PM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED, PM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED and
|
||||
PM_ERR_LIBFETCH
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.3 AND 3.4
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- pmtranstype_t struct (transaction type), alpm_trans_get_type()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_nopassiveftp(), alpm_option_set_nopassiveftp()
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- interface for target loading:
|
||||
- alpm_trans_addtarget() and alpm_trans_sysupgrade() were removed
|
||||
- alpm_sync_target() and alpm_sync_dbtarget() can be used to add a sync target
|
||||
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade() can be used to add outdated packages (for sysupgrade)
|
||||
- alpm_add_target() can be used to add an add/upgrade target
|
||||
- alpm_remove_target() can be used to add a remove target
|
||||
- interface for target listing:
|
||||
- alpm_trans_get_pkgs() was removed
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_removes() was removed
|
||||
- alpm_trans_get_add() can be used to list add/upgrade/sync targets
|
||||
- alpm_trans_get_remove() can be used to list to-be-removed packages
|
||||
- the type parameter of alpm_trans_init() was removed
|
||||
- the type of alpm_db_fetch callback function: mtimeold and mtimenew parameters
|
||||
were replaced by force parameter
|
||||
- unsigned short -> int changes for Boolean variables
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_arch(), alpm_option_set_arch()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_usedelta()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_unused_deltas()
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_get_reason()
|
||||
- error code: PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_db_register_local()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_has_force()
|
||||
- alpm_depcmp()
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_trans_cb_progress type had some types changed from int to size_t
|
||||
- alpm_cb_log format string is now const char *
|
||||
- the interface to add/remove targets:
|
||||
- functions take pmpkg_t * rather than char *.
|
||||
- alpm_sync_target() and alpm_sync_dbtarget() are replaced by alpm_add_pkg()
|
||||
- alpm_add_target() is replaced by alpm_add_pkg()
|
||||
- alpm_remove_target() is replaced by alpm_remove_pkg()
|
||||
- packages can come from:
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_pkg() for normal targets
|
||||
- alpm_find_dbs_satisfier() for versioned provisions
|
||||
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs() for groups
|
||||
- alpm_deptest() is replaced by the more flexible alpm_find_satisfier()
|
||||
- size_t used for alpm_list_t sizes
|
||||
- return type for alpm_list_count()
|
||||
- parameter type in alpm_list_msort() and alpm_list_nth()
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_checkspace(), alpm_option_set_checkspace()
|
||||
- alpm_find_grp_pkgs()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_get_flags()
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, PM_ERR_WRITE
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
|
||||
PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
|
||||
PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_LIBFETCH, PM_ERR_WRITE
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_root(), alpm_option_set_dbpath()
|
||||
- alpm_list_first()
|
||||
- alpm_grp_get_name(), alpm_grp_get_pkgs()
|
||||
- alpm_delta_get_from(), alpm_delta_get_to(), alpm_delta_get_filename(),
|
||||
alpm_delta_get_md5sum(), alpm_delta_get_size()
|
||||
- alpm_miss_get_target(), alpm_miss_get_dep(), alpm_miss_get_causingpkg()
|
||||
- alpm_dep_get_mod(), alpm_dep_get_name(), alpm_dep_get_version()
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_get_package1(), alpm_conflict_get_package2(),
|
||||
alpm_conflict_get_reason()
|
||||
- alpm_fileconflict_get_target(), alpm_fileconflict_get_type(),
|
||||
alpm_fileconflict_get_file(), alpm_fileconflict_get_ctarget()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_url()
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- PM_ prefixes for enum values are now ALPM_
|
||||
- pm prefixes for structs and enums are now alpm_
|
||||
- alpm_initialize now has parameters: char *root, char *dbpath,
|
||||
alpm_errno_t *err and returns an alpm_handle_t struct.
|
||||
- alpm_release now takes an alpm_handle_t *.
|
||||
- alpm_db_register_sync() now requires a extra parameter of a alpm_siglevel_t.
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_load() now requires an extra parameter of an alpm_siglevel_t
|
||||
- alpm_db_setserver() replaced by alpm_db_set_servers(), alpm_db_add_server(),
|
||||
alpm_db_remove_server()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_init() no longer takes callbacks, set those using
|
||||
alpm_option_set_*cb() functions
|
||||
- many functions now require a first parameter of an alpm_handle_t *:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_*
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_*
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_*
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_*
|
||||
- alpm_trans_*
|
||||
- alpm_add_pkg
|
||||
- alpm_checkconflicts
|
||||
- alpm_checkdeps
|
||||
- alpm_db_register_sync
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason
|
||||
- alpm_db_unregister_all
|
||||
- alpm_fetch_pkgurl
|
||||
- alpm_find_dbs_satisfier
|
||||
- alpm_logaction
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_load
|
||||
- alpm_release
|
||||
- alpm_remove_pkg
|
||||
- alpm_sync_sysupgrade
|
||||
- several structs are no longer opaque:
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_t
|
||||
- alpm_delta_t
|
||||
- alpm_depend_t
|
||||
- alpm_depmissing_t
|
||||
- alpm_depmod_t
|
||||
- alpm_fileconflict_t
|
||||
- alpm_group_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_reason_t
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- option functions:
|
||||
- alpm_{get,set}_eventcb()
|
||||
- alpm_option_{get,set}_convcb()
|
||||
- alpm_option_{get,set}_progresscb()
|
||||
- package signing functions:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_gpgdir()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_gpgdir()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_siglist_cleanup()
|
||||
- alpm_db_check_pgp_signature()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_check_pgp_signature()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_origin()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig()
|
||||
- list functions:
|
||||
- alpm_list_to_array()
|
||||
- alpm_list_previous()
|
||||
- structs:
|
||||
- alpm_backup_t
|
||||
- alpm_file_t
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_t
|
||||
- enums:
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t
|
||||
- alpm_sigstatus_t
|
||||
- alpm_sigvalidity_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkgfrom_t
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_GPGME,
|
||||
ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID,
|
||||
ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.0 AND 4.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_list_getdata()
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_pkgfrom_t members are now prefixed with ALPM_
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t - added members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
|
||||
- alpm_depend_t - additional desc member
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_t - additional resolved_path member
|
||||
- alpm_pgpkey_t - added members length, revoked, pubkey_algo
|
||||
- alpm_logaction - added caller identifier argument
|
||||
- function renaming:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_localdb -> alpm_get_localdb
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_syncdbs -> alpm_get_syncdbs
|
||||
- alpm_db_register_sync -> alpm_register_syncdb
|
||||
- alpm_db_unregister_all -> alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs
|
||||
- alpm_db_readgroup -> alpm_db_get_group
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_pkgreason -> alpm_pkg_set_reason (handle parameter removed)
|
||||
- alpm_time_t typedef used for all times:
|
||||
- members of alpm_pgpkey_t
|
||||
- return types of alpm_pkg_get_builddate and alpm_pkg_get_installdate
|
||||
- delta options now use required ratio rather than on/off:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_usedelta -> alpm_option_get_deltaratio
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_usedelta -> alpm_option_set_deltaratio
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- tracking of how a package was validated:
|
||||
- alpm_pkgvalidation_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_validation()
|
||||
- adjustable signature verification levels for upgrade operations:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- sync database usage functions:
|
||||
- alpm_db_usage_t
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_usage()
|
||||
- wrapper functions for reading mtree files:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_mtree_open()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_mtree_next()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_mtree_close()
|
||||
- utility functions:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_find()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_compute_optionalfor()
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_contains()
|
||||
- types:
|
||||
- alpm_time_t
|
||||
- alpm_errno_t
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REQUIRED, ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_START, ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_START,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_PROGRESS_KEYRING_START
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.1 AND 4.2
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_t - removed member resolved_path
|
||||
- alpm_filelist_contains - now returns alpm_file_t
|
||||
- event callback:
|
||||
- alpm_event_t renamed to alpm_event_type_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_t union added
|
||||
- alpm_event_cb now takes only an alpm_event_t parameter
|
||||
- alpm_event_any_t, alpm_package_operation_t, alpm_event_package_operation_t,
|
||||
alpm_event_optdep_removal_t, alpm_event_delta_patch_t, alpm_event_scriptlet_info_t,
|
||||
alpm_event_database_missing_t, alpm_event_pkgdownload_t, alpm_event_pacnew_created_t,
|
||||
alpm_event_pacsave_created_t, alpm_event_pacorig_created_t added
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_*_START -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_*_DONE -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE
|
||||
- question callback:
|
||||
- alpm_question_t renamed to alpm_question_type_t
|
||||
- alpm_question_t union added
|
||||
- alpm_cb_question now takes only an alpm_question_t parameter
|
||||
- alpm_question_any_t, alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t, alpm_question_replace_t
|
||||
alpm_question_conflict_t, alpm_question_corrupted_t, alpm_question_remove_pkgs_t,
|
||||
alpm_question_select_provider_t, alpm_question_import_key_t added
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- memory management:
|
||||
- alpm_fileconflict_free()
|
||||
- alpm_depmissing_free()
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_free()
|
||||
- alpm_dep_free()
|
||||
- database usage:
|
||||
- alpm_db_usage_t
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_usage()
|
||||
- assume installed:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_assumeinstalled()
|
||||
- using noupgrade/noextract:
|
||||
- alpm_option_match_noupgrade()
|
||||
- alpm_option_match_noextract()
|
||||
- utility functions:
|
||||
- alpm_dep_from_string()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_should_ignore()
|
||||
- alpm_decode_signature()
|
||||
- alpm_extract_keyid()
|
||||
- flags:
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REMOVAL,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACSVAE_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.2 AND 5.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t - removed members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
|
||||
- removed .pacorig generation:
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
|
||||
- alpm_event_pacorig_created_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_t.pacorig_created
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- hook support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_hookdirs()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_hookdirs()
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_hookdir()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_hookdir()
|
||||
- alpm_event_hook_t, alpm_event_hook_run_t
|
||||
- alpm_hook_when_t
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_DONE
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_DONE
|
||||
- ALPM_ERR_TRANS_HOOK_FAILED
|
||||
- different database extension support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_dbext()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_dbext()
|
||||
- pkgbase accessor:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_base()
|
||||
- transaction events:
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_START, ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_DONE
|
||||
- database unlocking:
|
||||
- alpm_unlock()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.0 AND 5.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_OK
|
||||
- alpm_siglevel_t - value of ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT changed
|
||||
- functions using bitfields return/pass an int instead of an enum:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_default_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_register_syncdb()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_usage()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_load()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_validation()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_get_flags()
|
||||
- alpm_trans_init()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- overwrite support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_overwrite_files()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_overwrite_files()
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_overwrite_file()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_overwrite_file()
|
||||
- download timeout control:
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_disable_dl_timeout()
|
||||
- access make/checkdepends info:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_checkdepends()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_makedepends()
|
||||
- check pacman capabilities:
|
||||
- alpm_capabilities()
|
||||
- duplicate and add to list:
|
||||
- alpm_list_append_strdup()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.1 AND 5.2
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- package delta support:
|
||||
- alpm_delta_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_delta_patch_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_t union - removed alpm_event_delta_patch_t
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_DONE,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_DONE,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_DONE,
|
||||
ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_FAILED
|
||||
- ALPM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_deltaratio()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_deltaratio()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_deltas()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_unused_deltas()
|
||||
- alpm_transflag_t - removed member ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES
|
||||
- alpm_sync_newversion() replaced with alpm_sync_get_new_version() which
|
||||
does not filter on any ALPM_DB_USAGE_*.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.2 AND 6.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED
|
||||
- ALPM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND
|
||||
- old TotalDownload implementation:
|
||||
- alpm_cb_totaldl
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_totaldlcb()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_totaldlcb()
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_db_update() now accepts a list of databases rather than a single database.
|
||||
- alpm_fetch_pkgurl() accepts a list of packages to download.
|
||||
- alpm_db_search() now has an additional parameter and returns success status
|
||||
- ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_* -> ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_* and ALPM_EVENT_PKG_RETRIEVE_*
|
||||
- alpm_cb_download pass event and data
|
||||
- multi architecture support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_arch() -> alpm_option_get_architectures()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_arch() -> alpm_option_set_architectures()
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_servers() copies parameter data
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- parallel download support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_parallel_downloads()
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_parallel_downloads()
|
||||
- file download events:
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_type_t
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_init_t
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_progress_t
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_completed_t
|
||||
- download misc:
|
||||
- ALPM_DOWNLOAD_RETRY
|
||||
- alpm_download_event_retry_t
|
||||
- alpm_event_pkg_retrieve_t
|
||||
- multiarchitecture support:
|
||||
- alpm_option_add_architecture()
|
||||
- alpm_option_remove_architecture()
|
||||
- misc:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_sig()
|
||||
- callbacks add front-end provided context
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 6.0 AND 6.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[REMOVED]
|
||||
- alpm_trans_t
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- alpm_conflict_t - full package added as member, removing package name and name
|
||||
hash members
|
||||
- alpm_question_import_key_t - holds key uid and fingerprint rather than alpm_pgpkey_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkgreason_t - added ALPM_PKG_REASON_UNKNOWN
|
||||
- alpm_transflag_t - added ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NOHOOKS
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- extensible package data type:
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_xdata_t
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_xdata()
|
||||
- accessor functions:
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_handle()
|
||||
- alpm_pkg_get_handle()
|
||||
- cache server support:
|
||||
- alpm_db_get_cache_servers()
|
||||
- alpm_db_set_cache_servers()
|
||||
- alpm_db_add_cache_server()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 6.1 AND 7.0
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[ADDED]
|
||||
- sandbox functions:
|
||||
- alpm_option_get_sandboxuser()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_sandboxuser()
|
||||
- alpm_option_set_disable_sandbox()
|
||||
- alpm_sandbox_setup_child()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
API CHANGES BETWEEN 7.0 AND 7.1
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
|
||||
[CHANGED]
|
||||
- error codes:
|
||||
PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITING renamed to PM_ERR_TRANS_COMMITTING
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
34
RELEASE
34
RELEASE
|
|
@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
|
|||
The following checklist should be used for making a pacman release.
|
||||
|
||||
- Ensure "ninja dist" succeeds
|
||||
- Call a freeze to development.
|
||||
- Send translation updates to Transifex at least two weeks before a major
|
||||
release (see below). At this stage, strings can only be changed for a
|
||||
major issue.
|
||||
- Update NEWS and README files
|
||||
- Pull translation updates from Transifex
|
||||
- Update version in meson.build as described in file
|
||||
- Update doc/index.asciidoc
|
||||
- Create a signed git tag (git tag -s vX.Y.Z -m "commit message")
|
||||
- Create and sign release tarballs (generate with "ninja dist")
|
||||
- Create release on gitlab project page
|
||||
- Upload release tarball and signature to gitlab ("glab release upload ...")
|
||||
- Create branch release/?.?.x (with ?.? replaced by major version number)
|
||||
- Update .gitlab-ci.yml to point the website pages run at release branch
|
||||
|
||||
Transifex updates are handled using the transifex client. The basic process is:
|
||||
- Pull updates from transifex ("tx pull -f --minimum-perc 75")
|
||||
- Update po files ("./build-aux/update-po")
|
||||
- Fix all translation errors found (e.g. using "mint-check-translations")
|
||||
- Add any new locales to the relevant LINGUAS file
|
||||
- Optional: Make any manual changes needed (e.g. fixing spacing in a string)
|
||||
and update po files again
|
||||
- Push updated po files to transifex ("tx push -s -t --skip")
|
||||
|
||||
Point releases:
|
||||
- all bugs fixes slated for the release branch must first land on master
|
||||
(unless no longer relevant)
|
||||
- following the initial post-release period when the release and master
|
||||
branches may be kept in sync, commits are backported to the release branch
|
||||
using "git cherry-pick -x"
|
||||
- translation updates should be pulled onto the release branch only
|
||||
60
TRANSLATORS
60
TRANSLATORS
|
|
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Thanks to all of those who have helped translate pacman, both in the past and
|
||||
currently. Our translations are currently maintained in Transifex; please read
|
||||
doc/translation-help.txt for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Below is a list of past translators before we switched to Transifex; more can
|
||||
be found by looking in the Git history.
|
||||
|
||||
If your language is not already in the various po/ subdirectories and you wish
|
||||
it was, set up a team in Transifex for your language and we will be happy to
|
||||
add your language to the mix.
|
||||
|
||||
Catalan (ca):
|
||||
Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org>
|
||||
Czech (cs):
|
||||
Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
|
||||
German (de):
|
||||
Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de>
|
||||
Greek (el):
|
||||
Christos Nouskas <nouskas@gmail.com>
|
||||
British English (en_GB):
|
||||
Jeff Bailes <thepizzaking@gmail.com>
|
||||
Spanish (es):
|
||||
Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
|
||||
Fernando Lagos <fernando@zerial.org>
|
||||
French (fr):
|
||||
Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
|
||||
Hungarian (hu):
|
||||
Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
|
||||
Avramucz Péter <muczyjoe@gmail.com>
|
||||
Italian (it):
|
||||
Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
|
||||
Kazakh (kk):
|
||||
Baurzhan Muftakhidinov <baurthefirst@gmail.com>
|
||||
Norwegian (nb):
|
||||
Hans-Kristian Arntzen <maister@archlinux.us>
|
||||
Polish (pl):
|
||||
Mateusz Herych <heniekk@gmail.com>
|
||||
Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com>
|
||||
Mateusz Jędrasik <m.jedrasik@gmail.com>
|
||||
Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR):
|
||||
Armando M. Baratti <ambaratti@archlinux-br.org>
|
||||
Rodrigo Flores <flores@archlinux-br.org>
|
||||
Marcelo Cavalcante <kalibslack@gmail.com>
|
||||
Romanian (ro):
|
||||
Volodia Macovei <blog@volodia.ro>
|
||||
Russian (ru):
|
||||
Sergey Tereschenko <serg.partizan@gmail.com>
|
||||
Vitaly Dolgov <ferhiord@gmail.com>
|
||||
Oleg Finkelshteyn <olegfink@gmail.com>
|
||||
Vladimir Bayrakovskiy <4rayven@gmail.com>
|
||||
Swedish (sv):
|
||||
Christian Larsson <congacx@gmail.com>
|
||||
Turkish (tr):
|
||||
Samed Beyribey <ras0ir@eventualis.org>
|
||||
Alper KANAT <alperkanat@gmail.com>
|
||||
Ukrainian (uk):
|
||||
Roman Kyrylych (Роман Кирилич) <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
|
||||
Ivan Kovnatsky (Іван Ковнацький) <sevenfourk@gmail.com>
|
||||
Simplified Chinese (zh_CN):
|
||||
甘露(Lu.Gan) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
|
||||
2
build-aux/.gitignore
vendored
2
build-aux/.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
*
|
||||
!ltmain-asneeded.patch
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/usr/bin/python3
|
||||
|
||||
import sys
|
||||
|
||||
for path in sys.argv[1:]:
|
||||
print('# -----------------------------------')
|
||||
print('# ' + path + ':')
|
||||
print('# -----------------------------------')
|
||||
with open(path, 'r') as f:
|
||||
for line in f:
|
||||
print('# ' + line, end='')
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!@BASH@
|
||||
|
||||
input=$1
|
||||
output=$2
|
||||
mode=$3
|
||||
|
||||
sed \
|
||||
-e "s|@rootdir[@]|@ROOTDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@localedir[@]|@LOCALEDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@sysconfdir[@]|@sysconfdir@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@localstatedir[@]|@localstatedir@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@libmakepkgdir[@]|@LIBMAKEPKGDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@pkgdatadir[@]|@PKGDATADIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@keyringdir[@]|@KEYRINGDIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@prefix[@]|@PREFIX@|g" \
|
||||
-e "1s|#!/bin/bash|#!@BASH@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|@PACKAGE_VERSION@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|@PACKAGE_NAME@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@BUILDSCRIPT[@]|@BUILDSCRIPT@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@TEMPLATE_DIR[@]|@TEMPLATE_DIR@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@DEBUGSUFFIX[@]|@DEBUGSUFFIX@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@INODECMD[@]|@INODECMD@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@FILECMD[@]|@FILECMD@|g" \
|
||||
-e "s|@BSDTAR_NO_READ_SPARSE[@]|@BSDTAR_NO_READ_SPARSE@|g" \
|
||||
"$input" >"$output"
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ $mode ]]; then
|
||||
chmod "$mode" "$output"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
set -eu
|
||||
|
||||
# this is needed mostly because $DESTDIR is provided as a variable,
|
||||
# and we need to create the target directory...
|
||||
|
||||
mkdir -vp "$(dirname "${DESTDIR:-}$2")"
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f "${DESTDIR:-}$2"
|
||||
ln -vs "$1" "${DESTDIR:-}$2"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/usr/bin/python
|
||||
|
||||
import json
|
||||
import sys
|
||||
|
||||
def print_result(result):
|
||||
print('==================================================================')
|
||||
print(result['name'])
|
||||
print(' '.join(result['command']))
|
||||
print('==================================================================')
|
||||
print(result['stdout'])
|
||||
|
||||
with open(sys.argv[1], 'r') as f:
|
||||
for line in f:
|
||||
result = json.loads(line)
|
||||
if result['result'] == 'FAIL':
|
||||
print_result(result)
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
# This script serves as a trampoline for running scripts which depend on
|
||||
# libmakepkg with the libmakepkg within the build tree.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEPKG_LIBRARY=@BUILDDIR@/libmakepkg exec @BASH@ -$- @REAL_PROGPATH@ "$@"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
OLD=$1
|
||||
NEW=$2
|
||||
|
||||
for file in $(git grep -l "Copyright .* Pacman Development" | grep -v "\.po"); do \
|
||||
sed -i -e "/Copyright (/s/-${OLD}/-${NEW}/" -e "/Copyright (/s/ ${OLD}/ ${OLD}-${NEW}/" "$file"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
find_build_directory() {
|
||||
local build_dirs=(*/build.ninja)
|
||||
|
||||
if [[ ! -e ${build_dirs[0]} ]]; then
|
||||
echo "error: No build directory found. Have you run 'meson build' yet?" >&2
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
elif (( ${#build_dirs[*]} > 1 )); then
|
||||
echo "error: Multiple build directories found. Unable to proceed." >&2
|
||||
return 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
printf '%s\n' "${build_dirs[0]%/*}"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
filter_targets_by_name() {
|
||||
if command -v jq &>/dev/null; then
|
||||
jq --arg re "$1" -r 'map(.name)[] | select(match($re))'
|
||||
else
|
||||
json_pp | awk -v filter="$1" -F'[:"]' \
|
||||
'$2 == "name" && $(NF - 1) ~ filter { print $(NF - 1) }'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Make things simple and require that we're in the build root rather than
|
||||
# trying to chase down the location of this script and the relative build dir.
|
||||
if [[ ! -d .git ]]; then
|
||||
echo "This script must be run from the root of the repository" >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
build_dir=$(find_build_directory) || exit 1
|
||||
|
||||
mapfile -t targets < \
|
||||
<(meson introspect "$build_dir" --targets | filter_targets_by_name "-update-po$")
|
||||
|
||||
ninja -C "$build_dir" "${targets[@]}"
|
||||
1321
config.guess
vendored
Executable file
1321
config.guess
vendored
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
157
config.h.in
Normal file
157
config.h.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
|
|||
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
|
||||
systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if using `alloca.c'. */
|
||||
#undef C_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dirent.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DIRENT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpass' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETPASS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `z' library (-lz). */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIBZ
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `lstat' has the bug that it succeeds when given the
|
||||
zero-length file name argument. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible `malloc' function, and
|
||||
to 0 otherwise. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MALLOC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `memmove' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMMOVE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `mkdir' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MKDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_NDIR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_REALPATH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `rmdir' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_RMDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `stat' has the bug that it succeeds when given the
|
||||
zero-length file name argument. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRERROR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strstr' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRSTR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strverscmp' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRVERSCMP
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/dir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ndir.h> header file, and it defines `DIR'.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `lstat' dereferences a symlink specified with a trailing
|
||||
slash. */
|
||||
#undef LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */
|
||||
#undef RETSIGTYPE
|
||||
|
||||
/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
|
||||
direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
|
||||
automatically deduced at run-time.
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
|
||||
STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
|
||||
#undef STACK_DIRECTION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
|
||||
#undef const
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
|
||||
#undef malloc
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `int' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
|
||||
#undef mode_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
|
||||
#undef size_t
|
||||
1443
config.sub
vendored
Executable file
1443
config.sub
vendored
Executable file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
46
configure.in
Normal file
46
configure.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
|||
# -*- Autoconf -*-
|
||||
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ(2.57)
|
||||
AC_INIT(FULL-PACKAGE-NAME, VERSION, BUG-REPORT-ADDRESS)
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h])
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for programs.
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC
|
||||
AC_PROG_INSTALL
|
||||
AC_PROG_LN_S
|
||||
AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
|
||||
AC_PROG_CXX
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for libraries.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([c], [printf], , AC_MSG_ERROR([your libc is broken!]))
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([tar], [tar_open], , AC_MSG_ERROR([missing libtar]))
|
||||
AC_CHECK_LIB([z], [gzread], , AC_MSG_ERROR([missing zlib]))
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for header files.
|
||||
AC_HEADER_DIRENT
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDC
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([arpa/inet.h fcntl.h limits.h netdb.h netinet/in.h stdlib.h string.h sys/socket.h sys/time.h unistd.h])
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
|
||||
AC_C_CONST
|
||||
AC_TYPE_MODE_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
|
||||
AC_HEADER_TIME
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UID_T
|
||||
|
||||
# Checks for library functions.
|
||||
AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
|
||||
AC_FUNC_LSTAT
|
||||
AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
|
||||
AC_FUNC_MALLOC
|
||||
AC_FUNC_REALLOC
|
||||
AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
|
||||
AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
|
||||
AC_FUNC_STAT
|
||||
AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([gethostbyname memmove memset mkdir realpath rmdir select socket strcasecmp strchr strdup strerror strstr strverscmp])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT
|
||||
9
doc/.gitignore
vendored
9
doc/.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
|
|||
*.[1-8]
|
||||
asciidoc-manpage.css
|
||||
asciidoc.css
|
||||
asciidoc.js
|
||||
*.html
|
||||
*.xml
|
||||
man3
|
||||
website.tar.gz
|
||||
Doxyfile
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
|||
BUILDINFO(5)
|
||||
============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
BUILDINFO - Makepkg package build information file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
This manual page describes the format of a BUILDINFO file found in the root of
|
||||
a package created by makepkg. The file contains a description of the package's
|
||||
build environment. The information is formatted in key-value pairs separated by
|
||||
a '=', one value per line. Arrays are represented as multiple key-value pairs
|
||||
having the same key.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This is a description of the contents of version '2' of the
|
||||
BUILDINFO file format.
|
||||
|
||||
*format*::
|
||||
Denotes the file format version, represented by a plain positive integer.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgname*::
|
||||
The name of the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgbase*::
|
||||
|
||||
The base name of a package, usually the same as the pkgname except for
|
||||
split packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgver*::
|
||||
The version of the package including pkgrel and epoch.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgarch*::
|
||||
The architecture of the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgbuild_sha256sum*::
|
||||
The sha256sum in hex format of the PKGBUILD used to build the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*packager*::
|
||||
The details of the packager that built the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*builddate*::
|
||||
The build date of the package in epoch.
|
||||
|
||||
*builddir*::
|
||||
The directory where the package was built.
|
||||
|
||||
*startdir*::
|
||||
The directory from which makepkg was executed.
|
||||
|
||||
*buildtool*::
|
||||
The name of the tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment. Used
|
||||
for defining a spec for reproducible builds, e.g. the source of the
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5] used.
|
||||
|
||||
*buildtoolver*::
|
||||
The full version of the 'buildtool', for example:
|
||||
"$pkgver-$pkgrel-$pkgarch".
|
||||
|
||||
*buildenv (array)*::
|
||||
The build environment specified in makepkg.conf.
|
||||
|
||||
*options (array)*::
|
||||
The options set specified when building the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*installed (array)*::
|
||||
The installed packages at build time including the version information of
|
||||
the package. Formatted as "$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-$pkgarch".
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
342
doc/Doxyfile.in
342
doc/Doxyfile.in
|
|
@ -1,342 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Doxyfile 1.9.3
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = libalpm
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER =
|
||||
PROJECT_BRIEF = "Arch Linux Package Manager Library"
|
||||
PROJECT_LOGO =
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = @OUTPUT_DIRECTORY@
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
|
||||
ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = YES
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = NO
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
|
||||
JAVADOC_BANNER = NO
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
PYTHON_DOCSTRING = YES
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE = NO
|
||||
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
|
||||
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS = 5
|
||||
AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = YES
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = YES
|
||||
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
NUM_PROC_THREADS = 1
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
RESOLVE_UNNAMED_PARAMS = YES
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = YES
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
|
||||
SHOW_HEADERFILE = YES
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
|
||||
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
CITE_BIB_FILES =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
QUIET = NO
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
WARN_IF_INCOMPLETE_DOC = YES
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
|
||||
WARN_AS_ERROR = NO
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
INPUT = @INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm.h \
|
||||
@INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm_list.h
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
EXCLUDE =
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = _alpm_* \
|
||||
__alpm_*
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = NO
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
|
||||
SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = NO
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS = YES
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
|
||||
HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDURL =
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
|
||||
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
|
||||
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
|
||||
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
|
||||
FULL_SIDEBAR = NO
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
|
||||
OBFUSCATE_EMAILS = YES
|
||||
HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT = png
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
FORMULA_MACROFILE =
|
||||
USE_MATHJAX = NO
|
||||
MATHJAX_VERSION = MathJax_2
|
||||
MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
|
||||
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
|
||||
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
|
||||
MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
|
||||
EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE_URL =
|
||||
SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
|
||||
EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
|
||||
EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD = makeindex
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = letter
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
LATEX_FOOTER =
|
||||
LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = NO
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
|
||||
LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = YES
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = .
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
MAN_SUBDIR =
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
|
||||
DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH = ../..
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = *.h
|
||||
PREDEFINED = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
|
||||
SYMEXPORT= \
|
||||
HAVE_LIBARCHIVE \
|
||||
HAVE_LIBCURL \
|
||||
HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
DIA_PATH =
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = YES
|
||||
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
|
||||
DOT_UML_DETAILS = NO
|
||||
DOT_WRAP_THRESHOLD = 17
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
|
||||
DIR_GRAPH_MAX_DEPTH = 1
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
MSCFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
DIAFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
|
||||
PLANTUML_CFG_FILE =
|
||||
PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 3
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
|||
# Maintainer: Joe User <joe.user@example.com>
|
||||
|
||||
pkgname=patch
|
||||
pkgver=2.7.1
|
||||
pkgrel=1
|
||||
pkgdesc="A utility to apply patch files to original sources"
|
||||
arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
|
||||
url="https://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
|
||||
license=('GPL')
|
||||
groups=('base-devel')
|
||||
depends=('glibc')
|
||||
makedepends=('ed')
|
||||
optdepends=('ed: for "patch -e" functionality')
|
||||
source=("ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.xz"{,.sig})
|
||||
sha256sums=('9124ba46db0abd873d0995c2ca880e81252676bb6c03e0a37dfc5f608a9b0ceb'
|
||||
'SKIP')
|
||||
|
||||
build() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr
|
||||
make
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
package() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
|
||||
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,544 +0,0 @@
|
|||
PKGBUILD(5)
|
||||
===========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
PKGBUILD - Package build description file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
PKGBUILD
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
This manual page describes general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
|
||||
PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
|
||||
with pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'
|
||||
along with other example files such as an install script. You can copy the
|
||||
provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build directory and make
|
||||
customizations to suit your needs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options and Directives
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
|
||||
in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
|
||||
of them will be directly transferred to the built package. The mandatory
|
||||
fields for a minimally functional PKGBUILD are *pkgname*, *pkgver*, *pkgrel*
|
||||
and *arch*.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
|
||||
recommended to prefix their name with an '_' (underscore).
|
||||
This will prevent any possible name clashes with internal makepkg variables.
|
||||
For example, to store the base kernel version in a variable, use something
|
||||
similar to `$_basekernver`.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgname (array)*::
|
||||
Either the name of the package or an array of names for split packages.
|
||||
Valid characters for members of this array are alphanumerics, and any of
|
||||
the following characters: ```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, names are not
|
||||
allowed to start with hyphens or dots.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgver*::
|
||||
The version of the software as released from the author (e.g., '2.7.1').
|
||||
The variable is not allowed to contain colons, forward slashes, hyphens
|
||||
or whitespace.
|
||||
+
|
||||
The `pkgver` variable can be automatically updated by providing a `pkgver()`
|
||||
function in the PKGBUILD that outputs the new package version.
|
||||
This is run after downloading and extracting the sources and running the
|
||||
`prepare()` function (if present), so it can use those files in determining the
|
||||
new `pkgver`. This is most useful when used with sources from version control
|
||||
systems (see below).
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgrel*::
|
||||
This is the release number specific to the distribution. This
|
||||
allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
|
||||
flags, for example. This is typically set to '1' for each new upstream
|
||||
software release and incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
|
||||
variable is a positive integer, with an optional subrelease level
|
||||
specified by adding another positive integer separated by a period
|
||||
(i.e. in the form x.y).
|
||||
|
||||
*epoch*::
|
||||
Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
|
||||
with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
|
||||
such an upgrade. This value is required to be a positive integer; the
|
||||
default value if left unspecified is '0'. This is useful when the version
|
||||
numbering scheme of a package changes (or is alphanumeric), breaking normal
|
||||
version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
|
||||
version comparisons.
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgdesc*::
|
||||
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
|
||||
Try to keep the description to one line of text and to not use the package's
|
||||
name.
|
||||
|
||||
*url*::
|
||||
This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
|
||||
packaged. This is typically the project's web site.
|
||||
|
||||
*license (array)*::
|
||||
This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
|
||||
If multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them:
|
||||
`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
|
||||
|
||||
*install*::
|
||||
Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
|
||||
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
|
||||
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
|
||||
in the source array (e.g., `install=$pkgname.install`).
|
||||
|
||||
*changelog*::
|
||||
Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
|
||||
The changelog file should end in a single newline.
|
||||
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
|
||||
be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
|
||||
in the source array (e.g., `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
|
||||
|
||||
*source (array)*::
|
||||
An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
|
||||
must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, or be a
|
||||
fully-qualified URL that makepkg can use to download the file.
|
||||
To simplify the maintenance of PKGBUILDs, use the `$pkgname` and `$pkgver`
|
||||
variables when specifying the download location, if possible.
|
||||
Compressed files will be extracted automatically unless found in the
|
||||
noextract array described below.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific sources can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'source_x86_64=()'. There must be a
|
||||
corresponding integrity array with checksums, e.g. 'cksums_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
+
|
||||
It is also possible to change the name of the downloaded file, which is helpful
|
||||
with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
|
||||
name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
makepkg also supports building developmental versions of packages using sources
|
||||
downloaded from version control systems (VCS). For more information, see
|
||||
<<VCS,Using VCS Sources>> below.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Files in the source array with extensions `.sig`, `.sign` or, `.asc` are
|
||||
recognized by makepkg as PGP signatures and will be automatically used to verify
|
||||
the integrity of the corresponding source file.
|
||||
|
||||
*validpgpkeys (array)*::
|
||||
An array of PGP fingerprints. If this array is non-empty, makepkg will
|
||||
only accept signatures from the keys listed here and will ignore the
|
||||
trust values from the keyring. If the source file was signed with a
|
||||
subkey, makepkg will still use the primary key for comparison.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Only full fingerprints are accepted. They must be uppercase and must not
|
||||
contain whitespace characters.
|
||||
|
||||
*noextract (array)*::
|
||||
An array of file names corresponding to those from the source array. Files
|
||||
listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
|
||||
is useful for packages that use compressed data directly.
|
||||
|
||||
*cksums (array)*::
|
||||
This array contains CRC checksums for every source file specified in the
|
||||
source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
|
||||
file integrity during subsequent builds. If 'SKIP' is put in the array
|
||||
in place of a normal hash, the integrity check for that source file will
|
||||
be skipped. To easily generate cksums, run ``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''.
|
||||
If desired, move the cksums line to an appropriate location. Note that
|
||||
checksums generated by "makepkg -g" should be verified using checksum
|
||||
values provided by the software developer.
|
||||
|
||||
*md5sums, sha1sums, sha224sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums, b2sums (arrays)*::
|
||||
Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
|
||||
similar to the cksums option described above. To enable use and generation
|
||||
of these checksums, be sure to set up the `INTEGRITY_CHECK` option in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*groups (array)*::
|
||||
An array of symbolic names that represent groups of packages, allowing
|
||||
you to install multiple packages by requesting a single target. For
|
||||
example, one could install all KDE packages by installing the 'kde' group.
|
||||
|
||||
*arch (array)*::
|
||||
Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.,
|
||||
`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
|
||||
files should use `arch=('any')`. Valid characters for members of this array
|
||||
are alphanumerics and ```_`''.
|
||||
|
||||
*backup (array)*::
|
||||
An array of file names, without preceding slashes, that
|
||||
should be backed up if the package is removed or upgraded. This is
|
||||
commonly used for packages placing configuration files in '/etc'. See
|
||||
`"Handling Config Files"` in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
*depends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to run. Entries in
|
||||
this list should be surrounded with single quotes and contain at least
|
||||
the package name. Entries can also include a version requirement of the
|
||||
form 'name<>version', where `<>` is one of five comparisons: `>=` (greater
|
||||
than or equal to), `<=` (less than or equal to), `=` (equal to), `>`
|
||||
(greater than), or `<` (less than).
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific depends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'depends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*makedepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to build but are not
|
||||
needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
|
||||
depends.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific makedepends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'makedepends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*checkdepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package depends on to run its test suite
|
||||
but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
|
||||
format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
|
||||
check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific checkdepends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'checkdepends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*optdepends (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
|
||||
base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
|
||||
of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
|
||||
and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. Packages in
|
||||
this list follow the same format as depends, with an optional description
|
||||
appended. The format for specifying optdepends descriptions is:
|
||||
|
||||
optdepends=('python: for library bindings')
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific optdepends can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'optdepends_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*conflicts (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages that will conflict with this package (i.e. they
|
||||
cannot both be installed at the same time). This directive follows the
|
||||
same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are supported using the
|
||||
operators as described in `depends`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific conflicts can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'conflicts_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*provides (array)*::
|
||||
An array of ``virtual provisions'' this package provides. This allows
|
||||
a package to provide dependencies other than its own package name. For
|
||||
example, the dcron package can provide 'cron', which allows packages to
|
||||
depend on 'cron' rather than 'dcron OR fcron'.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format. For
|
||||
example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0' dependency of
|
||||
other packages. Provisions involving the `>` and `<` operators are invalid as
|
||||
only specific versions of a package may be provided.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific provides can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'provides_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*replaces (array)*::
|
||||
An array of packages this package should replace. This can be used
|
||||
to handle renamed/combined packages. For example, if the 'j2re' package
|
||||
is renamed to 'jre', this directive allows future upgrades to continue
|
||||
as expected even though the package has moved. Versioned replaces are
|
||||
supported using the operators as described in `depends`.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Sysupgrade is currently the only pacman operation that utilizes this field.
|
||||
A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional architecture-specific replaces can be added by appending an
|
||||
underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'replaces_x86_64=()'.
|
||||
|
||||
*options (array)*::
|
||||
This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behavior
|
||||
when building packages. To set an option, just include the option name
|
||||
in the options array. To reverse the default behavior, place an ``!'' at
|
||||
the front of the option. Only specify the options you specifically want
|
||||
to override, the rest will be taken from linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
*NOTE:* 'force' is a now-removed option in favor of the top level 'epoch'
|
||||
variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*strip*;;
|
||||
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently
|
||||
use a debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to
|
||||
disable this option.
|
||||
|
||||
*docs*;;
|
||||
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories,
|
||||
specify `!docs` in the array.
|
||||
|
||||
*libtool*;;
|
||||
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to
|
||||
remove them.
|
||||
|
||||
*staticlibs*;;
|
||||
Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
|
||||
remove them (if they have a shared counterpart).
|
||||
|
||||
*emptydirs*;;
|
||||
Leave empty directories in packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*zipman*;;
|
||||
Compress man and info pages with gzip.
|
||||
|
||||
*ccache*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of ccache during `build()`. More useful in its negative
|
||||
form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
|
||||
with ccache.
|
||||
|
||||
*distcc*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of distcc during `build()`. More useful in its negative
|
||||
form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
|
||||
with distcc.
|
||||
|
||||
*buildflags*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CPPFLAGS, CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS,
|
||||
LDFLAGS) during `build()` as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More
|
||||
useful in its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that
|
||||
have problems building with custom buildflags.
|
||||
|
||||
*makeflags*;;
|
||||
Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during `build()` as specified
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
|
||||
`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
|
||||
custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
|
||||
|
||||
*debug*;;
|
||||
Add the user-specified debug flags (DEBUG_CFLAGS, DEBUG_CXXFLAGS) to
|
||||
their counterpart buildflags as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
When used in combination with the `strip' option, a separate package
|
||||
containing the debug symbols is created.
|
||||
|
||||
*lto*;;
|
||||
Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds '-flto'
|
||||
to both CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS.
|
||||
|
||||
*xdata (array)*::
|
||||
This array allows you to add additional metadata to the package.
|
||||
This data is neither used by pacman nor by makepkg;
|
||||
It has purely informational purpose, or may be interpreted by third-party tools.
|
||||
+
|
||||
All entries in that array must have the form 'key=value', where
|
||||
'key' is an arbitrary non-empty string and 'value' must not contain an equal sign.
|
||||
Furthermore, the key ``pkgtype'' is reserved for the makepkg program.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Packaging Functions
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
In addition to the above directives, PKGBUILDs require a set of functions that
|
||||
provide instructions to build and install the package. As a minimum, the
|
||||
PKGBUILD must contain a `package()` function which installs all the package's
|
||||
files into the packaging directory, with optional `prepare()`, `build()`, and
|
||||
`check()` functions being used to create those files from source.
|
||||
|
||||
This is directly sourced and executed by makepkg, so anything that Bash or the
|
||||
system has available is available for use here. Be sure any exotic commands
|
||||
used are covered by the `makedepends` array.
|
||||
|
||||
If you create any variables of your own in any of these functions, it is
|
||||
recommended to use the Bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside the
|
||||
function.
|
||||
|
||||
*package() Function*::
|
||||
The `package()` function is used to install files into the directory that
|
||||
will become the root directory of the built package and is run after all
|
||||
the optional functions listed below. The packaging stage is run using
|
||||
fakeroot to ensure correct file permissions in the resulting package.
|
||||
All other functions will be run as the user calling makepkg.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*verify() Function*::
|
||||
An optional `verify()` function can be specified to implement arbitrary
|
||||
source authentication. The function should return a non-zero exit code when
|
||||
verification fails. This function is run before sources are extracted.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$startdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*prepare() Function*::
|
||||
An optional `prepare()` function can be specified in which operations to
|
||||
prepare the sources for building, such as patching, are performed. This
|
||||
function is run after the source extraction and before the `build()`
|
||||
function. The `prepare()` function is skipped when source extraction
|
||||
is skipped.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*build() Function*::
|
||||
The optional `build()` function is used to compile and/or adjust the source
|
||||
files in preparation to be installed by the `package()` function.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
*check() Function*::
|
||||
An optional `check()` function can be specified in which a package's
|
||||
test-suite may be run. This function is run between the `build()` and
|
||||
`package()` functions. Be sure any exotic commands used are covered by the
|
||||
`checkdepends` array.
|
||||
This function is run inside `$srcdir`.
|
||||
|
||||
All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for
|
||||
use in the packaging functions. In addition, makepkg defines the following
|
||||
variables:
|
||||
|
||||
*srcdir*::
|
||||
This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
|
||||
files.
|
||||
+
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgdir*::
|
||||
This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package.
|
||||
This directory will become the root directory of your built package. This
|
||||
variable should only be used in the `package()` function.
|
||||
|
||||
*startdir*::
|
||||
This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD is
|
||||
located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
|
||||
Use of this variable is deprecated and strongly discouraged.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Package Splitting
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is
|
||||
achieved by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive.
|
||||
Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
|
||||
`package_foo()`, where `foo` is the name of the split package.
|
||||
|
||||
All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
|
||||
given in the PKGBUILD. Nevertheless, the following ones can be overridden within
|
||||
each split package's packaging function:
|
||||
`pkgdesc`, `arch`, `url`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`, `optdepends`,
|
||||
`provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`, `install`, and
|
||||
`changelog`.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that makepkg does not consider split package `depends` when checking
|
||||
if dependencies are installed before package building and with `--syncdeps`.
|
||||
All packages required to make the package are required to be specified in
|
||||
the global `depends` and `makedepends` arrays.
|
||||
|
||||
An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
|
||||
|
||||
*pkgbase*::
|
||||
The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
|
||||
and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
|
||||
element in the `pkgname` array is used. Valid characters for this
|
||||
variable are alphanumerics, and any of the following characters:
|
||||
```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, the variable is not allowed to start with
|
||||
hyphens or dots.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
Pacman has the ability to store and execute a package-specific script when it
|
||||
installs, removes, or upgrades a package. This allows a package to configure
|
||||
itself after installation and perform an opposite action upon removal.
|
||||
|
||||
The exact time the script is run varies with each operation, and should be
|
||||
self-explanatory. Note that during an upgrade operation, none of the install
|
||||
or remove functions will be called.
|
||||
|
||||
Scripts are passed either one or two ``full version strings'', where a full
|
||||
version string is either 'pkgver-pkgrel' or 'epoch:pkgver-pkgrel', if epoch is
|
||||
non-zero.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_install*::
|
||||
Run right before files are extracted. One argument is passed:
|
||||
new package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_install*::
|
||||
Run right after files are extracted. One argument is passed:
|
||||
new package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_upgrade*::
|
||||
Run right before files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this
|
||||
order: new package full version string, old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_upgrade*::
|
||||
Run after files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this order:
|
||||
new package full version string, old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*pre_remove*::
|
||||
Run right before files are removed. One argument is passed:
|
||||
old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
*post_remove*::
|
||||
Run right after files are removed. One argument is passed:
|
||||
old package full version string.
|
||||
|
||||
To use this feature, create a file such as 'pkgname.install' and put it in the
|
||||
same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
|
||||
|
||||
install=pkgname.install
|
||||
|
||||
The install script does not need to be specified in the source array. A
|
||||
template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
|
||||
reference with all of the available functions defined.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Using VCS Sources[[VCS]]
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
Building a developmental version of a package using sources from a version
|
||||
control system (VCS) is enabled by specifying the source in the form:
|
||||
|
||||
source=('directory::url#fragment?query')
|
||||
|
||||
Currently makepkg supports the Bazaar, Git, Subversion, Fossil and Mercurial
|
||||
version control systems. For other version control systems, manual cloning of
|
||||
upstream repositories must be done in the `prepare()` function.
|
||||
|
||||
Some <<VCS,VCS Sources>> like Git support pinning the checkout by a checksum of
|
||||
its content using deterministic export functionality like ``git archive''.
|
||||
|
||||
The source URL is divided into four components:
|
||||
|
||||
*directory*::
|
||||
(optional) Specifies an alternate directory name for makepkg to download
|
||||
the VCS source into.
|
||||
|
||||
*url*::
|
||||
The URL to the VCS repository. This must include the VCS in the URL protocol
|
||||
for makepkg to recognize this as a VCS source. If the protocol does not
|
||||
include the VCS name, it can be added by prefixing the URL with `vcs+`. For
|
||||
example, using a Git repository over HTTPS would have a source URL in the
|
||||
form:
|
||||
`git+https://...`.
|
||||
|
||||
*fragment*::
|
||||
(optional) Allows specifying a revision number or branch for makepkg to checkout
|
||||
from the VCS. A fragment has the form `type=value`, for example to checkout a
|
||||
given revision the source line would be `source=(url#revision=123)`. The
|
||||
available types depends on the VCS being used:
|
||||
|
||||
*bzr*;;
|
||||
revision (see `'bzr help revisionspec'` for details)
|
||||
|
||||
*fossil*;;
|
||||
branch, commit, tag
|
||||
|
||||
*git*;;
|
||||
branch, commit, tag
|
||||
|
||||
*hg*;;
|
||||
branch, revision, tag
|
||||
|
||||
*svn*;;
|
||||
revision
|
||||
|
||||
*query*::
|
||||
(optional) Allows specifying whether a VCS checkout should be checked for
|
||||
PGP-signed revisions. The source line should have the format
|
||||
`source=(url#fragment?signed)` or `source=(url?signed#fragment)`. Currently
|
||||
only supported by Git.
|
||||
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-------
|
||||
The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
|
||||
examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages.
|
||||
|
||||
[source,sh]
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
include::PKGBUILD-example.txt[]
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
|
|||
alpm-hooks(5)
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
NAME
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
alpm-hooks - alpm hook file format
|
||||
|
||||
SYNOPSIS
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
[Trigger] (Required, Repeatable)
|
||||
Operation = Install|Upgrade|Remove (Required, Repeatable)
|
||||
Type = Path|Package (Required)
|
||||
Target = <Path|PkgName> (Required, Repeatable)
|
||||
|
||||
[Action] (Required)
|
||||
Description = ... (Optional)
|
||||
When = PreTransaction|PostTransaction (Required)
|
||||
Exec = <Command> (Required)
|
||||
Depends = <PkgName> (Optional)
|
||||
AbortOnFail (Optional, PreTransaction only)
|
||||
NeedsTargets (Optional)
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
DESCRIPTION
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
libalpm provides the ability to specify hooks to run before or after
|
||||
transactions based on the packages and/or files being modified. Hooks consist
|
||||
of a single '[Action]' section describing the action to be run and one or more
|
||||
'[Trigger]' section describing which transactions it should be run for.
|
||||
|
||||
Hooks are read from files located in the system hook directory
|
||||
+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks+, and additional custom directories specified in
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5] (the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+). The
|
||||
file names are required to have the suffix ".hook". Hooks are run in
|
||||
alphabetical order of their file name, where the ordering ignores the suffix.
|
||||
|
||||
TRIGGERS
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
Hooks must contain at least one '[Trigger]' section that determines which
|
||||
transactions will cause the hook to run. If multiple trigger sections are
|
||||
defined the hook will run if the transaction matches *any* of the triggers.
|
||||
|
||||
*Operation =* Install|Upgrade|Remove::
|
||||
Select the type of operation to match targets against. May be specified
|
||||
multiple times. Installations are considered an upgrade if the package or
|
||||
file is already present on the system regardless of whether the new package
|
||||
version is actually greater than the currently installed version. For Path
|
||||
triggers, this is true even if the file changes ownership from one package
|
||||
to another. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*Type =* Path|Package::
|
||||
Select whether targets are matched against transaction packages or files.
|
||||
See CAVEATS for special notes regarding Path triggers. 'File' is a deprecated
|
||||
alias for 'Path' and will be removed in a future release. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*Target =* <path|package>::
|
||||
The path or package name to match against the active transaction.
|
||||
Paths refer to the files in the package archive; the installation root
|
||||
should *not* be included in the path. Shell-style glob patterns are
|
||||
allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a target with an
|
||||
exclamation mark. May be specified multiple times. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
ACTIONS
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
*Description =* ...::
|
||||
An optional description that describes the action being taken by the
|
||||
hook for use in front-end output.
|
||||
|
||||
*Exec =* <command>::
|
||||
Command to run. Command arguments are split on whitespace. Values
|
||||
containing whitespace should be enclosed in quotes. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*When =* PreTransaction|PostTransaction::
|
||||
When to run the hook. Required.
|
||||
|
||||
*Depends =* <package>::
|
||||
Packages that must be installed for the hook to run. May be specified
|
||||
multiple times.
|
||||
|
||||
*AbortOnFail*::
|
||||
Causes the transaction to be aborted if the hook exits non-zero. Only
|
||||
applies to PreTransaction hooks.
|
||||
|
||||
*NeedsTargets*::
|
||||
Causes the list of matched trigger targets to be passed to the running hook
|
||||
on 'stdin'.
|
||||
|
||||
OVERRIDING HOOKS
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Hooks may be overridden by placing a file with the same name in a higher
|
||||
priority hook directory. Hooks may be disabled by overriding them with
|
||||
a symlink to '/dev/null'.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLES
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
# Force disks to sync to reduce the risk of data corruption
|
||||
|
||||
[Trigger]
|
||||
Operation = Install
|
||||
Operation = Upgrade
|
||||
Operation = Remove
|
||||
Type = Package
|
||||
Target = *
|
||||
|
||||
[Action]
|
||||
Depends = coreutils
|
||||
When = PostTransaction
|
||||
Exec = /usr/bin/sync
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
CAVEATS
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
There are situations when path triggers may act in unexpected ways. Hooks are
|
||||
triggered using the file list of the installed, upgraded, or removed package.
|
||||
When installing or upgrading a file that is extracted with a '.pacnew'
|
||||
extension, the original file name is used in triggering the hook. When
|
||||
removing a package, all files owned by that package can trigger a hook whether
|
||||
or not they were actually present on the file system before package removal.
|
||||
|
||||
PostTransaction hooks will *not* run if the transaction fails to complete for
|
||||
any reason.
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
|
|||
table th, table td {
|
||||
padding: 0.2em 1em;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
table td p.table {
|
||||
margin: 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
## linkman: macro
|
||||
# Inspired by/borrowed from the Git source tree at Documentation/asciidoc.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Usage: linkman:command[manpage-section]
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note, {0} is the manpage section, while {target} is the command.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Show man link as: <command>(<section>); if section is defined, else just show
|
||||
# the command.
|
||||
|
||||
[macros]
|
||||
(?su)[\\]?(?P<name>linkman):(?P<target>\S*?)\[(?P<attrlist>.*?)\]=
|
||||
|
||||
[attributes]
|
||||
asterisk=*
|
||||
plus=+
|
||||
caret=^
|
||||
startsb=[
|
||||
endsb=]
|
||||
backslash=\
|
||||
tilde=~
|
||||
apostrophe='
|
||||
backtick=`
|
||||
litdd=--
|
||||
|
||||
ifdef::backend-docbook[]
|
||||
[linkman-inlinemacro]
|
||||
{0%{target}}
|
||||
{0#<citerefentry>}
|
||||
{0#<refentrytitle>{target}</refentrytitle><manvolnum>{0}</manvolnum>}
|
||||
{0#</citerefentry>}
|
||||
endif::backend-docbook[]
|
||||
|
||||
ifdef::backend-docbook[]
|
||||
ifndef::docbook-xsl-172[]
|
||||
# "unbreak" docbook-xsl v1.68 for manpages. v1.69 works with or without this.
|
||||
# v1.72 breaks with this because it replaces dots not in roff requests.
|
||||
[listingblock]
|
||||
<example><title>{title}</title>
|
||||
<literallayout>
|
||||
|
|
||||
</literallayout>
|
||||
{title#}</example>
|
||||
endif::docbook-xsl-172[]
|
||||
endif::backend-docbook[]
|
||||
|
||||
ifdef::doctype-manpage[]
|
||||
ifdef::backend-docbook[]
|
||||
[header]
|
||||
template::[header-declarations]
|
||||
<refentry>
|
||||
<refentryinfo>
|
||||
<date>{localdate}</date>
|
||||
</refentryinfo>
|
||||
<refmeta>
|
||||
<refentrytitle>{mantitle}</refentrytitle>
|
||||
<manvolnum>{manvolnum}</manvolnum>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="source">Pacman</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="version">{pacman_version}</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
<refmiscinfo class="manual">Pacman Manual</refmiscinfo>
|
||||
</refmeta>
|
||||
<refnamediv>
|
||||
<refname>{manname}</refname>
|
||||
<refpurpose>{manpurpose}</refpurpose>
|
||||
</refnamediv>
|
||||
endif::backend-docbook[]
|
||||
endif::doctype-manpage[]
|
||||
|
||||
ifdef::backend-xhtml11[]
|
||||
[linkman-inlinemacro]
|
||||
<a href="{target}.{0}.html">{target}{0?({0})}</a>
|
||||
endif::backend-xhtml11[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
|
||||
See the pacman website at https://archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
|
||||
information on pacman and its related tools.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bugs
|
||||
----
|
||||
Bugs? You must be kidding; there are no bugs in this software. But if we
|
||||
happen to be wrong, please report them to the issue tracker at
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues[] with specific
|
||||
information such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even
|
||||
the package database if it helps.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Authors
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
Current maintainers:
|
||||
|
||||
* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux.org>
|
||||
|
||||
Past major contributors:
|
||||
|
||||
* Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
|
||||
* Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
|
||||
* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
|
||||
|
||||
For additional contributors, use `git shortlog -s` on the pacman.git
|
||||
repository.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,258 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Pacman Home Page
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
A simple library-based package manager.
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
pacman is a utility which manages software packages in Linux. It uses simple
|
||||
compressed files as a package format, and maintains a text-based package
|
||||
database (more of a hierarchy), just in case some hand tweaking is necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
pacman does not strive to "do everything." It will add, remove and upgrade
|
||||
packages in the system, and it will allow you to query the package database for
|
||||
installed packages, files and owners. It also attempts to handle dependencies
|
||||
automatically and can download packages from a remote server.
|
||||
|
||||
History
|
||||
~~~~~~~
|
||||
Version 2.0 of pacman introduced the ability to sync packages (the '\--sync'
|
||||
option) with a master server through the use of package databases. Prior to
|
||||
this, packages would have to be installed manually using the '\--add' and
|
||||
'\--upgrade' operations.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman -- a back-end named libalpm
|
||||
(library for Arch Linux Package Management) and the familiar pacman front-end.
|
||||
Speed in many cases was improved, along with dependency and conflict resolution
|
||||
being able to handle a much wider variety of cases. The switch to a
|
||||
library-based program should also make it easier in the future to develop
|
||||
alternative front ends.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 4.0 added package signing and verification capabilities to the entire
|
||||
makepkg/repo-add/pacman toolchain via GnuPG and GPGME.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 5.0 added support for pre/post-transaction hooks and sync database file
|
||||
list operations.
|
||||
|
||||
Version 6.0 added support for parallel downloads.
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
Man Pages
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
There are several man pages available for the programs, utilities, and
|
||||
configuration files dealing with pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
* linkman:alpm-hooks[5]
|
||||
* linkman:BUILDINFO[5]
|
||||
* linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
|
||||
* linkman:libalpm[3]
|
||||
* linkman:makepkg[8]
|
||||
* linkman:makepkg-template[1]
|
||||
* linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman-key[8]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman-conf[8]
|
||||
* linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
* linkman:repo-add[8]
|
||||
* linkman:vercmp[8]
|
||||
|
||||
Changelog
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman[Git summary page] for the
|
||||
project.
|
||||
|
||||
See the most recent
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/blob/master/NEWS[NEWS]
|
||||
file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
|
||||
contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Releases
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
[frame="none",grid="none",options="autowidth",cols="3*a"]
|
||||
|======
|
||||
|
|
||||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!7.0.0 !2024-07-14
|
||||
!6.1.0 !2024-03-04
|
||||
!6.0.1 !2021-09-04
|
||||
!6.0.0 !2021-05-20
|
||||
!6.0.0alpha1 !2020-12-04
|
||||
!5.2.1 !2019-11-01
|
||||
!5.2.0 !2019-10-21
|
||||
!5.1.3 !2019-03-01
|
||||
!5.1.2 !2018-12-25
|
||||
!5.1.1 !2018-07-27
|
||||
!5.1.0 !2018-05-28
|
||||
!5.0.2 !2017-06-03
|
||||
!5.0.1 !2016-02-23
|
||||
!5.0.0 !2016-01-30
|
||||
!4.2.1 !2015-02-20
|
||||
!4.2.0 !2014-12-19
|
||||
!4.1.2 !2013-06-18
|
||||
!4.1.1 !2013-05-07
|
||||
!4.1.0 !2013-04-01
|
||||
!4.1.0rc1 !2013-03-09
|
||||
!4.0.3 !2012-04-07
|
||||
!4.0.2 !2012-02-11
|
||||
!4.0.1 !2011-11-20
|
||||
!4.0.0 !2011-10-13
|
||||
!4.0.0rc2 !2011-09-22
|
||||
!4.0.0rc1 !2011-08-11
|
||||
!3.5.4 !2011-08-10
|
||||
!3.5.3 !2011-06-07
|
||||
!3.5.2 !2011-04-18
|
||||
!3.5.1 !2011-03-23
|
||||
!3.5.0 !2011-03-16
|
||||
!3.4.3 !2011-01-22
|
||||
!3.4.2 !2010-12-29
|
||||
!3.4.1 !2010-09-03
|
||||
!======
|
||||
|
|
||||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!3.4.0 !2010-06-16
|
||||
!3.3.3 !2009-11-10
|
||||
!3.3.2 !2009-10-05
|
||||
!3.3.1 !2009-09-22
|
||||
!3.3.0 !2009-08-02
|
||||
!3.2.2 !2009-01-05
|
||||
!3.2.1 !2008-08-26
|
||||
!3.2.0 !2008-07-30
|
||||
!3.1.4 !2008-04-01
|
||||
!3.1.3 !2008-03-06
|
||||
!3.1.2 !2008-02-20
|
||||
!3.1.1 !2008-01-20
|
||||
!3.1.0 !2008-01-09
|
||||
!3.0.6 !2007-09-16
|
||||
!3.0.5 !2007-06-17
|
||||
!3.0.4 !2007-05-08
|
||||
!3.0.3 !2007-04-28
|
||||
!3.0.2 !2007-04-23
|
||||
!3.0.1 !2007-04-04
|
||||
!3.0.0 !2007-03-25
|
||||
!2.9.8 !2006-02-02
|
||||
!2.9.7 !2005-09-16
|
||||
!2.9.7-TEST3 !2005-09-11
|
||||
!2.9.7-TEST2 !2005-09-07
|
||||
!2.9.7-TEST !2005-08-19
|
||||
!2.9.6 !2005-06-10
|
||||
!2.9.5 !2005-01-11
|
||||
!2.9.4 !2004-12-20
|
||||
!2.9.3 !2004-12-19
|
||||
!2.9.2 !2004-09-25
|
||||
!2.9.1 !2004-09-25
|
||||
!2.9 !2004-09-18
|
||||
!2.8.4 !2004-08-23
|
||||
!2.8.3 !2004-08-04
|
||||
!======
|
||||
|
|
||||
[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
|
||||
!======
|
||||
!Version !Date
|
||||
!2.8.2 !2004-07-22
|
||||
!2.8.1 !2004-07-17
|
||||
!2.8 !2004-07-03
|
||||
!2.7.9 !2004-04-30
|
||||
!2.7.8 !2004-04-29
|
||||
!2.7.7 !2004-04-15
|
||||
!2.7.6 !2004-04-04
|
||||
!2.7.5 !2004-03-02
|
||||
!2.7.4 !2004-02-18
|
||||
!2.7.3 !2004-02-07
|
||||
!2.7.2 !2004-01-04
|
||||
!2.7.1 !2003-12-21
|
||||
!2.7 !2003-11-25
|
||||
!2.6.4 !2003-10-17
|
||||
!2.6.3 !2003-10-01
|
||||
!2.6.2 !2003-09-29
|
||||
!2.6.1 !2003-09-15
|
||||
!2.6 !2003-09-03
|
||||
!2.5.1 !2003-07-12
|
||||
!2.5 !2003-05-30
|
||||
!2.4.1 !2003-04-19
|
||||
!2.4 !2003-04-11
|
||||
!2.3.2 !2003-03-17
|
||||
!2.3.1 !2003-03-14
|
||||
!2.3 !2003-02-27
|
||||
!2.2 !2002-12-11
|
||||
!2.1 !2002-09-16
|
||||
!2.0 !2002-08-09
|
||||
!1.23 !2002-04-30
|
||||
!1.22 !2002-04-12
|
||||
!1.21 !2002-04-03
|
||||
!1.2 !2002-03-18
|
||||
!1.1 !2002-03-10
|
||||
!1.0 !2002-02-25
|
||||
!======
|
||||
|
||||
|======
|
||||
|
||||
Source code for releases since moving to gitlab is available at
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/releases[].
|
||||
Source code for historical releases is available at
|
||||
link:https://sources.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
|
||||
available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
|
||||
commands:
|
||||
|
||||
$ meson build
|
||||
$ ninja -C build
|
||||
# ninja -C build install
|
||||
|
||||
You may wish to read the options presented by `meson` in order to
|
||||
set appropriate paths and build options that are correct for your system.
|
||||
|
||||
Development
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
Mailing List
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
|
||||
link:https://lists.archlinux.org/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
|
||||
link:https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
|
||||
|
||||
Source Code
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
Development of pacman is currently done in Git. The central repository is
|
||||
hosted by Arch Linux, although some of the developers have their own trees (ask
|
||||
on the above mailing lists if you are interested in finding the locations of
|
||||
these trees).
|
||||
|
||||
The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
|
||||
|
||||
which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
|
||||
You can browse the source as well using
|
||||
link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/[gitlab].
|
||||
|
||||
If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
|
||||
the mailing list mentioned above, as well as take a quick glance at our
|
||||
link:HACKING.html[HACKING] document.
|
||||
link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] is also a recommended read.
|
||||
|
||||
Not as familiar with code as you'd like to be, but still want to help out? If
|
||||
you speak a foreign language, you can help by either creating or updating a
|
||||
translation file for your native language. Instructions can be found in
|
||||
link:translation-help.html[translation-help].
|
||||
|
||||
Bugs
|
||||
----
|
||||
If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please report them to the issue
|
||||
tracker at link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/issues[] with
|
||||
specific information such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even
|
||||
the package database if it helps.
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright
|
||||
---------
|
||||
pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team
|
||||
<pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
|
||||
<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
|
||||
version 2 or later.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
|
|||
makepkg-template(1)
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg-template - package build templating utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'makepkg-template' [options]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'makepkg-template' is a script to ease the work of maintaining multiple similar
|
||||
PKGBUILDs. It allows you to move most of the code from the PKGBUILD into a
|
||||
template file and uses markers to allow in-place updating of existing PKGBUILDs
|
||||
if the template has been changed.
|
||||
|
||||
Template files can contain any code allowed in a PKGBUILD. You can think of
|
||||
them like external files included with "." or "source", but they will be
|
||||
inlined into the PKGBUILD by 'makepkg-template' so you do not depend on the
|
||||
template file when building the package.
|
||||
|
||||
Markers are bash comments in the form of:
|
||||
|
||||
# template start; key=value; key2=value2; ...
|
||||
|
||||
and
|
||||
|
||||
# template end;
|
||||
|
||||
Currently used keys are: name (mandatory) and version. Template names are limited to
|
||||
alphanumerics, "@", "+", ".", "-", and "_". Versions are limited to numbers and ".".
|
||||
|
||||
For initial creation there is a one line short cut which does not need an end marker:
|
||||
|
||||
# template input; key=value;
|
||||
|
||||
Using this short-cut will result in 'makepkg-template' replacing it with start
|
||||
and end markers and the template code on the first run.
|
||||
|
||||
Template files should be stored in one directory and filenames should be
|
||||
"$template_name-$version.template" with a symlink "$template_name.template"
|
||||
pointing to the most recent template. If the version is not set in the marker,
|
||||
'makepkg-template' will automatically use the target of "$template_name.template",
|
||||
otherwise the specified version will be used. This allows for easier
|
||||
verification of untrusted PKGBUILDs if the template is trusted. You verify the
|
||||
non-template code and then use a command similar to this:
|
||||
|
||||
diff -u <(makepkg-template -o -) PKGBUILD
|
||||
|
||||
Template files may also contain markers leading to nested templates in the
|
||||
resulting PKGBUILD. If you use markers in a template, please set the version
|
||||
you used/tested with in the start/input marker so other people can properly
|
||||
recreate from templates.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-p, \--input* <build script>::
|
||||
Read the package script `build script` instead of the default.
|
||||
|
||||
*-o, \--output* <build script>::
|
||||
Write the updated file to `build script` instead of overwriting the input file.
|
||||
|
||||
*-n, \--newest*::
|
||||
Always use the newest available template file.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--template-dir* <dir>::
|
||||
Change the dir where we are looking for template files. This option may be
|
||||
given multiple times in which case files found in directory given last will
|
||||
take precedence.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example PKGBUILD
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
pkgname=perl-config-simple
|
||||
pkgver=4.58
|
||||
pkgrel=1
|
||||
pkgdesc="simple configuration file class"
|
||||
arch=('any')
|
||||
license=('PerlArtistic' 'GPL')
|
||||
depends=('perl')
|
||||
source=("http://search.cpan.org/CPAN/authors/id/S/SH/SHERZODR/Config-Simple-${pkgver}.tar.gz")
|
||||
sha256sums=('dd9995706f0f9384a15ccffe116c3b6e22f42ba2e58d8f24ed03c4a0e386edb4')
|
||||
_distname="Config-Simple"
|
||||
|
||||
# template start; name=perl-module; version=1.0;
|
||||
_distdir="${_distname}-${pkgver}"
|
||||
url="https://metacpan.org/release/${_distname}"
|
||||
options+=('!emptydirs')
|
||||
|
||||
build() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
|
||||
perl Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
|
||||
make
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
check() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
|
||||
make test
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
package() {
|
||||
cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
|
||||
make DESTDIR="$pkgdir" install
|
||||
}
|
||||
# template end;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
|
|||
makepkg(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg - package build utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'makepkg' [options] [ENVVAR=value] [ENVVAR+=value] ...
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'makepkg' is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
|
||||
using the script are a build-capable *nix platform and a custom build script
|
||||
for each package you wish to build (known as a PKGBUILD). See
|
||||
linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on creating your own build scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
The advantage to a script-based build is that the work is only done once. Once
|
||||
you have the build script for a package, 'makepkg' will do the rest: download and
|
||||
validate source files, check dependencies, configure the build-time settings,
|
||||
build the package, install the package into a temporary root, make
|
||||
customizations, generate meta-info, and package the whole thing up for pacman
|
||||
to use.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: 'makepkg' uses your current locale by default and does not unset it when
|
||||
building packages. If you wish to share your build output with others when
|
||||
seeking help or for other purposes, you may wish to run "`LC_ALL=C makepkg`" so
|
||||
your logs and output are not localized.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-A, \--ignorearch*::
|
||||
Ignore a missing or incomplete arch field in the build script. This is
|
||||
for rebuilding packages from source when the PKGBUILD may be slightly
|
||||
outdated and not updated with an `arch=('yourarch')` field.
|
||||
|
||||
*-c, \--clean*::
|
||||
Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
*-d, \--nodeps*::
|
||||
Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override and
|
||||
ignore any dependencies required. There is a good chance this option
|
||||
will break the build process if all of the dependencies are not
|
||||
installed.
|
||||
|
||||
*-e, \--noextract*::
|
||||
Do not extract source files or run the prepare() function (if present);
|
||||
use whatever source already exists in the $srcdir/ directory. This is
|
||||
handy if you want to go into $srcdir/ and manually patch or tweak code,
|
||||
then make a package out of the result. Keep in mind that creating a
|
||||
patch may be a better solution to allow others to use your PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--verifysource*::
|
||||
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
|
||||
if required and perform the integrity checks. No extraction or build is
|
||||
performed. Dependencies specified in the PKGBUILD will not be handled
|
||||
unless `--syncdeps` is used. Useful for performing subsequent offline
|
||||
builds.
|
||||
|
||||
*-f, \--force*::
|
||||
makepkg will not build a package if a built package already exists in
|
||||
the `PKGDEST` (set in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]) directory, which may
|
||||
default to the current directory. This allows the built package to be
|
||||
overwritten.
|
||||
|
||||
*-g, \--geninteg*::
|
||||
For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
|
||||
if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
|
||||
are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
|
||||
value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent.
|
||||
This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
|
||||
using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
|
||||
|
||||
*--skipinteg*::
|
||||
Do not perform any integrity checks (checksum and PGP) on source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--skipchecksums*::
|
||||
Do not verify checksums of source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--skippgpcheck*::
|
||||
Do not verify PGP signatures of source files.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Output syntax and command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
*--holdver*::
|
||||
When using VCS sources (linkman:PKGBUILD[5]) any currently checked out source
|
||||
will not be updated to the latest revision.
|
||||
|
||||
*-i, \--install*::
|
||||
Install or upgrade the package after a successful build using
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8].
|
||||
|
||||
*-L, \--log*::
|
||||
Enable logging. This will use the *tee* program to send the output of each
|
||||
of the PKGBUILD functions to both the console and to a text file in the
|
||||
build directory named `pkgbase-pkgver-pkgrel-arch-<function>.log`.
|
||||
As mentioned above, the logs will be localized so you may want to set your
|
||||
locale accordingly if sharing the log output with others.
|
||||
|
||||
*-m, \--nocolor*::
|
||||
Disable color in output messages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-o, \--nobuild*::
|
||||
Download and extract files, run the prepare() function, but do not build
|
||||
them. Useful with the '\--noextract' option if you wish to tweak the files
|
||||
in $srcdir/ before building.
|
||||
|
||||
*-p* <buildscript>::
|
||||
Read the package script `buildscript` instead of the `PKGBUILD` default;
|
||||
see linkman:PKGBUILD[5]. The `buildscript` must be located in the directory
|
||||
makepkg is called from.
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--rmdeps*::
|
||||
Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg
|
||||
during dependency auto-resolution and installation when using `-s`.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--repackage*::
|
||||
Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding the package. This
|
||||
is useful if you forgot, for example, a dependency or install file in your
|
||||
PKGBUILD and the build itself will not change.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--syncdeps*::
|
||||
Install missing dependencies using pacman. When build-time or run-time
|
||||
dependencies are not found, pacman will try to resolve them. If
|
||||
successful, the missing packages will be downloaded and installed.
|
||||
|
||||
*-S, \--source*::
|
||||
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
|
||||
does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
|
||||
useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
|
||||
remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
|
||||
all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Display version information.
|
||||
|
||||
*-C, \--cleanbuild*::
|
||||
Clean build artifacts from previous runs of makepkg in the current
|
||||
directory by removing $srcdir before building the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-D* <dir>, *\--dir* <dir> ::
|
||||
Change to directory <dir> before reading the PKGBUILD or doing anything else.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--allsource*::
|
||||
Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
|
||||
includes all sources, including those that are normally downloaded via
|
||||
makepkg. This is useful for passing a single tarball to another program
|
||||
such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
|
||||
the GPL when distributing binary packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--check*::
|
||||
Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noarchive*::
|
||||
Do not create the archive at the end of the build process. This can be
|
||||
useful to test the package() function or if your target distribution does
|
||||
not use pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nocheck*::
|
||||
Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noprepare*::
|
||||
Do not run the prepare() function in the PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noverify*::
|
||||
Do not run the verify() function in the PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--sign*::
|
||||
Sign the resulting package with gpg, overriding the setting in
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nosign*::
|
||||
Do not create a signature for the built package.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--key* <key>::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. If not specified in either location, the
|
||||
default key from the keyring will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noconfirm*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
|
||||
proceeding with operations.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--needed*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Tell pacman not to reinstall a target if it is already
|
||||
up-to-date. (used with '-i' / '\--install').
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asdeps*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Install packages as non-explicitly installed (used
|
||||
with '-i' / '\--install').
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noprogressbar*::
|
||||
(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from displaying a progress bar;
|
||||
useful if you are redirecting makepkg output to file.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--packagelist*::
|
||||
List the package filenames that would be produced without building. Listed
|
||||
package filenames include PKGDEST and PKGEXT.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--printsrcinfo*::
|
||||
Generate and print the SRCINFO file to stdout.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Additional Features
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
|
||||
manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
|
||||
separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
|
||||
set up a development PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Reproducibility
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
makepkg is designed to be compatible with
|
||||
link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds]. If the
|
||||
**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is set, it will be exported to
|
||||
subprocesses, and source and package file modification times and package
|
||||
metadata will be unified based on the timestamp specified.
|
||||
|
||||
If the **SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is not set, makepkg will use
|
||||
its own start date for internal use, but will not unify source file timestamps
|
||||
before building.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Environment Variables
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_LIBRARY**="/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Use an alternative libmakepkg path instead of the {libmakepkgdir} default.
|
||||
|
||||
**PACMAN**::
|
||||
The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
|
||||
install and remove packages. Pacman's '-Qq', '-Rns', '-S', '-T', and '-U'
|
||||
operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
|
||||
set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_CONF=**"/path/to/file"::
|
||||
Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_GIT_CONFIG=**"/path/to/file"::
|
||||
Use an alternate config file for Git instead of the
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/makepkg.d/gitconfig+ default. makepkg always prevents Git
|
||||
from loading any other config files.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where source package files will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where generated log files will be stored. Overrides the
|
||||
corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@doe.com>"::
|
||||
String to identify the creator of the resulting package. Overrides
|
||||
the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the package will be built. Overrides the corresponding
|
||||
value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**CARCH=**"(i686|x86_64)"::
|
||||
Force build for a specific architecture. Useful for cross-compiling.
|
||||
Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
|
||||
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
|
||||
Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**GNUPGHOME=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
Directory where the gpg keyring for signing the built package is stored.
|
||||
|
||||
**GPGKEY=**"keyid"::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
|
||||
in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=**"<date>"::
|
||||
Used for link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds].
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDTOOL=**"<name>"::
|
||||
The name of a tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment. Used for
|
||||
defining a spec for reproducible builds, e.g. the linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
|
||||
used.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDTOOLVER=**"<version>"::
|
||||
The version of the '$BUILDTOOL' used.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEPKG_LINT_PKGBUILD=**0::
|
||||
Setting to 0 disables PKGBUILD linting within makepkg. Useful on systems
|
||||
with slow bash subshell operations, or on PKGBUILDs with extreme amounts of
|
||||
package splitting.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the
|
||||
'makepkg.conf' file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Errors
|
||||
------
|
||||
On exit, makepkg will return one of the following error codes.
|
||||
|
||||
0::
|
||||
Normal exit condition.
|
||||
|
||||
1::
|
||||
Unknown cause of failure.
|
||||
|
||||
2::
|
||||
Error in configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
3::
|
||||
User specified an invalid option.
|
||||
|
||||
4::
|
||||
Error in user-supplied function in PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
5::
|
||||
Failed to create a viable package.
|
||||
|
||||
6::
|
||||
A source or auxiliary file specified in the PKGBUILD is
|
||||
missing.
|
||||
|
||||
7::
|
||||
The PKGDIR is missing.
|
||||
|
||||
8::
|
||||
Failed to install dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
9::
|
||||
Failed to remove dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
10::
|
||||
User attempted to run makepkg as root.
|
||||
|
||||
11::
|
||||
User lacks permissions to build or install to a given
|
||||
location.
|
||||
|
||||
12::
|
||||
Error parsing PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
13::
|
||||
A package has already been built.
|
||||
|
||||
14::
|
||||
The package failed to install.
|
||||
|
||||
15::
|
||||
Programs necessary to run makepkg are missing.
|
||||
|
||||
16::
|
||||
Specified GPG key does not exist or failed to sign package.
|
||||
|
||||
17::
|
||||
The local repository is not a clone of the source repository
|
||||
specified in PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg.conf[5], linkman:PKGBUILD[5], linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
455
doc/makepkg.8.in
Normal file
455
doc/makepkg.8.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
|
|||
.TH makepkg 8 "January 30, 2006" "makepkg #VERSION#" ""
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
makepkg \- package build utility
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
\fBmakepkg [options]\fP
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
\fBmakepkg\fP will build packages for you. All it needs is
|
||||
a build-capable linux platform, wget, and some build scripts. The advantage
|
||||
to a script-based build is that you only really do the work once. Once you
|
||||
have the build script for a package, you just need to run makepkg and it
|
||||
will do the rest: download and validate source files, check dependencies,
|
||||
configure the buildtime settings, build the package, install the package
|
||||
into a temporary root, make customizations, generate meta-info, and package
|
||||
the whole thing up for \fBpacman\fP to use.
|
||||
|
||||
\fBmakeworld\fP can be used to rebuild an entire package group or the
|
||||
entire build tree. See \fBmakeworld --help\fP for syntax.
|
||||
.SH BUILD PROCESS (or How To Build Your Own Packages)
|
||||
Start in an isolated directory (ie, it's not used for anything other
|
||||
than building this package). The build script should be called PKGBUILD
|
||||
and it should bear resemblance to the example below.
|
||||
|
||||
\fBNOTE:\fP If you have a local copy of the Arch Build System (ABS) tree
|
||||
on your computer, you can copy the PKGBUILD.proto file to your new package
|
||||
build directory and edit it from there. To acquire/sync the ABS tree, use
|
||||
the \fBabs\fP script included with pacman/makepkg.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.SH PKGBUILD Example:
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
pkgname=modutils
|
||||
pkgver=2.4.25
|
||||
pkgrel=1
|
||||
pkgdesc="Utilities for inserting and removing modules from the linux kernel"
|
||||
url="http://www.kernel.org"
|
||||
backup=(etc/modules.conf)
|
||||
makedepends=('bash' 'mawk')
|
||||
depends=('glibc' 'zlib')
|
||||
source=(ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/$pkgname/v2.4/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.bz2 \\
|
||||
modules.conf)
|
||||
md5sums=('2c0cca3ef6330a187c6ef4fe41ecaa4d' \\
|
||||
'35175bee593a7cc7d6205584a94d8625')
|
||||
|
||||
build() {
|
||||
cd $startdir/src/$pkgname-$pkgver
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-insmod-static
|
||||
make || return 1
|
||||
make prefix=$startdir/pkg/usr install
|
||||
mv $startdir/pkg/usr/sbin $startdir/pkg
|
||||
mkdir -p $startdir/pkg/etc
|
||||
cp ../modules.conf $startdir/pkg/etc
|
||||
}
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
|
||||
As you can see, the setup is fairly simple. The first three lines define
|
||||
the package name and version info. They also define the final package name
|
||||
which will be of the form \fI$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel.pkg.tar.gz\fP. The fourth
|
||||
line provides a brief description of the package. These four lines should
|
||||
be present in every PKGBUILD script.
|
||||
|
||||
The line with \fIbackup=\fP specifies files that should be treated specially
|
||||
when removing or upgrading packages. See \fBHANDLING CONFIG FILES\fP in
|
||||
the \fIpacman\fP manpage for more information on this.
|
||||
|
||||
Lines 7 and 8 list the dependencies for this package. The \fIdepends\fP array
|
||||
specifies the run-time dependencies and \fImakedepends\fP specifies the build-time
|
||||
dependencies. In order to run the package, \fIdepends\fP must be satisfied. To
|
||||
build the package, \fBall\fP dependencies must be satisifed first. makepkg
|
||||
will check this before attempting to build the package.
|
||||
|
||||
The \fIsource\fP array tells makepkg which files to download/extract before compiling
|
||||
begins. The \fImd5sums\fP array provides md5sums for each of these files. These
|
||||
are used to validate the integrity of the source files.
|
||||
|
||||
Once your PKGBUILD is created, you can run \fImakepkg\fP from the build directory.
|
||||
makepkg will then check dependencies and look for the source files required to
|
||||
build. If some are missing it will attempt to download them, provided there is
|
||||
a fully-qualified URL in the \fIsource\fP array.
|
||||
|
||||
The sources are then extracted into a directory called ./src and
|
||||
the \fIbuild\fP function is called. This is where all package configuration,
|
||||
building, and installing should be done. Any customization will likely take
|
||||
place here.
|
||||
|
||||
After a package is built, the \fIbuild\fP function must install the package
|
||||
files into a special package root, which can be referenced by \fB$startdir/pkg\fP
|
||||
in the \fIbuild\fP function. The typical way to do this is one of the following:
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
|
||||
make DESTDIR=$startdir/pkg install
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
make prefix=$startdir/pkg/usr install
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
Notice that the "/usr" portion should be present with "prefix", but not "DESTDIR".
|
||||
"DESTDIR" is the favorable option to use, but not all Makefiles support it. Use
|
||||
"prefix" only when "DESTDIR" is unavailable.
|
||||
|
||||
Once the package is successfully installed into the package root, \fImakepkg\fP
|
||||
will remove some directories (as per Arch Linux package guidelines; if you use
|
||||
this elsewhere, feel free to change it) like /usr/doc and /usr/info. It will
|
||||
then strip debugging info from libraries and binaries and generate a meta-info
|
||||
file. Finally, it will compress everything into a .pkg.tar.gz file and leave it
|
||||
in the directory you ran \fBmakepkg\fP from.
|
||||
|
||||
At this point you should have a package file in the current directory, named
|
||||
something like name-version-release.pkg.tar.gz. Done!
|
||||
|
||||
.SH Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
|
||||
Pacman has the ability to store and execute a package-specific script when it
|
||||
installs, removes, or upgrades a package. This allows a package to "configure
|
||||
itself" after installation and do the opposite right before it is removed.
|
||||
|
||||
The exact time the script is run varies with each operation:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B pre_install
|
||||
script is run right before files are extracted.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B post_install
|
||||
script is run right after files are extracted.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B pre_upgrade
|
||||
script is run right before files are extracted.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B post_upgrade
|
||||
script is run after files are extracted.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B pre_remove
|
||||
script is run right before files are removed.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B post_remove
|
||||
script is run right after files are removed.
|
||||
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
To use this feature, just create a file (eg, pkgname.install) and put it in
|
||||
the same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the \fIinstall\fP directive:
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
install=pkgname.install
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
|
||||
The install script does not need to be specified in the \fIsource\fP array.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.SH Install scripts must follow this format:
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
# arg 1: the new package version
|
||||
pre_install() {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# do pre-install stuff here
|
||||
#
|
||||
/bin/true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# arg 1: the new package version
|
||||
post_install() {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# do post-install stuff here
|
||||
#
|
||||
/bin/true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# arg 1: the new package version
|
||||
# arg 2: the old package version
|
||||
pre_upgrade() {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# do pre-upgrade stuff here
|
||||
#
|
||||
/bin/true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# arg 1: the new package version
|
||||
# arg 2: the old package version
|
||||
post_upgrade() {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# do post-upgrade stuff here
|
||||
#
|
||||
/bin/true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# arg 1: the old package version
|
||||
pre_remove() {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# do pre-remove stuff here
|
||||
#
|
||||
/bin/true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# arg 1: the old package version
|
||||
post_remove() {
|
||||
#
|
||||
# do post-remove stuff here
|
||||
#
|
||||
/bin/true
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
op=$1
|
||||
shift
|
||||
$op $*
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
|
||||
This template is also available in your ABS tree (/var/abs/install.proto).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH PKGBUILD Directives
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B pkgname
|
||||
The name of the package. This has be a unix-friendly name as it will be
|
||||
used in the package filename.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B pkgver
|
||||
This is the version of the software as released from the author (eg, 2.7.1).
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B pkgrel
|
||||
This is the release number specific to Arch Linux packages.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B pkgdesc
|
||||
This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B options
|
||||
This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behaviour
|
||||
when building packages. To set an option, just include the option name
|
||||
in the \fBoptions\fP array.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
\fIAvailable Options:\fP
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B FORCE
|
||||
force the package to be upgraded by \fB--sysupgrade\fP, even
|
||||
if its an older version.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B KEEPDOCS
|
||||
do not remove /usr/share/doc and /usr/share/info directories.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B NOSTRIP
|
||||
do not strip debugging symbols from binaries and libraries.
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B url
|
||||
This field contains an optional URL that is associated with the piece of software
|
||||
being packaged. This is typically the project's website.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B license
|
||||
This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package. Commonly-used
|
||||
licenses are typically found in \fI/usr/share/licenses/common\fP. If you
|
||||
see the package's license there, simply reference it in the license field
|
||||
(eg, \fBlicense="GPL"\fP). If the package provides a license not found in
|
||||
\fI/usr/share/licenses/common\fP, then you should include the license in
|
||||
the package itself and set \fBlicense="custom"\fP or \fBlicense="custom:LicenseName"\fP.
|
||||
The license itself should be placed in a directory called
|
||||
\fI$startdir/pkg/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname\fP.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
If multiple licenses are applied, use the array form: \fBlicenses=('GPL' 'FDL')\fP
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B install
|
||||
Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
|
||||
This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will be
|
||||
copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included in the
|
||||
\fIsource\fP array. (eg, install=modutils.install)
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B source \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
The \fIsource\fP line is an array of source files required to build the
|
||||
package. Source files must reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD
|
||||
file, unless they have a fully-qualified URL. Then if the source file
|
||||
does not already exist in /var/cache/pacman/src, the file is downloaded
|
||||
by wget.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B md5sums \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
If this field is present, it should contain an MD5 hash for every source file
|
||||
specified in the \fIsource\fP array (in the same order). makepkg will use
|
||||
this to verify source file integrity during subsequent builds. To easily
|
||||
generate md5sums, first build using the PKGBUILD then run
|
||||
\fBmakepkg -g >>PKGBUILD\fP. Then you can edit the PKGBUILD and move the
|
||||
\fImd5sums\fP line from the bottom to an appropriate location.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B groups \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
This is an array of symbolic names that represent groups of packages, allowing
|
||||
you to install multiple packages by requesting a single target. For example,
|
||||
one could install all KDE packages by installing the 'kde' group.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B backup \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
A space-delimited array of filenames (without a preceding slash). The
|
||||
\fIbackup\fP line will be propagated to the package meta-info file for
|
||||
pacman. This will designate all files listed there to be backed up if this
|
||||
package is ever removed from a system. See \fBHANDLING CONFIG FILES\fP in
|
||||
the \fIpacman\fP manpage for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B depends \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
An array of packages that this package depends on to build and run. Packages
|
||||
in this list should be surrounded with single quotes and contain at least the
|
||||
package name. They can also include a version requirement of the form
|
||||
\fBname<>version\fP, where <> is one of these three comparisons: \fB>=\fP
|
||||
(greater than equal to), \fB<=\fP (less than or equal to), or \fB=\fP (equal to).
|
||||
See the PKGBUILD example above for an example of the \fIdepends\fP directive.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B makedepends \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
An array of packages that this package depends on to build (ie, not required
|
||||
to run). Packages in this list should follow the same format as \fIdepends\fP.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B conflicts \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
An array of packages that will conflict with this package (ie, they cannot both
|
||||
be installed at the same time). This directive follows the same format as
|
||||
\fIdepends\fP except you cannot specify versions here, only package names.
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B provides \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
An array of "virtual provisions" that this package provides. This allows a package
|
||||
to provide dependency names other than it's own package name. For example, the
|
||||
kernel-scsi and kernel-ide packages can each provide 'kernel' which allows packages
|
||||
to simply depend on 'kernel' rather than "kernel-scsi OR kernel-ide OR ..."
|
||||
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B replaces \fI(array)\fP
|
||||
This is an array of packages that this package should replace, and can be used to handle
|
||||
renamed/combined packages. For example, if the kernel package gets renamed
|
||||
to kernel-ide, then subsequent 'pacman -Syu' calls will not pick up the upgrade, due
|
||||
to the differing package names. \fIreplaces\fP handles this.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH MAKEPKG OPTIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-b, \-\-builddeps"
|
||||
Build missing dependencies from source. When makepkg finds missing build-time or
|
||||
run-time dependencies, it will look for the dependencies' PKGBUILD files under
|
||||
$ABSROOT (set in your /etc/makepkg.conf). If it finds them it will
|
||||
run another copy of makepkg to build and install the missing dependencies.
|
||||
The child makepkg calls will be made with the \fB-b\fP and \fB-i\fP options.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-B, \-\-noccache"
|
||||
Do not use ccache during build.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-c, \-\-clean"
|
||||
Clean up leftover work files/directories after a successful build.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-C, \-\-cleancache"
|
||||
Removes all source files from the cache directory to free up diskspace.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-d, \-\-nodeps"
|
||||
Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override/ignore any
|
||||
dependencies required. There's a good chance this option will break the build
|
||||
process if all of the dependencies aren't installed.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-e, \-\-noextract"
|
||||
Do not extract source files. Instead, use whatever already exists in the
|
||||
src/ directory. This is handy if you want to go into src and manually
|
||||
patch/tweak code, then make a package out of the result.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-f, \-\-force"
|
||||
\fBmakepkg\fP will not build a package if a \fIpkgname-pkgver-pkgrel.pkg.tar.gz\fP
|
||||
file already exists in the build directory. You can override this behaviour with
|
||||
the \fB--force\fP switch.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-g, \-\-genmd5"
|
||||
Download all source files (if required) and use \fImd5sum\fP to generate md5 hashes
|
||||
for each of them. You can then redirect the output into your PKGBUILD for source
|
||||
validation (makepkg -g >>PKGBUILD).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-h, \-\-help"
|
||||
Output syntax and commandline options.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-i, \-\-install"
|
||||
Install/Upgrade the package after a successful build.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-j <jobs>"
|
||||
Sets MAKEFLAGS="-j<jobs>" before building the package. This is useful for overriding
|
||||
the MAKEFLAGS setting in /etc/makepkg.conf.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-m, \-\-nocolor"
|
||||
Disable color in output messages
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-n, \-\-nostrip"
|
||||
Do not strip binaries and libraries.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-o, \-\-nobuild"
|
||||
Download and extract files only, do not build.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-p <buildscript>"
|
||||
Read the package script \fI<buildscript>\fP instead of the default (\fIPKGBUILD\fP).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-r, \-\-rmdeps"
|
||||
Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg/pacman during
|
||||
dependency auto-resolution (using \fB-b\fP or \fB-s\fP).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-s, \-\-syncdeps"
|
||||
Install missing dependencies using pacman. When makepkg finds missing build-time
|
||||
or run-time dependencies, it will run pacman to try and resolve them. If successful,
|
||||
pacman will download the missing packages from a package repository and
|
||||
install them for you.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-S, \-\-sudosync"
|
||||
Install missing dependencies using pacman and sudo. This is the same as \fB-s\fP
|
||||
except that makepkg will call pacman with sudo. This means you don't have to
|
||||
build as root to use dependency auto-resolution.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-w <destdir>"
|
||||
Write the resulting package file to the directory \fI<destdir>\fP instead of the
|
||||
current working directory.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-\-noconfirm"
|
||||
When calling pacman to resolve dependencies or conflicts, makepkg can pass
|
||||
the \fI--noconfirm\fP option to it so it does not wait for any user
|
||||
input before proceeding with operations.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-\-noprogressbar"
|
||||
When calling pacman, makepkg can pass the \fI--noprogressbar\fP option to it.
|
||||
This is useful if one is directing makepkg's output to a non-terminal (ie, a file).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH CONFIGURATION
|
||||
Configuration options are stored in \fI/etc/makepkg.conf\fP. This file is parsed
|
||||
as a bash script, so you can export any special compiler flags you wish
|
||||
to use. This is helpful for building for different architectures, or with
|
||||
different optimizations.
|
||||
|
||||
\fBNOTE:\fP This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use
|
||||
your exported variables. Some of them are flaky...
|
||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||
\fBpacman\fP is the package manager that uses packages built by makepkg.
|
||||
|
||||
See the Arch Linux Documentation for package-building guidelines if you wish
|
||||
to contribute packages to the Arch Linux project.
|
||||
.SH AUTHOR
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
|
|||
makepkg.conf(5)
|
||||
===============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
makepkg.conf - makepkg configuration file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf, ~/.makepkg.conf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Configuration options for makepkg are stored in makepkg.conf. This file is
|
||||
sourced so you can include any special compiler flags you wish to use. This is
|
||||
helpful when building for different architectures or with different
|
||||
optimizations. However, only the variables described below are exported to the
|
||||
build environment.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use your exported
|
||||
variables. Some of them are non-standard.
|
||||
|
||||
The system-wide configuration file is found in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.
|
||||
Specific additions (e.g. build flags for additional languages) can be placed
|
||||
in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.d/*.conf.
|
||||
|
||||
Individual options can be overridden (or added to) on a per-user basis in
|
||||
$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf or ~/.makepkg.conf, with the former
|
||||
taking priority.
|
||||
|
||||
The default file is fairly well commented, so it may be easiest to simply
|
||||
follow directions given there for customization.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
**DLAGENTS=(**\'protocol::/path/to/command [options]' ...**)**::
|
||||
Sets the download agents used to fetch source files specified with a URL in
|
||||
the linkman:PKGBUILD[5] file. Options can be specified for each command as
|
||||
well, and any protocol can have a download agent. Any spaces in option
|
||||
arguments are required to be escaped to avoid being split. Several
|
||||
examples are provided in the default makepkg.conf.
|
||||
+
|
||||
If present, `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. Otherwise, the
|
||||
download URL will be placed on the end of the command. If present, `%o` will
|
||||
be replaced with the local file name, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
|
||||
makepkg to handle resuming file downloads.
|
||||
|
||||
**VCSCLIENTS=(**\'protocol::package' ...**)**::
|
||||
Sets the packages required to fetch version controlled source files. When
|
||||
required, makepkg will check that these packages are installed or are included
|
||||
in the `depends` or `makedepends` arrays in the PKGBUILD.
|
||||
|
||||
**CARCH=**"carch"::
|
||||
Specifies your computer architecture; possible values include such things
|
||||
as ``i686'', ``x86_64'', ``ppc'', etc. This should be automatically set on
|
||||
installation.
|
||||
|
||||
**CHOST=**"chost"::
|
||||
A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu''; do not touch this unless you know what
|
||||
you are doing. This can be commented out by most users if desired.
|
||||
|
||||
**NPROC=**""::
|
||||
Sets the number of processors to use for parallel jobs in makepkg.
|
||||
Note: this does not affect parallelization of tasks during ``build()`` and
|
||||
related functions.
|
||||
|
||||
**CPPFLAGS=**"cppflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C preprocessor; see CFLAGS for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
**CFLAGS=**"cflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C compiler. This is a key part to the use of makepkg.
|
||||
Usually several options are specified, and the most common string resembles
|
||||
something like this: ``-march=i686 -O2 -pipe''. Another useful option may
|
||||
be `-mcpu` in place of `-march`. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
|
||||
variety of compiler flags available.
|
||||
|
||||
**CXXFLAGS=**"cxxflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the C++ compiler; see CFLAGS for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
**LDFLAGS=**"ldflags"::
|
||||
Flags used for the linker. Several options may be specified with common
|
||||
usage resembling ``-Wl,--hash-style=gnu''. Read ld(1) for more details on
|
||||
available linker flags.
|
||||
|
||||
**LTOFLAGS=**"ltoflags"::
|
||||
Additional compiler and linker flags appended to `CFLAGS`, `CXXFLAGS`
|
||||
and `LDFLAGS` when building with link time optimization. If empty,
|
||||
``-flto'' is used.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
|
||||
This is often used to set the number of jobs used; for example, `-j2`.
|
||||
Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
|
||||
|
||||
**DEBUG_CFLAGS=**"debug_cflags"::
|
||||
Additional compiler flags appended to `CFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
|
||||
this would include: ``-g''. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
|
||||
variety of compiler flags available.
|
||||
|
||||
**DEBUG_CXXFLAGS=**"debug_cxxflags"::
|
||||
Debug flags used for the C++ compiler; see DEBUG_CFLAGS for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDENV=(**!distcc !color !ccache check !sign**)**::
|
||||
This array contains options that affect the build environment; the defaults
|
||||
are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
|
||||
or disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
|
||||
option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
|
||||
precedence. Each option works as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
*distcc*;;
|
||||
Use the distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler to spread compilation among
|
||||
multiple machines. If this is enabled, `DISTCC_HOSTS` must be specified
|
||||
as well.
|
||||
|
||||
*color*;;
|
||||
Colorize output messages, making output easier to read.
|
||||
|
||||
*ccache*;;
|
||||
Use ccache to cache compilation by default. This allows for faster
|
||||
compiles if you are continuously recompiling the same packages. It can
|
||||
be disabled for individual packages by placing `!ccache` in the
|
||||
PKGBUILD options array.
|
||||
|
||||
*check*;;
|
||||
Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
|
||||
enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
|
||||
makepkg's '\--check' and '\--nocheck' options, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
*sign*;;
|
||||
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute 'gpg
|
||||
\--detach-sign' on the built package to generate a detached
|
||||
signature file, using the GPG agent, if it is available. The signature
|
||||
file will be the entire file name of the package with a ``.sig''
|
||||
extension.
|
||||
|
||||
**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
|
||||
If using DistCC, this is used to specify a space-delimited list of hosts
|
||||
running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
|
||||
`MAKEFLAGS`.
|
||||
|
||||
**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be built in
|
||||
subdirectories of the directory that makepkg is called from. This
|
||||
option allows setting the build location to another directory.
|
||||
Incorrect use of `$startdir` in a PKGBUILD may cause building with
|
||||
this option to fail.
|
||||
|
||||
**GPGKEY=**""::
|
||||
Specify a key to use for GPG signing instead of the default key in the
|
||||
keyring. Can be overridden with makepkg's '\--key' option.
|
||||
|
||||
**OPTIONS=(**!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs ...**)**::
|
||||
This array contains options that affect default packaging. They are
|
||||
equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
|
||||
shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
|
||||
disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
|
||||
option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
|
||||
precedence. Each option works as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
*strip*;;
|
||||
Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently use a
|
||||
debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to disable this
|
||||
option.
|
||||
|
||||
*docs*;;
|
||||
Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories, specify
|
||||
`!docs` in the array. The directories affected are specified by the
|
||||
`DOC_DIRS` variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*libtool*;;
|
||||
Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to remove
|
||||
them.
|
||||
|
||||
*staticlibs*;;
|
||||
Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
|
||||
remove them, if they have a shared counterpart.
|
||||
|
||||
*emptydirs*;;
|
||||
Leave empty directories in packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*zipman*;;
|
||||
Compress manual (man and info) pages with gzip. The directories
|
||||
affected are specified by the `MAN_DIRS` variable.
|
||||
|
||||
*purge*;;
|
||||
Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
*debug*;;
|
||||
Add the user-specified debug flags as specified in DEBUG_CFLAGS and
|
||||
DEBUG_CXXFLAGS to their counterpart buildflags. Creates a separate
|
||||
package containing the debug symbols when used with `strip'.
|
||||
|
||||
*lto*;;
|
||||
Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds the
|
||||
flags specified in LTOFLAGS to CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS and LDFLAGS (or
|
||||
``-flto'' if LTOFLAGS is empty).
|
||||
|
||||
*autodeps*;;
|
||||
Enable the automatic addition of libraries to the depends and
|
||||
provides arrays. Search library directories are controlled by
|
||||
the LIB_DIRS variable defined below.
|
||||
|
||||
**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
|
||||
File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
|
||||
affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
|
||||
`ck`, `md5`, `sha1`, `sha224`, `sha256`, `sha384`, `sha512`, and `b2`.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping shared libraries or PIE executables.
|
||||
See linkman:strip[1] for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
|
||||
Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
|
||||
If `zipman` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
|
||||
pages. If you build packages that are located in opt/, you may need
|
||||
to add the directory to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading
|
||||
slash to the directory name.
|
||||
|
||||
**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} ...**)**::
|
||||
If `!docs` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs. If you build packages
|
||||
that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
|
||||
array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
|
||||
|
||||
**LIB_DIRS=(**lib:usr/lib ...**)**::
|
||||
If `autodeps` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg where to look to find libraries to add to the `provides`
|
||||
array. The format is "prefix:path", where provides will be added for
|
||||
libraries found in "path" with the specified prefix added.
|
||||
|
||||
**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
|
||||
If `purge` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
|
||||
instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
|
||||
useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
|
||||
|
||||
**DBGSRCDIR=**"/usr/src/debug"::
|
||||
If `strip` and `debug` are specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable
|
||||
will instruct makepkg where to place source files for installed binaries.
|
||||
The binaries will be modified to link this directory for the debugger
|
||||
search path.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be placed in the
|
||||
current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
|
||||
like to keep all their packages in one place so this option allows
|
||||
for this behavior. A common location is ``/home/packages''.
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, downloaded source files will only be stored
|
||||
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
|
||||
a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
|
||||
|
||||
**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
|
||||
in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
|
||||
in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
|
||||
|
||||
**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
|
||||
If this value is not set, log files are written to the current
|
||||
directory. This centralizes the log location, facilitating cleanup
|
||||
and compression.
|
||||
|
||||
**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
|
||||
This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
|
||||
The given format is required for PGP key lookup through WKD.
|
||||
It is recommended to change this to your name and email address.
|
||||
|
||||
**COMPRESSGZ=**"(gzip -c -f -n)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSBZ2=**"(bzip2 -c -f)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSXZ=**"(xz -c -z -)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSZST=**"(zstd -c -z -)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLZO**"(lzop -q)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLRZ=**"(lrzip -q)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLZ4=**"(lz4 -q)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSZ=**"(compress -c -f)"::
|
||||
**COMPRESSLZ=**"(lzip -c -f)"::
|
||||
Sets the command and options used when compressing compiled or source
|
||||
packages in the named format.
|
||||
|
||||
**PKGEXT=**"{pkgext}", **SRCEXT=**"{srcext}"::
|
||||
Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
|
||||
Valid suffixes are `.pkg` or `.src` (for PKGEXT and SRCEXT respectively)
|
||||
followed by one of `.tar.gz`, `.tar.bz2`, `.tar.xz`, `.tar.zst`, `.tar.lzo`,
|
||||
`.tar.lrz`, `.tar.lz4`, `.tar.lz` and `.tar.Z`, or simply `.tar` to
|
||||
disable compression entirely.
|
||||
|
||||
**PACMAN_AUTH=()**::
|
||||
Specify a command prefix for running pacman as root. If unset, makepkg will
|
||||
check for the presence of sudo(8) and su(1) in turn, and try the first one
|
||||
it finds.
|
||||
+
|
||||
If present, `%c` will be replaced with the shell-quoted form of the command
|
||||
to run. Otherwise, the command to run is appended to the auth command.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
157
doc/meson.build
157
doc/meson.build
|
|
@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
|
|||
manpages = [
|
||||
{ 'name': 'alpm-hooks.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'makepkg.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'makepkg-template.1' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'repo-add.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'vercmp.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'testpkg.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman-key.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman-db-upgrade.8' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'PKGBUILD.5', 'extra_depends' : [ 'PKGBUILD-example.txt' ] },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'makepkg.conf.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman.conf.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'BUILDINFO.5' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'pacman-conf.8' },
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
sitepages = [
|
||||
{ 'name': 'submitting-patches' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'translation-help' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'HACKING', 'source': '../HACKING' },
|
||||
{ 'name': 'index' },
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
asciidoc_conf = join_paths(meson.current_source_dir(), 'asciidoc.conf')
|
||||
|
||||
asciidoc_opts = [
|
||||
'-f', asciidoc_conf,
|
||||
'-a', 'pacman_version="@0@"'.format(PACKAGE_VERSION),
|
||||
'-a', 'srcext=@0@'.format(get_option('src-ext')),
|
||||
'-a', 'pkgext=@0@'.format(get_option('pkg-ext')),
|
||||
'-a', 'pkgdatadir=@0@'.format(PKGDATADIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'keyringdir=@0@'.format(KEYRINGDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'localstatedir=@0@'.format(LOCALSTATEDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'sysconfdir=@0@'.format(SYSCONFDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'datarootdir=@0@'.format(DATAROOTDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'rootdir=@0@'.format(ROOTDIR),
|
||||
'-a', 'libmakepkgdir=@0@'.format(LIBMAKEPKGDIR),
|
||||
]
|
||||
|
||||
html_targets = []
|
||||
html_files = []
|
||||
|
||||
foreach page : manpages
|
||||
manpage = page['name']
|
||||
htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
|
||||
input = '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage)
|
||||
|
||||
section = page['name'].split('.')[-1]
|
||||
|
||||
mandirn = join_paths(MANDIR, 'man' + section)
|
||||
|
||||
custom_target(
|
||||
manpage,
|
||||
command : [
|
||||
A2X,
|
||||
'--no-xmllint',
|
||||
'-d', 'manpage',
|
||||
'-f', 'manpage',
|
||||
'--xsltproc-opts', '-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0',
|
||||
'-D', '@OUTDIR@',
|
||||
'--asciidoc-opts', ' '.join(asciidoc_opts),
|
||||
'@INPUT@',
|
||||
],
|
||||
input : input,
|
||||
output : [manpage],
|
||||
depend_files : [
|
||||
asciidoc_conf,
|
||||
] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
|
||||
install : true,
|
||||
install_dir : mandirn,
|
||||
)
|
||||
endforeach
|
||||
|
||||
foreach page: manpages + sitepages
|
||||
manpage = page['name']
|
||||
htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
|
||||
input = page.get('source', '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage))
|
||||
|
||||
html = custom_target(
|
||||
htmlpage,
|
||||
command : [
|
||||
ASCIIDOC,
|
||||
] + asciidoc_opts + [
|
||||
'-a', 'linkcss',
|
||||
'-a', 'toc',
|
||||
'-a', 'icons',
|
||||
'-a', 'max-width=960px',
|
||||
'-a', 'stylesheet=asciidoc-override.css',
|
||||
'-o', '@OUTPUT@',
|
||||
'@INPUT@',
|
||||
],
|
||||
input : input,
|
||||
output : [htmlpage],
|
||||
depend_files : [
|
||||
asciidoc_conf,
|
||||
'asciidoc-override.css',
|
||||
] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
|
||||
build_by_default : false,
|
||||
install : false,
|
||||
)
|
||||
html_targets += [html]
|
||||
html_files += [htmlpage]
|
||||
endforeach
|
||||
|
||||
run_target('html',
|
||||
command : ['/bin/true'],
|
||||
depends : html_targets)
|
||||
|
||||
custom_target(
|
||||
'website.tar.gz',
|
||||
command : [
|
||||
'bsdtar', 'czf', '@OUTPUT@',
|
||||
'-C', meson.current_build_dir(),
|
||||
] + html_files + [
|
||||
'-C', meson.current_source_dir(),
|
||||
'asciidoc-override.css',
|
||||
'-C', '/etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/',
|
||||
'asciidoc.css',
|
||||
'-C', '/etc/asciidoc/javascripts/',
|
||||
'asciidoc.js',
|
||||
'-C', '/etc/asciidoc/',
|
||||
'images',
|
||||
],
|
||||
output : ['website.tar.gz'],
|
||||
build_by_default : false,
|
||||
depends : html_targets,
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
|
||||
'repo-add.8',
|
||||
join_paths(MANDIR, 'man8/repo-remove.8'))
|
||||
|
||||
meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
|
||||
'alpm-hooks.5',
|
||||
join_paths(MANDIR, 'man5/pacman-hooks.5'))
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen = find_program('doxygen', required : get_option('doxygen'))
|
||||
if doxygen.found() and not get_option('doxygen').disabled()
|
||||
doxyconf = configuration_data()
|
||||
doxyconf.set('INPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_source_dir())
|
||||
doxyconf.set('OUTPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_build_dir())
|
||||
doxyfile = configure_file(
|
||||
input : 'Doxyfile.in',
|
||||
output : 'Doxyfile',
|
||||
configuration : doxyconf,
|
||||
install : false)
|
||||
|
||||
custom_target(
|
||||
'doxygen',
|
||||
input : doxyfile,
|
||||
output : ['man3'],
|
||||
command : [doxygen, doxyfile],
|
||||
build_by_default : true,
|
||||
install : true,
|
||||
install_dir : MANDIR)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
|
|||
pacman-conf(8)
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pacman-conf - query pacman's configuration file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pacman-conf' [options] [<directive> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
'pacman-conf' (--repo-list|--help|--version)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'pacman-conf' is a utility for parsing the 'pacman' configuration file
|
||||
and returning script-friendly output. It is designed to properly handle
|
||||
non-trivial configuration features such as variable interpolation and
|
||||
the use of the Include directive, and guarantees that it will return the
|
||||
same configuration values which 'pacman' itself would use.
|
||||
|
||||
'pacman-conf' will output the fully-resolved contents of the
|
||||
configuration file by default, or, if provided with the name of a
|
||||
configuration directive, output the contents of the given directive alone.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-c, \--config* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--rootdir* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate installation root (default is `/`).
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--repo* <repository>::
|
||||
Query options for a specific repository.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verbose*::
|
||||
Always shown directive names.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--repo-list*::
|
||||
List configured repositories.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Output syntax and command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Display version and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
pacman-conf -r core Usage::
|
||||
Show the value of the Usage configuration option for core repository.
|
||||
|
||||
pacman-conf HoldPkg::
|
||||
Show the value of the HoldPkg configuration option.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
|||
pacman-db-upgrade(8)
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pacman-db-upgrade - upgrade the local pacman database to a newer format
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pacman-db-upgrade' [options]
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'pacman-db-upgrade' is a script that upgrades the local database used
|
||||
by linkman:pacman[8] to a newer format.
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Show the built-in help message and exit.
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Show version information and exit.
|
||||
*-d, \--dbpath* <path>::
|
||||
Set an alternate database location.
|
||||
*-r, \--root* <path>::
|
||||
Set an alternate installation root.
|
||||
*\--config* <path>::
|
||||
Set an alternate configuration file.
|
||||
*\--nocolor*::
|
||||
Remove color from output.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
|
|||
pacman-key(8)
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pacman-key - manage pacman's list of trusted keys
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pacman-key' [options] operation [targets]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'pacman-key' is a wrapper script for GnuPG used to manage pacman's keyring, which
|
||||
is the collection of PGP keys used to check signed packages and databases. It
|
||||
provides the ability to import and export keys, fetch keys from keyservers and
|
||||
update the key trust database.
|
||||
|
||||
More complex keyring management can be achieved using GnuPG directly combined with
|
||||
the '\--homedir' option pointing at the pacman keyring (located in
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+ by default).
|
||||
|
||||
Invoking pacman-key consists of supplying an operation with any potential
|
||||
options and targets to operate on. Depending on the operation, a 'target' may
|
||||
be a valid key identifier, filename, or directory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Operations
|
||||
----------
|
||||
*-a, \--add*::
|
||||
Add the key(s) contained in the specified file or files to pacman's
|
||||
keyring. If a key already exists, update it.
|
||||
|
||||
*-d, \--delete*::
|
||||
Remove the key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) from pacman's
|
||||
keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
*-e, \--export*::
|
||||
Export key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) to 'stdout'. If no keyid
|
||||
is specified, all keys will be exported.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--edit-key*::
|
||||
Present a menu for key management task on the specified keyid(s). Useful
|
||||
for adjusting a keys trust level.
|
||||
|
||||
*-f, \--finger*::
|
||||
List a fingerprint for each specified keyid, or for all known keys if no
|
||||
keyids are specified.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Output syntax and command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--import*::
|
||||
Imports keys from `pubring.gpg` into the public keyring from the specified
|
||||
directories.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--import-trustdb*::
|
||||
Imports ownertrust values from `trustdb.gpg` into the shared trust database
|
||||
from the specified directories.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--init*::
|
||||
Ensure the keyring is properly initialized and has the required access
|
||||
permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list-keys*::
|
||||
Lists all or specified keys from the public keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--list-sigs*::
|
||||
Same as '\--list-keys', but the signatures are listed too.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--lsign-key*::
|
||||
Locally sign the given key. This is primarily used to root the web of trust
|
||||
in the local private key generated by '\--init'.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nocolor*::
|
||||
Disable colored output from pacman-key.
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--recv-keys*::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--recv-keys' in GnuPG.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--refresh-keys*::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--refresh-keys' in GnuPG.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--populate*::
|
||||
Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
|
||||
+{keyringdir}+. For more information, see
|
||||
<<PK,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--updatedb*::
|
||||
Equivalent to '\--check-trustdb' in GnuPG. This operation can be specified with
|
||||
other operations.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Displays the program version.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verify*::
|
||||
Assume that the first argument is a signature and verify it. If a second
|
||||
argument is provided, it is the file to be verified.
|
||||
+
|
||||
With only one argument given, assume that the signature is a detached
|
||||
signature, and look for a matching data file to verify by stripping the file
|
||||
extension. If no matching data file is found, fall back on GnuPG semantics and
|
||||
attempt to verify a file with an embedded signature.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
|
||||
Set an alternate home directory for GnuPG. If unspecified, the value is
|
||||
read from +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--keyserver* <keyserver>::
|
||||
Use the specified keyserver if the operation requires one. This will take
|
||||
precedence over any keyserver option specified in a `gpg.conf`
|
||||
configuration file. Running '\--init' with this option will set the default
|
||||
keyserver if one was not already configured.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Providing a Keyring for Import[[PK]]
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
A distribution or other repository provided may want to provide a set of
|
||||
PGP keys used in the signing of its packages and repository databases that can
|
||||
be readily imported into the pacman keyring. This is achieved by providing a
|
||||
PGP keyring file `foo.gpg` that contains the keys for the foo keyring in the
|
||||
directory +{keyringdir}+.
|
||||
|
||||
Optionally, the file `foo-trusted` can be provided containing a list of trusted
|
||||
key IDs for that keyring. This is a file in a format compatible with 'gpg
|
||||
\--export-ownertrust' output. This file will inform the user which keys a user
|
||||
needs to verify and sign to build a local web of trust, in addition to
|
||||
assigning provided owner trust values.
|
||||
|
||||
Also optionally, the file `foo-revoked` can be provided containing a list of
|
||||
revoked key IDs for that keyring. Revoked is defined as "no longer valid for
|
||||
any signing", so should be used with prudence. A key being marked as revoked
|
||||
will be disabled in the keyring and no longer treated as valid, so this always
|
||||
takes priority over it's trusted state in any other keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,583 +0,0 @@
|
|||
pacman(8)
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pacman - package manager utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'pacman' <operation> [options] [targets]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Pacman is a package management utility that tracks installed packages on a Linux
|
||||
system. It features dependency support, package groups, install and uninstall
|
||||
scripts, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote repository to
|
||||
automatically upgrade packages. Pacman packages are a zipped tar format.
|
||||
|
||||
Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the front-end to linkman:libalpm[3], the
|
||||
``Arch Linux Package Management'' library. This library allows alternative
|
||||
front-ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front-end).
|
||||
|
||||
Invoking pacman involves specifying an operation with any potential options and
|
||||
targets to operate on. A 'target' is usually a package name, file name, URL, or
|
||||
a search string. Targets can be provided as command line arguments.
|
||||
Additionally, if stdin is not from a terminal and a single hyphen (-) is passed
|
||||
as an argument, targets will be read from stdin.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Operations
|
||||
----------
|
||||
*-D, \--database*::
|
||||
Operate on the package database. This operation allows you to modify
|
||||
certain attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. It
|
||||
also allows you to check the databases for internal consistency.
|
||||
See <<DO,Database Options>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-Q, \--query*::
|
||||
Query the package database. This operation allows you to view installed
|
||||
packages and their files, as well as meta-information about individual
|
||||
packages (dependencies, conflicts, install date, build date, size). This
|
||||
can be run against the local package database or can be used on
|
||||
individual package files. In the first case, if no package names
|
||||
are provided in the command line, all installed packages will be
|
||||
queried. Additionally, various filters can be applied on the package
|
||||
list. See <<QO,Query Options>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--remove*::
|
||||
Remove package(s) from the system. Groups can also be specified to be
|
||||
removed, in which case every package in that group will be removed.
|
||||
Files belonging to the specified package will be deleted, and the
|
||||
database will be updated. Most configuration files will be saved
|
||||
with a '.pacsave' extension unless the '\--nosave' option is used.
|
||||
See <<RO,Remove Options>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-S, \--sync*::
|
||||
Synchronize packages. Packages are installed directly from the remote
|
||||
repositories, including all dependencies required to run the packages. For
|
||||
example, `pacman -S qt` will download and install qt and all the
|
||||
packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one
|
||||
repository, the repository can be explicitly specified to clarify the
|
||||
package to install: `pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version
|
||||
requirements: `pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. Quotes are needed, otherwise the
|
||||
shell interprets ">" as redirection to a file.
|
||||
+
|
||||
In addition to packages, groups can be specified as well. For example, if
|
||||
gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will provide a
|
||||
prompt allowing you to select which packages to install from a numbered list.
|
||||
The package selection is specified using a space- and/or comma-separated list of
|
||||
package numbers. Sequential packages may be selected by specifying the first
|
||||
and last package numbers separated by a hyphen (`-`). Excluding packages is
|
||||
achieved by prefixing a number or range of numbers with a caret (`^`).
|
||||
+
|
||||
Packages that provide other packages are also handled. For example, `pacman -S
|
||||
foo` will first look for a foo package. If foo is not found, packages that
|
||||
provide the same functionality as foo will be searched for. If any package is
|
||||
found, it will be installed. A selection prompt is provided if multiple packages
|
||||
providing foo are found.
|
||||
+
|
||||
You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out-of-date. See
|
||||
<<SO,Sync Options>> below. When upgrading, pacman performs version comparison
|
||||
to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Alphanumeric:
|
||||
1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
|
||||
Numeric:
|
||||
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
|
||||
overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
|
||||
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
|
||||
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
|
||||
|
||||
*-T, \--deptest*::
|
||||
Check dependencies; this is useful in scripts such as makepkg to check
|
||||
installed packages. This operation will check each dependency specified and
|
||||
return a list of dependencies that are not currently satisfied on the system.
|
||||
This operation accepts no other options. Example usage: `pacman -T qt
|
||||
"bash>=3.2"`.
|
||||
|
||||
*-U, \--upgrade*::
|
||||
Upgrade or add package(s) to the system and install the required
|
||||
dependencies from sync repositories. Either a URL or file path can be
|
||||
specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<UO,Upgrade
|
||||
Options>> below; also see <<HCF,Handling Config Files>> for an explanation
|
||||
on how pacman takes care of configuration files.
|
||||
|
||||
*-F, \--files*::
|
||||
Query the files database. This operation allows you to look for packages
|
||||
owning certain files or display files owned by certain packages. Only
|
||||
packages that are part of your sync databases are searched. See
|
||||
<<FO,File Options>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*-V, \--version*::
|
||||
Display version and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied,
|
||||
then the general syntax is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-b, \--dbpath* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternative database location (the default is
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what
|
||||
you are doing.
|
||||
*NOTE*: If specified, this is an absolute path, and the root path is
|
||||
not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*-r, \--root* <path>::
|
||||
Specify an alternative installation root (default is +{rootdir}+). This should
|
||||
not be used as a way to install software into `/usr/local` instead of
|
||||
`/usr`.
|
||||
*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
|
||||
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
|
||||
be inside this root path.
|
||||
*NOTE*: This option is not suitable for performing operations on a mounted
|
||||
guest system. See '\--sysroot' instead.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verbose*::
|
||||
Output paths such as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--arch* <arch>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--cachedir* <dir>::
|
||||
Specify an alternative package cache location (the default is
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be
|
||||
specified, and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman.
|
||||
*NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not automatically
|
||||
prepended. If DownloadUser is set in linkman:pacman.conf[5], then the
|
||||
specified user must have permission to access the cache directory.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--color* <when>::
|
||||
Specify when to enable coloring. Valid options are 'always', 'never', or
|
||||
'auto'. 'always' forces colors on; 'never' forces colors off; and 'auto' only
|
||||
automatically enables colors when outputting onto a tty.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--config* <file>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--debug*::
|
||||
Display debug messages. When reporting bugs, this option is recommended
|
||||
to be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
|
||||
Specify a directory of files used by GnuPG to verify package signatures
|
||||
(the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
|
||||
two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`. `pubring.gpg` holds the public keys
|
||||
of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg` contains a so-called trust database, which
|
||||
specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: This is an absolute
|
||||
path, and the root path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--hookdir* <dir>::
|
||||
Specify a alternative directory containing hook files (the default is
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+). Multiple hook directories can be specified
|
||||
with hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
|
||||
directories. *NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not
|
||||
automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--logfile* <file>::
|
||||
Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
|
||||
the installation root setting.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noconfirm*::
|
||||
Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
|
||||
this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--confirm*::
|
||||
Cancels the effects of a previous '\--noconfirm'.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--disable-download-timeout*::
|
||||
Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
|
||||
if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--sysroot* <dir>:: Specify an alternative system root. This path will be
|
||||
prepended to all other configuration directories and any repository servers
|
||||
beginning with `file://`. Any paths or URLs passed as targets will not be
|
||||
modified. This allows mounted guest systems to be properly operated on.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--disable-sandbox*::
|
||||
Disable the default sandbox applied to the process downloading files on Linux
|
||||
systems. Useful if experiencing landlock related failures while downloading
|
||||
files when running a Linux kernel that does not support this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*-d, \--nodeps*::
|
||||
Skips dependency version checks. Package names are still checked. Normally,
|
||||
pacman will always check a package's dependency fields to ensure that all
|
||||
dependencies are installed and there are no package conflicts in the
|
||||
system. Specify this option twice to skip all dependency checks.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--assume-installed* <package=version>::
|
||||
Add a virtual package "package" with version "version" to the transaction
|
||||
to satisfy dependencies. This allows disabling the specific dependency checks
|
||||
without affecting all dependency checks. To disable all dependency
|
||||
checking, see the '\--nodeps' option.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--dbonly*::
|
||||
Adds/removes the database entry only, leaving all files in place.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noprogressbar*::
|
||||
Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
|
||||
for scripts that call pacman and capture the output.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--noscriptlet*::
|
||||
If an install scriptlet exists, do not execute it. Do not use this
|
||||
unless you know what you are doing.
|
||||
|
||||
*-p, \--print*::
|
||||
Only print the targets instead of performing the actual operation (sync,
|
||||
remove or upgrade). Use '\--print-format' to specify how targets are
|
||||
displayed. The default format string is "%l", which displays URLs with
|
||||
'-S', file names with '-U', and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--print-format* <format>::
|
||||
Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
|
||||
operation. The possible attributes are: "%a" for arch, "%b" for
|
||||
builddate, "%d" for description, "%e" for pkgbase, "%f" for filename,
|
||||
"%g" for base64 encoded PGP signature, "%h" for sha256sum, "%m" for
|
||||
md5sum, "%n" for pkgname, "%p" for packager, "%v" for pkgver, "%l" for
|
||||
location, "%r" for repository, "%s" for size, "%C" for checkdepends,
|
||||
"%D" for depends, "%G" for groups, "%H" for conflicts, "%L" for
|
||||
licenses, "%M" for makedepends, "%O" for optional depends, "%P" for
|
||||
provides and "%R" for replaces.
|
||||
Implies '\--print'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
|
||||
----------------------------------------------
|
||||
*-w, \--downloadonly*::
|
||||
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asdeps*::
|
||||
Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
|
||||
to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
|
||||
build-from-source tools that need to install dependencies before building
|
||||
the package.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asexplicit*::
|
||||
Install packages explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason to
|
||||
be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to mark a dependency
|
||||
as explicitly installed so it will not be removed by the '\--recursive'
|
||||
remove operation.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--ignore* <package>::
|
||||
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of package even if there is one
|
||||
available. Multiple packages can be specified by separating them
|
||||
with a comma.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--ignoregroup* <group>::
|
||||
Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group', even if
|
||||
there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
|
||||
separating them with a comma.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--needed*::
|
||||
Do not reinstall the targets that are already up-to-date.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--overwrite* <glob>::
|
||||
Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
|
||||
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
|
||||
installed and match 'glob', this option will cause all those files to be
|
||||
overwritten. Using '\--overwrite' will not allow overwriting a directory
|
||||
with a file or installing packages with conflicting files and directories.
|
||||
Multiple patterns can be specified by separating them with a comma. May be
|
||||
specified multiple times. Patterns can be negated, such that files
|
||||
matching them will not be overwritten, by prefixing them with an
|
||||
exclamation mark. Subsequent matches will override previous ones. A leading
|
||||
literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
*-c, \--changelog*::
|
||||
View the ChangeLog of a package if it exists.
|
||||
|
||||
*-d, \--deps*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages installed as dependencies. This
|
||||
option can be combined with '-t' for listing real orphans - packages that
|
||||
were installed as dependencies but are no longer required by any
|
||||
installed package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-e, \--explicit*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to explicitly installed packages. This option
|
||||
can be combined with '-t' to list explicitly installed packages that
|
||||
are not required by any other package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-g, \--groups*::
|
||||
Display all packages that are members of a named group. If a name is not
|
||||
specified, list all grouped packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-i, \--info*::
|
||||
Display information on a given package. The '-p' option can be used if
|
||||
querying a package file instead of the local database. Passing two
|
||||
'\--info' or '-i' flags will also display the list of backup files and
|
||||
their modification states.
|
||||
|
||||
*-k, \--check*::
|
||||
Check that all files owned by the given package(s) are present on the
|
||||
system. If packages are not specified or filter flags are not provided,
|
||||
check all installed packages. Specifying this option twice will perform
|
||||
more detailed file checking (including permissions, file sizes, and
|
||||
modification times) for packages that contain the needed mtree file.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list*::
|
||||
List all files owned by a given package. Multiple packages can be
|
||||
specified on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
*-m, \--foreign*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages that were not found in the sync
|
||||
database(s). Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
|
||||
and installed with '\--upgrade'.
|
||||
|
||||
*-n, \--native*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages that are found in the sync
|
||||
database(s). This is the inverse filter of '\--foreign'.
|
||||
|
||||
*-o, \--owns* <file>::
|
||||
Search for packages that own the specified file(s). The path can be
|
||||
relative or absolute, and one or more files can be specified.
|
||||
|
||||
*-p, \--file*::
|
||||
Signifies that the package supplied on the command line is a file and
|
||||
not an entry in the database. The file will be decompressed and queried.
|
||||
This is useful in combination with '\--info' and '\--list'.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Show less information for certain query operations. This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
|
||||
names and not version, group, and description information; owns will
|
||||
only show package names instead of "file is owned by pkg" messages; group
|
||||
will only show package names and omit group names; list will only show
|
||||
files and omit package names; check will only show pairs of package names
|
||||
and missing files; a bare query will only show package names
|
||||
rather than names and versions.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--search* <regexp>::
|
||||
Search each locally-installed package for names or descriptions that
|
||||
match `regexp`. When including multiple search terms, only packages
|
||||
with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
|
||||
|
||||
*-t, \--unrequired*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to print only packages neither required nor
|
||||
optionally required by any currently installed package. Specify this
|
||||
option twice to include packages which are optionally, but not directly,
|
||||
required by another package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--upgrades*::
|
||||
Restrict or filter output to packages that are out-of-date on the local
|
||||
system. Only package versions are used to find outdated packages;
|
||||
replacements are not checked here. This option works best if the sync
|
||||
database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Remove Options (apply to '-R')[[RO]]
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
*-c, \--cascade*::
|
||||
Remove all target packages, as well as all packages that depend on one
|
||||
or more target packages. This operation is recursive and must be used
|
||||
with care, since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-n, \--nosave*::
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when a
|
||||
file is removed from the system, the database is checked to see if the
|
||||
file should be renamed with a '.pacsave' extension.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--recursive*::
|
||||
Remove each target specified including all of their dependencies, provided
|
||||
that (A) they are not required by other packages; and (B) they were not
|
||||
explicitly installed by the user. This operation is recursive and analogous
|
||||
to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and it helps keep a clean system without
|
||||
orphans. If you want to omit condition (B), pass this option twice.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--unneeded*::
|
||||
Removes targets that are not required by any other packages.
|
||||
This is mostly useful when removing a group without using the '-c' option,
|
||||
to avoid breaking any dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Sync Options (apply to '-S')[[SO]]
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
*-c, \--clean*::
|
||||
Remove packages that are no longer installed from the cache as well as
|
||||
currently unused sync databases to free up disk space. When pacman
|
||||
downloads packages, it saves them in a cache directory. In addition,
|
||||
databases are saved for every sync DB you download from and are not
|
||||
deleted even if they are removed from the configuration file
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5]. Use one '\--clean' switch to only remove
|
||||
packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all files
|
||||
from the cache. In both cases, you will have a yes or no option to
|
||||
remove packages and/or unused downloaded databases.
|
||||
+
|
||||
If you use a network shared cache, see the 'CleanMethod' option in
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*-g, \--groups*::
|
||||
Display all the members for each package group specified. If no group
|
||||
names are provided, all groups will be listed; pass the flag twice to
|
||||
view all groups and their members.
|
||||
|
||||
*-i, \--info*::
|
||||
Display information on a given sync database package. Passing two '\--info'
|
||||
or '-i' flags will also display those packages in all repositories that
|
||||
depend on this package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list*::
|
||||
List all packages in the specified repositories. Multiple repositories
|
||||
can be specified on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Show less information for certain sync operations. This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
|
||||
names and not repository, version, group, and description information; list
|
||||
will only show package names and omit databases and versions; group will
|
||||
only show package names and omit group names.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--search* <regexp>::
|
||||
This will search each package in the sync databases for names or
|
||||
descriptions that match `regexp`. When you include multiple search
|
||||
terms, only packages with descriptions matching ALL of those terms will
|
||||
be returned.
|
||||
|
||||
*-u, \--sysupgrade*::
|
||||
Upgrades all packages that are out-of-date. Each currently-installed
|
||||
package will be examined and upgraded if a newer package exists. A
|
||||
report of all packages to upgrade will be presented, and the operation
|
||||
will not proceed without user confirmation. Dependencies are
|
||||
automatically resolved at this level and will be installed/upgraded if
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Pass this option twice to enable package downgrades; in this case, pacman will
|
||||
select sync packages whose versions do not match with the local versions. This
|
||||
can be useful when the user switches from a testing repository to a stable one.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Additional targets can also be specified manually, so that '-Su foo' will do a
|
||||
system upgrade and install/upgrade the "foo" package in the same operation.
|
||||
|
||||
*-y, \--refresh*::
|
||||
Download a fresh copy of the master package databases '(repo.db)' from the
|
||||
server(s) defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used
|
||||
each time you use '\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y'
|
||||
flags will force a refresh of all package databases, even if they appear to
|
||||
be up-to-date.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Database Options (apply to '-D')[[QO]]
|
||||
--------------------------------------
|
||||
*\--asdeps* <package>::
|
||||
Mark a package as non-explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
|
||||
reason to be installed as a dependency.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--asexplicit* <package>::
|
||||
Mark a package as explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
|
||||
reason to be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to keep a
|
||||
package installed even when it was initially installed as a dependency
|
||||
of another package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-k, \--check*::
|
||||
Check the local package database is internally consistent. This will
|
||||
check all required files are present and that installed packages have
|
||||
the required dependencies, do not conflict and that multiple packages
|
||||
do not own the same file. Specifying this option twice will perform
|
||||
a check on the sync databases to ensure all specified dependencies
|
||||
are available.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Suppress messages on successful completion of database operations.
|
||||
|
||||
File Options (apply to '-F')[[FO]]
|
||||
----------------------------------
|
||||
*-y, --refresh*::
|
||||
Download fresh package file databases '(repo.files)' from the server.
|
||||
Use twice to force a refresh even if databases are up to date.
|
||||
|
||||
*-l, \--list*::
|
||||
List the files owned by the queried package.
|
||||
|
||||
*-x, --regex*::
|
||||
Interpret each query as a regular expression.
|
||||
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Show less information for certain file operations. This is useful when
|
||||
pacman's output is processed in a script, however, you may want to use
|
||||
'--machinereadable' instead.
|
||||
|
||||
*--machinereadable*::
|
||||
Print each match in a machine readable output format. The format is
|
||||
'repository\0pkgname\0pkgver\0path\n' with '\0' being the NULL character
|
||||
and '\n' a linefeed.
|
||||
|
||||
Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
|
||||
----------------------------
|
||||
Pacman uses the same logic as 'rpm' to determine action against files that are
|
||||
designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, three MD5 hashes are used for
|
||||
each backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
|
||||
installed, one for the new file that is about to be installed, and one for the
|
||||
actual file existing on the file system. After comparing these three hashes, the
|
||||
following scenarios can result:
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=X, new=X::
|
||||
All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue. Install the
|
||||
new file.
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=X, new=Y::
|
||||
The current file is the same as the original, but the new one differs.
|
||||
Since the user did not ever modify the file, and the new one may contain
|
||||
improvements or bug fixes, install the new file.
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=Y, new=X::
|
||||
Both package versions contain the exact same file, but the one on the
|
||||
file system has been modified. Leave the current file in place.
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=Y, new=Y::
|
||||
The new file is identical to the current file. Install the new file.
|
||||
|
||||
original=X, current=Y, new=Z::
|
||||
All three files are different, so install the new file with a '.pacnew'
|
||||
extension and warn the user. The user must then manually merge any
|
||||
necessary changes into the original file.
|
||||
|
||||
original=NULL, current=Y, new=Z::
|
||||
The package was not previously installed, and the file already exists on the
|
||||
file system. Install the new file with a '.pacnew' extension and warn the
|
||||
user. The user must then manually merge any necessary changes into the
|
||||
original file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
pacman -Ss ne.hack::
|
||||
Search for regexp "ne.hack" in package database.
|
||||
|
||||
pacman -S gpm::
|
||||
Download and install gpm including dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
pacman -U /home/user/ceofhack-0.6-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz::
|
||||
Install ceofhack-0.6-1 package from a local file.
|
||||
|
||||
pacman -Syu::
|
||||
Update package list and upgrade all packages afterwards.
|
||||
|
||||
pacman -Syu gpm::
|
||||
Update package list, upgrade all packages, and then install gpm if it
|
||||
wasn't already installed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the
|
||||
'pacman.conf' file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:alpm-hooks[5], linkman:libalpm[3], linkman:makepkg[8],
|
||||
linkman:pacman.conf[5]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
327
doc/pacman.8.in
Normal file
327
doc/pacman.8.in
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
|
|||
.TH pacman 8 "January 21, 2006" "pacman #VERSION#" ""
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
pacman \- package manager utility
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
\fBpacman <operation> [options] <package> [package] ...\fP
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
\fBpacman\fP is a \fIpackage management\fP utility that tracks installed
|
||||
packages on a linux system. It has simple dependency support and the ability
|
||||
to connect to a remote ftp server and automatically upgrade packages on
|
||||
the local system. pacman package are \fIgzipped tar\fP format.
|
||||
.SH OPERATIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-A, \-\-add"
|
||||
Add a package to the system. Package will be uncompressed
|
||||
into the installation root and the database will be updated.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-F, \-\-freshen"
|
||||
This is like --upgrade except that, unlike --upgrade, this will only
|
||||
upgrade packages that are already installed on your system.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-Q, \-\-query"
|
||||
Query the package database. This operation allows you to
|
||||
view installed packages and their files, as well as meta-info
|
||||
about individual packages (dependencies, conflicts, install date,
|
||||
build date, size). This can be run against the local package
|
||||
database or can be used on individual .tar.gz packages. See
|
||||
\fBQUERY OPTIONS\fP below.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-R, \-\-remove"
|
||||
Remove a package from the system. Files belonging to the
|
||||
specified package will be deleted, and the database will
|
||||
be updated. Most configuration files will be saved with a
|
||||
\fI.pacsave\fP extension unless the \fB--nosave\fP option was
|
||||
used.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-S, \-\-sync"
|
||||
Synchronize packages. With this function you can install packages
|
||||
directly from the ftp servers, complete with all dependencies required
|
||||
to run the packages. For example, \fBpacman -S qt\fP will download
|
||||
qt and all the packages it depends on and install them. You could also use
|
||||
\fBpacman -Su\fP to upgrade all packages that are out of date (see below).
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-U, \-\-upgrade"
|
||||
Upgrade a package. This is essentially a "remove-then-add"
|
||||
process. See \fBHANDLING CONFIG FILES\fP for an explanation
|
||||
on how pacman takes care of config files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-V, \-\-version"
|
||||
Display version and exit.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-h, \-\-help"
|
||||
Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was
|
||||
supplied then the general syntax is shown.
|
||||
.SH OPTIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-d, \-\-nodeps"
|
||||
Skips all dependency checks. Normally, pacman will always check
|
||||
a package's dependency fields to ensure that all dependencies are
|
||||
installed and there are no package conflicts in the system. This
|
||||
switch disables these checks.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-f, \-\-force"
|
||||
Bypass file conflict checks, overwriting conflicting files. If the
|
||||
package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
|
||||
installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
|
||||
This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-r, \-\-root <path>"
|
||||
Specify alternative installation root (default is "/"). This
|
||||
should \fInot\fP be used as a way to install software into
|
||||
e.g. /usr/local instead of /usr. Instead this should be used
|
||||
if you want to install a package on a temporary mounted partition,
|
||||
which is "owned" by another system. By using this option you not only
|
||||
specify where the software should be installed, but you also
|
||||
specify which package database to use.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-v, \-\-verbose"
|
||||
Output more status and error messages.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-\-config <path>"
|
||||
Specify an alternate configuration file.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-\-noconfirm"
|
||||
Bypass any and all "Are you sure?" messages. It's not a good idea to do this
|
||||
unless you want to run pacman from a script.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-\-noprogressbar"
|
||||
Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful for
|
||||
scripts that call pacman and capture the output.
|
||||
.SH SYNC OPTIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-c, \-\-clean"
|
||||
Remove old packages from the cache. When pacman downloads packages,
|
||||
it saves them in \fI/var/cache/pacman/pkg\fP. If you need to free up
|
||||
diskspace, you can remove these packages by using the --clean option.
|
||||
Using one --clean (or -c) switch will only remove \fIold\fP packages.
|
||||
Use it twice to remove \fIall\fP packages from the cache.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-g, \-\-groups"
|
||||
Display all the members for each package group specified. If no group
|
||||
names are provided, all groups will be listed.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-i, \-\-info"
|
||||
Display dependency information for a given package. This will search
|
||||
through all repositories for a matching package and display the
|
||||
dependencies, conflicts, etc.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-l, \-\-list"
|
||||
List all files in the specified repositories. Multiple repositories can
|
||||
be specified on the command line.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-p, \-\-print-uris"
|
||||
Print out URIs for each package that will be installed, including any
|
||||
dependencies that have yet to be installed. These can be piped to a
|
||||
file and downloaded at a later time, using a program like wget.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-s, \-\-search <regexp>"
|
||||
This will search each package in the package list for names or descriptions
|
||||
that matches <regexp>.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-u, \-\-sysupgrade"
|
||||
Upgrades all packages that are out of date. pacman will examine every
|
||||
package installed on the system, and if a newer package exists on the
|
||||
server it will upgrade. pacman will present a report of all packages
|
||||
it wants to upgrade and will not proceed without user confirmation.
|
||||
Dependencies are automatically resolved at this level and will be
|
||||
installed/upgraded if necessary.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-w, \-\-downloadonly"
|
||||
Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-y, \-\-refresh"
|
||||
Download a fresh copy of the master package list from the ftp server
|
||||
defined in \fI/etc/pacman.conf\fP. This should typically be used each
|
||||
time you use \fB--sysupgrade\fP.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-\-ignore <pkg>"
|
||||
This option functions exactly the same as the \fBIgnorePkg\fP configuration
|
||||
directive. Sometimes it can be handy to skip some package updates without
|
||||
having to edit \fIpacman.conf\fP each time.
|
||||
.SH REMOVE OPTIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-c, \-\-cascade"
|
||||
Remove all target packages, as well as all packages that depend on one
|
||||
or more target packages. This operation is recursive.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-k, \-\-keep"
|
||||
Removes the database entry only. Leaves all files in place.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-n, \-\-nosave"
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when
|
||||
a file is about to be \fIremoved\fP from the system the database is first
|
||||
checked to see if the file should be renamed to a .pacsave extension. If
|
||||
\fB--nosave\fP is used, these designations are ignored and the files are
|
||||
removed.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-s, \-\-recursive"
|
||||
For each target specified, remove it and all its dependencies, provided
|
||||
that (A) they are not required by other packages; and (B) they were not
|
||||
explicitly installed by the user.
|
||||
This option is analagous to a backwards --sync operation.
|
||||
.SH QUERY OPTIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-e, \-\-orphans"
|
||||
List all packages that were explicitly installed (ie, not pulled in
|
||||
as a dependency by other packages) and are not required by any other
|
||||
packages.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-g, \-\-groups"
|
||||
Display all groups that a specified package is part of. If no package
|
||||
names are provided, all groups and members will be listed.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-i, \-\-info"
|
||||
Display information on a given package. If it is used with the \fB-p\fP
|
||||
option then the .PKGINFO file will be printed.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-l, \-\-list"
|
||||
List all files owned by <package>. Multiple packages can be specified on
|
||||
the command line.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-m, \-\-foreign"
|
||||
List all packages that were not found in the sync database(s). Typically these
|
||||
are packages that were downloaded manually and installed with --add.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-o, \-\-owns <file>"
|
||||
Search for the package that owns <file>.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-p, \-\-file"
|
||||
Tells pacman that the package supplied on the command line is a
|
||||
file, not an entry in the database. Pacman will decompress the
|
||||
file and query it. This is useful with \fB--info\fP and \fB--list\fP.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "\-s, \-\-search <regexp>"
|
||||
This will search each locally-installed package for names or descriptions
|
||||
that matches <regexp>.
|
||||
.SH HANDLING CONFIG FILES
|
||||
pacman uses the same logic as rpm to determine action against files
|
||||
that are designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, it uses 3
|
||||
md5 hashes for each backup file to determine the required action:
|
||||
one for the original file installed, one for the new file that's about
|
||||
to be installed, and one for the actual file existing on the filesystem.
|
||||
After comparing these 3 hashes, the follow scenarios can result:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
original=\fBX\fP, current=\fBX\fP, new=\fBX\fP
|
||||
All three files are the same, so we win either way. Install the new file.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
original=\fBX\fP, current=\fBX\fP, new=\fBY\fP
|
||||
The current file is un-altered from the original but the new one is
|
||||
different. Since the user did not ever modify the file, and the new
|
||||
one may contain improvements/bugfixes, we install the new file.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
original=\fBX\fP, current=\fBY\fP, new=\fBX\fP
|
||||
Both package versions contain the exact same file, but the one
|
||||
on the filesystem has been modified since. In this case, we leave
|
||||
the current file in place.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
original=\fBX\fP, current=\fBY\fP, new=\fBY\fP
|
||||
The new one is identical to the current one. Win win. Install the new file.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
original=\fBX\fP, current=\fBY\fP, new=\fBZ\fP
|
||||
All three files are different, so we install the new file with a .pacnew
|
||||
extension and warn the user, so she can manually move the file into place
|
||||
after making any necessary customizations.
|
||||
.SH CONFIGURATION
|
||||
pacman will attempt to read \fI/etc/pacman.conf\fP each time it is invoked. This
|
||||
configuration file is divided into sections or \fIrepositories\fP. Each section
|
||||
defines a package repository that pacman can use when searching for packages in
|
||||
--sync mode. The exception to this is the \fIoptions\fP section, which defines
|
||||
global options.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.SH Example:
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
[options]
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/passwd etc/group etc/shadow
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/fstab
|
||||
|
||||
Include = /etc/pacman.d/current
|
||||
|
||||
[custom]
|
||||
Server = file:///home/pkgs
|
||||
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
.SH CONFIG: OPTIONS
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "DBPath = path/to/db/dir"
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. The default is
|
||||
\fIvar/lib/pacman\fP.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "HoldPkg = <package> [package] ..."
|
||||
If a user tries to \fB--remove\fP a package that's listed in HoldPkg, pacman
|
||||
will ask for confirmation before proceeding.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "IgnorePkg = <package> [package] ..."
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for this package when performing a
|
||||
\fB--sysupgrade\fP.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "Include = <path>"
|
||||
Include another config file. This config file can include repositories or
|
||||
general configuration options.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "ProxyServer = <host|ip>[:port]"
|
||||
If set, pacman will use this proxy server for all ftp/http transfers.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "XferCommand = /path/to/command %u"
|
||||
If set, pacman will use this external program to download all remote files.
|
||||
All instances of \fB%u\fP will be replaced with the URL to be downloaded. If
|
||||
present, instances of \fB%o\fP will be replaced with the local filename, plus a
|
||||
".part" extension, which allows programs like wget to do file resumes properly.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is useful for users who experience problems with pacman's built-in http/ftp
|
||||
support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with utilities like
|
||||
wget.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "NoPassiveFtp"
|
||||
Disables passive ftp connections when downloading packages. (aka Active Mode)
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "NoUpgrade = <file> [file] ..."
|
||||
All files listed with a \fBNoUpgrade\fP directive will never be touched during a package
|
||||
install/upgrade. \fINote:\fP do not include the leading slash when specifying files.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "NoExtract = <file> [file] ..."
|
||||
All files listed with a \fBNoExtract\fP directive will never be extracted from
|
||||
a package into the filesystem. This can be useful when you don't want part of
|
||||
a package to be installed. For example, if your httpd root uses an index.php,
|
||||
then you would not want the index.html file to be extracted from the apache
|
||||
package.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "UseSyslog"
|
||||
Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert pacman log entries into your
|
||||
/var/log/messages or equivalent.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
.B "LogFile = /path/to/file"
|
||||
Log actions directly to a file, usually /var/log/pacman.log.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH CONFIG: REPOSITORIES
|
||||
Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where the packages
|
||||
can be found. The section name is defined by the string within square brackets (eg, the two
|
||||
above are 'current' and 'custom'). Locations are defined with the \fIServer\fP directive and
|
||||
follow a URL naming structure. Currently only ftp is supported for remote servers. If you
|
||||
want to use a local directory, you can specify the full path with a 'file://' prefix, as
|
||||
shown above.
|
||||
.SH USING YOUR OWN REPOSITORY
|
||||
Let's say you have a bunch of custom packages in \fI/home/pkgs\fP and their respective PKGBUILD
|
||||
files are all in \fI/var/abs/local\fP. All you need to do is generate a compressed package database
|
||||
in the \fI/home/pkgs\fP directory so pacman can find it when run with --refresh.
|
||||
|
||||
.RS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
# gensync /var/abs/local /home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
.RE
|
||||
|
||||
The above command will read all PKGBUILD files in /var/abs/local and generate a compressed
|
||||
database called /home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz. Note that the database must be of the form
|
||||
\fI{treename}.db.tar.gz\fP, where {treename} is the name of the section defined in the
|
||||
configuration file.
|
||||
That's it! Now configure your \fIcustom\fP section in the configuration file as shown in the
|
||||
config example above. Pacman will now use your package repository. If you add new packages to
|
||||
the repository, remember to re-generate the database and use pacman's --refresh option.
|
||||
.SH SEE ALSO
|
||||
\fBmakepkg\fP is the package-building tool that comes with pacman.
|
||||
.SH AUTHOR
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
.fi
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,382 +0,0 @@
|
|||
pacman.conf(5)
|
||||
==============
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
pacman.conf - pacman package manager configuration file
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
Pacman, using linkman:libalpm[3], will attempt to read pacman.conf each time it
|
||||
is invoked. This configuration file is divided into sections or repositories.
|
||||
Each section defines a package repository that pacman can use when searching
|
||||
for packages in '\--sync' mode. The exception to this is the options section,
|
||||
which defines global options.
|
||||
|
||||
Comments are only supported by beginning a line with the hash (#) symbol.
|
||||
Comments cannot begin in the middle of a line.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
#
|
||||
# pacman.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
[options]
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/passwd etc/group etc/shadow
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/fstab
|
||||
|
||||
[core]
|
||||
Include = /etc/pacman.d/core
|
||||
|
||||
[custom]
|
||||
Server = file:///home/pkgs
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Each directive must be in CamelCase. If the case isn't respected, the
|
||||
directive won't be recognized. For example. noupgrade or NOUPGRADE will not
|
||||
work.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*RootDir =* /path/to/root/dir::
|
||||
Set the default root directory for pacman to install to. This option is
|
||||
used if you want to install a package on a temporary mounted partition
|
||||
which is "owned" by another system, or for a chroot install.
|
||||
*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
|
||||
command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
|
||||
be inside this root path.
|
||||
|
||||
*DBPath =* /path/to/db/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. The
|
||||
default is +{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/+. Most users will not need to set
|
||||
this option. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root
|
||||
path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*CacheDir =* /path/to/cache/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. The
|
||||
default is +{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg/+. Multiple cache directories can be
|
||||
specified, and they are tried in the order they are listed in the config
|
||||
file. If a file is not found in any cache directory, it will be downloaded
|
||||
to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
|
||||
path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*HookDir =* /path/to/hook/dir::
|
||||
Add directories to search for alpm hooks in addition to the system hook
|
||||
directory (+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks/+). The default is
|
||||
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+. Multiple directories can be specified with
|
||||
hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
|
||||
directories. *NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not
|
||||
automatically prepended. For more information on the alpm hooks, see
|
||||
linkman:alpm-hooks[5].
|
||||
|
||||
*GPGDir =* /path/to/gpg/dir::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the directory containing configuration
|
||||
files for GnuPG. The default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
|
||||
This directory should contain two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`.
|
||||
`pubring.gpg` holds the public keys of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg`
|
||||
contains a so-called trust database, which specifies that the keys are
|
||||
authentic and trusted.
|
||||
*NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically
|
||||
prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*LogFile =* /path/to/log/file::
|
||||
Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. The default
|
||||
is +{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log+. This is an absolute path and the root directory
|
||||
is not prepended.
|
||||
|
||||
*HoldPkg =* package ...::
|
||||
If a user tries to '\--remove' a package that's listed in `HoldPkg`,
|
||||
pacman will ask for confirmation before proceeding. Shell-style glob
|
||||
patterns are allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
*IgnorePkg =* package ...::
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for this package when performing
|
||||
a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
*IgnoreGroup =* group ...::
|
||||
Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for all packages in this
|
||||
group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are
|
||||
allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
*Include =* /path/to/config/file::
|
||||
Include another configuration file. This file can include repositories or
|
||||
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
|
||||
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
|
||||
|
||||
*Architecture =* auto &| i686 &| x86_64 | ...::
|
||||
If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages with the given
|
||||
architectures (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
|
||||
use the system architecture, provided via ``uname -m''. If unset, no
|
||||
architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: Packages with the special
|
||||
architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
|
||||
architecture independent.
|
||||
|
||||
*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u [%o]::
|
||||
If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files.
|
||||
All instances of `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. If present,
|
||||
instances of `%o` will be replaced with the local filename, plus a
|
||||
``.part'' extension, which allows programs like wget to do file resumes
|
||||
properly.
|
||||
+
|
||||
This option is useful for users who experience problems with built-in
|
||||
HTTP/FTP support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
|
||||
utilities like wget.
|
||||
|
||||
*NoUpgrade =* file ...::
|
||||
All files listed with a `NoUpgrade` directive will never be touched during
|
||||
a package install/upgrade, and the new files will be installed with a
|
||||
'.pacnew' extension.
|
||||
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
|
||||
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
|
||||
are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
|
||||
an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
|
||||
files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
|
||||
ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
|
||||
|
||||
*NoExtract =* file ...::
|
||||
All files listed with a `NoExtract` directive will never be extracted from
|
||||
a package into the filesystem. This can be useful when you don't want part
|
||||
of a package to be installed. For example, if your httpd root uses an
|
||||
'index.php', then you would not want the 'index.html' file to be extracted
|
||||
from the 'apache' package.
|
||||
These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
|
||||
leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
|
||||
are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
|
||||
an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
|
||||
files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
|
||||
ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
|
||||
|
||||
*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled &| KeepCurrent::
|
||||
If set to `KeepInstalled` (the default), the '-Sc' operation will clean
|
||||
packages that are no longer installed (not present in the local database).
|
||||
If set to `KeepCurrent`, '-Sc' will clean outdated packages (not present in
|
||||
any sync database).
|
||||
The second behavior is useful when the package cache is shared among
|
||||
multiple machines, where the local databases are usually different, but the
|
||||
sync databases in use could be the same. If both values are specified,
|
||||
packages are only cleaned if not installed locally and not present in any
|
||||
known sync database.
|
||||
|
||||
*SigLevel =* ...::
|
||||
Set the default signature verification level. For more information, see
|
||||
<<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*LocalFileSigLevel =* ...::
|
||||
Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
|
||||
operation on a local file. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
|
||||
|
||||
*RemoteFileSigLevel =* ...::
|
||||
Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
|
||||
operation on a remote file URL. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
|
||||
|
||||
*UseSyslog*::
|
||||
Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert log entries into
|
||||
+{localstatedir}/log/messages+ or equivalent.
|
||||
|
||||
*Color*::
|
||||
Automatically enable colors only when pacman's output is on a tty.
|
||||
|
||||
*NoProgressBar*::
|
||||
Disables progress bars. This is useful for terminals which do
|
||||
not support escape characters.
|
||||
|
||||
*CheckSpace*::
|
||||
Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
|
||||
installing packages.
|
||||
|
||||
*VerbosePkgLists*::
|
||||
Displays name, version and size of target packages formatted
|
||||
as a table for upgrade, sync and remove operations.
|
||||
|
||||
*DisableDownloadTimeout*::
|
||||
Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
|
||||
if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
|
||||
|
||||
*ParallelDownloads =* ...::
|
||||
Specifies number of concurrent download streams. The value needs to be a
|
||||
positive integer. If this config option is not set then only one download
|
||||
stream is used (i.e. downloads happen sequentially).
|
||||
|
||||
*DownloadUser =* username::
|
||||
Specifies the user to switch to for downloading files. If this config
|
||||
option is not set then the downloads are done as the user running pacman.
|
||||
|
||||
*DisableSandbox*::
|
||||
Disable the default sandbox applied to the process downloading files on Linux
|
||||
systems. Useful if experiencing landlock related failures while downloading
|
||||
files when running a Linux kernel that does not support this feature.
|
||||
|
||||
Repository Sections
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where
|
||||
the packages can be found. The section name is defined by the string within
|
||||
square brackets (the two above are 'core' and 'custom'). Repository names
|
||||
must be unique and the name 'local' is reserved for the database of installed
|
||||
packages. Locations are defined with the 'Server' directive and follow a URL
|
||||
naming structure. If you want to use a local directory, you can specify the
|
||||
full path with a ``file://'' prefix, as shown above.
|
||||
|
||||
A common way to define DB locations utilizes the 'Include' directive. For each
|
||||
repository defined in the configuration file, a single 'Include' directive can
|
||||
contain a file that lists the servers for that repository.
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
[core]
|
||||
# use this server first
|
||||
Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/$arch
|
||||
# next use servers as defined in the mirrorlist below
|
||||
Include = /etc/pacman.d/mirrorlist
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
The order of repositories in the configuration files matters; repositories
|
||||
listed first will take precedence over those listed later in the file when
|
||||
packages in two repositories have identical names, regardless of version
|
||||
number.
|
||||
|
||||
*Include =* path::
|
||||
Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
|
||||
general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
|
||||
expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
|
||||
|
||||
*CacheServer =* url::
|
||||
A full URL to a location where the packages, and signatures (if
|
||||
available) for this repository can be found. Cache servers will be tried
|
||||
before any non-cache servers, will not be removed from the server pool for
|
||||
404 download errors, and will not be used for database files.
|
||||
|
||||
*Server =* url::
|
||||
A full URL to a location where the database, packages, and signatures (if
|
||||
available) for this repository can be found.
|
||||
+
|
||||
During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
|
||||
current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
|
||||
directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile. pacman also defines
|
||||
the `$arch` variable to the first (or only) value of the `Architecture` option,
|
||||
so the same mirrorfile can even be used for different architectures.
|
||||
|
||||
*SigLevel =* ...::
|
||||
Set the signature verification level for this repository. For more
|
||||
information, see <<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
|
||||
|
||||
*Usage =* ...::
|
||||
Set the usage level for this repository. This option takes a list of tokens
|
||||
which must be at least one of the following:
|
||||
*Sync*;;
|
||||
Enables refreshes for this repository.
|
||||
*Search*;;
|
||||
Enables searching for this repository.
|
||||
*Install*;;
|
||||
Enables installation of packages from this repository during a '\--sync'
|
||||
operation.
|
||||
*Upgrade*;;
|
||||
Allows this repository to be a valid source of packages when performing
|
||||
a '\--sysupgrade'.
|
||||
*All*;;
|
||||
Enables all of the above features for the repository. This is the default
|
||||
if not specified.
|
||||
+
|
||||
Note that an enabled repository can be operated on explicitly, regardless of the Usage
|
||||
level set.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Package and Database Signature Checking[[SC]]
|
||||
---------------------------------------------
|
||||
The 'SigLevel' directive is valid in both the `[options]` and repository
|
||||
sections. If used in `[options]`, it sets a default value for any repository
|
||||
that does not provide the setting.
|
||||
|
||||
* If set to *Never*, no signature checking will take place.
|
||||
* If set to *Optional* , signatures will be checked when present, but unsigned
|
||||
databases and packages will also be accepted.
|
||||
* If set to *Required*, signatures will be required on all packages and
|
||||
databases.
|
||||
|
||||
Alternatively, you can get more fine-grained control by combining some of
|
||||
the options and prefixes described below. All options in a config file are
|
||||
processed in top-to-bottom, left-to-right fashion, where later options override
|
||||
and/or supplement earlier ones. If 'SigLevel' is specified in a repository
|
||||
section, the starting value is that from the `[options]` section, or the
|
||||
built-in system default as shown below if not specified.
|
||||
|
||||
The options are split into two main groups, described below. Terms used such as
|
||||
``marginally trusted'' are terms used by GnuPG, for more information please
|
||||
consult linkman:gpg[1].
|
||||
|
||||
When to Check::
|
||||
These options control if and when signature checks should take place.
|
||||
|
||||
*Never*;;
|
||||
All signature checking is suppressed, even if signatures are present.
|
||||
|
||||
*Optional* (default);;
|
||||
Signatures are checked if present; absence of a signature is not an
|
||||
error. An invalid signature is a fatal error, as is a signature from a
|
||||
key not in the keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
*Required*;;
|
||||
Signatures are required; absence of a signature or an invalid signature
|
||||
is a fatal error, as is a signature from a key not in the keyring.
|
||||
|
||||
What is Allowed::
|
||||
These options control what signatures are viewed as permissible. Note that
|
||||
neither of these options allows acceptance of invalid or expired
|
||||
signatures, or those from revoked keys.
|
||||
|
||||
*TrustedOnly* (default);;
|
||||
If a signature is checked, it must be in the keyring and fully trusted;
|
||||
marginal trust does not meet this criteria.
|
||||
|
||||
*TrustAll*;;
|
||||
If a signature is checked, it must be in the keyring, but is not
|
||||
required to be assigned a trust level (e.g., unknown or marginal
|
||||
trust).
|
||||
|
||||
Options in both groups can additionally be prefixed with either *Package* or
|
||||
*Database*, which will cause it to only take effect on the specified object
|
||||
type. For example, `PackageTrustAll` would allow marginal and unknown trust
|
||||
level signatures for packages.
|
||||
|
||||
The built-in default is the following:
|
||||
|
||||
--------
|
||||
SigLevel = Optional TrustedOnly
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Using Your Own Repository
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
If you have numerous custom packages of your own, it is often easier to generate
|
||||
your own custom local repository than install them all with the '\--upgrade'
|
||||
option. All you need to do is generate a compressed package database in the
|
||||
directory with these packages so pacman can find it when run with '\--refresh'.
|
||||
|
||||
repo-add /home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz /home/pkgs/*.pkg.tar.gz
|
||||
|
||||
The above command will generate a compressed database named
|
||||
'/home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz'. Note that the database must be of the form
|
||||
'\{treename\}.db.tar.{ext}', where '\{treename\}' is the name of the section
|
||||
defined in the configuration file and '\{ext\}' is a valid compression type as
|
||||
documented in linkman:repo-add[8]. That's it! Now configure your custom section
|
||||
in the configuration file as shown in the config example above. Pacman will now
|
||||
use your package repository. If you add new packages to the repository,
|
||||
remember to re-generate the database and use pacman's '\--refresh' option.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on the repo-add command, see ``repo-add \--help'' or
|
||||
linkman:repo-add[8].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
|
|||
repo-add(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
repo-add - package database maintenance utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package> [<package> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-remove' [options] <path-to-db> <packagename> [<packagename> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' are two scripts to help build a package database for
|
||||
packages built with linkman:makepkg[8] and installed with linkman:pacman[8].
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-add' will update a package database by reading a built package file.
|
||||
Multiple packages to add can be specified on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
If a matching ``.sig'' file is found alongside a package file, the signature
|
||||
will automatically be embedded into the database.
|
||||
|
||||
'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name
|
||||
specified on the command line. Multiple packages to remove can be specified
|
||||
on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
A package database is a tar file, optionally compressed. Valid extensions are
|
||||
``.db'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'', ``.tar.bz2'',
|
||||
``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.lrz'', ``.tar.lz'', ``.tar.lz4'', ``.tar.lzo'',
|
||||
``.tar.xz'', ``.tar.zst'' or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need to exist, but
|
||||
all parent directories must exist.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Common Options
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
*-q, \--quiet*::
|
||||
Force this program to keep quiet and run silently except for warning and
|
||||
error messages.
|
||||
|
||||
*-s, \--sign*::
|
||||
Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
|
||||
--detach-sign` on the generated database to generate a detached
|
||||
signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature file
|
||||
will be the entire filename of the database with a ``.sig'' extension.
|
||||
|
||||
*-k, \--key* <key>::
|
||||
Specify a key to use when signing packages. Can also be specified using
|
||||
the GPGKEY environment variable. If not specified in either location, the
|
||||
default key from the keyring will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
*-v, \--verify*::
|
||||
Verify the PGP signature of the database before updating the database.
|
||||
If the signature is invalid, an error is produced and the update does not
|
||||
proceed.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--nocolor*::
|
||||
Remove color from 'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' output.
|
||||
|
||||
*-R, \--remove*::
|
||||
Remove old package files from the disk when updating or removing their
|
||||
entry in the database.
|
||||
|
||||
*-w, \--wait-for-lock*::
|
||||
Wait for the lock file to be acquired. If unset, command will fail with
|
||||
exit code 2 if acquiring the lock fails. If set, it will retry to acquire
|
||||
lock until success.
|
||||
|
||||
repo-add Options
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
*-n, \--new*::
|
||||
Only add packages that are not already in the database. Warnings will be
|
||||
printed upon detection of existing packages, but they will not be re-added.
|
||||
|
||||
*\--include-sigs*::
|
||||
Include package PGP signatures in the repository database (if available)
|
||||
|
||||
Example
|
||||
-------
|
||||
'repo-add' foo.db.tar.xz <pkg1> [<pkg2> ...]
|
||||
|
||||
This creates two separate databases; a smaller database ``foo.db.tar.xz'' used by
|
||||
pacman and a large database containing package file lists ``foo.files.tar.xz'' for
|
||||
use by other utilities. While pacman can use the large database (if renamed with a
|
||||
db.tar* extension), there is currently no additional benefit for the larger download.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Pacman - Submitting Patches
|
||||
===========================
|
||||
|
||||
This document is here mainly to make the job of those who review patches
|
||||
easier and is more of a guideline and not a strict set of rules. However,
|
||||
please try to follow as much as you can.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Some of this is paraphrased from the kernel documentation's
|
||||
"SubmittingPatches" file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Getting the most recent source
|
||||
------------------------------
|
||||
Patches need to be submitted in Git format and are best if they are against the
|
||||
latest version of the code. There are several helpful tutorials for getting
|
||||
started with Git if you have not worked with it before.
|
||||
|
||||
* https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
|
||||
* https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
|
||||
|
||||
The pacman code can be fetched using the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Before making large changes
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
* Discuss your idea
|
||||
|
||||
There is nothing worse that spending time making a change only for it to be
|
||||
rejected immediately. Ensure ideas are discussed beforehand to avoid
|
||||
disappointment. Appropriate locations for discussion are the issue tracker
|
||||
on gitlab, or the pacman-dev mailing list. Transient discussion channels
|
||||
such as IRC are not appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Creating your patch
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
* Use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
|
||||
|
||||
The -s allows you to credit yourself by adding a "Signed Off By" line to
|
||||
indicate who has "signed" the patch - who has approved it.
|
||||
|
||||
Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
|
||||
|
||||
Please use your real name and email address. Feel free to "scramble" the
|
||||
address if you're afraid of spam.
|
||||
|
||||
* Describe your patch.
|
||||
|
||||
It helps if you describe the overview and goals of the patch in the git commit
|
||||
log. This allows others to see what you intended so as to compare it to what
|
||||
was actually done, and allows better feedback.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
Submitting your patch
|
||||
---------------------
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
* Submit patches with a gitlab merge request
|
||||
|
||||
The pacman gitlab instance is the primary queue for review and acceptance.
|
||||
Here you will get feedback, and let the reviewers know the details of your
|
||||
patch.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
||||
After you submit
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
* Don't get discouraged
|
||||
|
||||
Any feedback you get, positive or negative, has nothing to do with you. If a
|
||||
patch is rejected, try taking the suggestions into account and re-submitting.
|
||||
We welcome most submissions here, and some may take a bit longer to get
|
||||
looked over than others. If you think your patch got lost in the shuffle,
|
||||
send another email to the list in reply to the original asking if anyone has
|
||||
looked at it yet.
|
||||
|
||||
* Respond to feedback
|
||||
|
||||
When you do get feedback, it usually merits a response, whether this be a
|
||||
resubmission of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
|
||||
clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to get
|
||||
further review. The all-volunteer staff don't have time to fix up patches that
|
||||
aren't their own.
|
||||
|
||||
--
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
|
|||
testpkg(8)
|
||||
==========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
testpkg - test a pacman package for validity
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'testpkg' <package file>
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'testpkg' is a script used to make sure that a pacman package is valid.
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
|
|||
Pacman - Translating
|
||||
====================
|
||||
|
||||
This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
|
||||
libalpm messages, and the manual pages for the entire pacman package.
|
||||
|
||||
We are currently using https://app.transifex.com/[Transifex] as the translation
|
||||
platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
|
||||
and then register with a translation team on the
|
||||
https://explore.transifex.com/toofishes/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
|
||||
gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
|
||||
work, as it describes many of the commands in more detail than I will here:
|
||||
https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[].
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Translating Messages
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Overview
|
||||
~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
There are two separate message catalogs in pacman: one for the back-end
|
||||
(libalpm) and one for the front-end (pacman and scripts). These correspond to
|
||||
the `lib/libalpm/po` and `po` directories in the pacman source, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
Translation message files are a specially formatted text file containing the
|
||||
original message and the corresponding translation. These po files can then
|
||||
either be hand-edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
|
||||
kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
|
||||
|
||||
Please read up on Transifex usage using the
|
||||
https://help.transifex.com/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
|
||||
|
||||
Transifex provides a command-line client to help with translations. Here is
|
||||
an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are not
|
||||
worried about any local translations being overwritten. The .tx/ directory is
|
||||
checked into the git repository so is preconfigured with the two project
|
||||
resources (See `tx status` output for a quick overview).
|
||||
|
||||
tx pull -f
|
||||
poedit po/<mylang>.po
|
||||
poedit lib/libalpm/po/<mylang>.po
|
||||
tx push -t -l <mylang>
|
||||
|
||||
Or to just push one of the two available resources:
|
||||
|
||||
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot -t -l <mylang>
|
||||
tx push -r archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot -t -l <mylang>
|
||||
|
||||
See the <<Notes,Notes>> section for additional hints on translating.
|
||||
|
||||
Pre-release Updates
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
A week or two before each release, the codebase will go into a string freeze
|
||||
and an email will be sent to the mailto:pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org[pacman-dev]
|
||||
mailing list asking for translations. An announcement in Transifex is also made,
|
||||
which reaches everyone that is member of the translation team.
|
||||
|
||||
At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
|
||||
Transifex project page. Each language will have three files available (libalpm,
|
||||
pacman and pacman-scripts). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
|
||||
features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
|
||||
language.
|
||||
|
||||
Once a translator has completed the translation offline (*OR* realizes they do not have
|
||||
time to finish), please upload your progress back to the Transifex site.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Please upload your translations as soon as possible - this will give other
|
||||
speakers of your language time to review your translations and update them as
|
||||
necessary.
|
||||
|
||||
Incremental Updates
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
If you have more advanced needs you will have to get a copy of the pacman
|
||||
repository.
|
||||
|
||||
git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
|
||||
|
||||
Next, you will need to configure the build environment. From the base directory,
|
||||
run:
|
||||
|
||||
meson setup . build
|
||||
|
||||
If any required dependencies are missing, please install. After that,
|
||||
update the template translation (.pot) files to the latest state of
|
||||
the source code by running:
|
||||
|
||||
meson compile -C build pacman-scripts-pot pacman-pot libalpm-pot
|
||||
|
||||
We need to first update the main message catalog file. Navigate into either
|
||||
the `lib/libalpm/po`, `scripts/po` or `src/pacman/po` directory depending
|
||||
on which translation you wish to work on first, and execute the following
|
||||
command to update your specific language's translation file
|
||||
(replace `lang_code` with your language code e.g. 'pt_BR', and `pot_file`
|
||||
with `libalpm.pot`, `pacman.pot` or `pacman-scripts.pot`):
|
||||
|
||||
msgmerge --update --previous <lang_code>.po <pot_filename>.pot
|
||||
|
||||
At this point, you can do the translation. To submit your changes, either email
|
||||
the new `.po` file to the mailing-list with *[translation]* in the subject, or
|
||||
submit a Git-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
|
||||
|
||||
As a shortcut, all translation files (including `.pot` files) can be updated
|
||||
with the following command:
|
||||
|
||||
./build-aux/update-po
|
||||
|
||||
Adding a New Language
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
Making a new language is not too hard, but be sure to follow all the steps.
|
||||
You will have to do the following steps in both the `lib/libalpm/po/` and `po/`
|
||||
directories, substituting where appropriate. First, edit the `LINGUAS` file and
|
||||
add your new language code at the bottom. Next, run the following command,
|
||||
substituting `libalpm.pot` or `pacman.pot` for potfile depending on which
|
||||
directory you are currently working in:
|
||||
|
||||
msginit -l <lang_code> -o <lang_code>.po -i <potfile>
|
||||
|
||||
You can then also add your language code to the end of the `LINGUAS` file
|
||||
located in each po directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Look at the current message files for more guidance if necessary. Once you
|
||||
create the new language file, you may need to slightly modify the headers;
|
||||
try to make them look similar to the other .po file headers. In addition, for
|
||||
all new translations we would strongly recommend using UTF-8 encoding.
|
||||
|
||||
Notes[[Notes]]
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
||||
msgid and msgstr 'variables' can be on as many lines as necessary. Line breaks
|
||||
are ignored; if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
|
||||
following two translations are equivalent:
|
||||
|
||||
msgstr "This is a test translation"
|
||||
|
||||
msgstr ""
|
||||
"This is a test translation"
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to test the translation (copy the .po file you want to test,
|
||||
you may ignore the rest), replacing `<lang_code>` accordingly:
|
||||
|
||||
meson compile -C build pacman-scripts-gmo pacman-gmo libalpm-gmo
|
||||
cp ./build/lib/libalpm/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/libalpm.mo /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/libalpm.mo
|
||||
cp ./build/scripts/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman-scripts.mo /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman-scripts.mo
|
||||
cp ./build/src/pacman/po/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo /usr/share/locale/<lang_code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Translating Manpages
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manual pages in
|
||||
the pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
|
||||
someone has experience with i18n man pages and how to best include them with our
|
||||
source, please contact the pacman-dev mailing list at
|
||||
mailto:pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org[].
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
vercmp(8)
|
||||
=========
|
||||
|
||||
Name
|
||||
----
|
||||
vercmp - version comparison utility
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Synopsis
|
||||
--------
|
||||
'vercmp' [-h] [--help] <version1> <version2>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Description
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
'vercmp' is used to determine the relationship between two given version
|
||||
numbers. It outputs values as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
* < 0 : if ver1 < ver2
|
||||
* = 0 : if ver1 == ver2
|
||||
* > 0 : if ver1 > ver2
|
||||
|
||||
Version comparison operates as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Alphanumeric:
|
||||
1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
|
||||
Numeric:
|
||||
1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
|
||||
overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
|
||||
specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
|
||||
greater than `1:3.6-1`.
|
||||
|
||||
Keep in mind that the 'pkgrel' is only compared if it is available on both
|
||||
versions given to this tool. For example, comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5` will
|
||||
yield 0; comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5-2` will yield < 0 as expected. This is
|
||||
mainly for supporting versioned dependencies that do not include the 'pkgrel'.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Options
|
||||
-------
|
||||
*-h, \--help*::
|
||||
|
||||
Display summary of the available return codes. Must be the first option
|
||||
specified.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Examples
|
||||
--------
|
||||
|
||||
$ vercmp 1 2
|
||||
-1
|
||||
|
||||
$ vercmp 2 1
|
||||
1
|
||||
|
||||
$ vercmp 2.0-1 1.7-6
|
||||
1
|
||||
|
||||
$ vercmp 2.0 2.0-13
|
||||
0
|
||||
|
||||
$ vercmp 4.34 1:001
|
||||
-1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
See Also
|
||||
--------
|
||||
linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
|
||||
|
||||
include::footer.asciidoc[]
|
||||
2
etc/.gitignore
vendored
2
etc/.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
|||
makepkg.conf
|
||||
pacman.conf
|
||||
59
etc/makepkg.conf
Normal file
59
etc/makepkg.conf
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# /etc/makepkg.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# SOURCE ACQUISITION
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- The FTP/HTTP download utility that makepkg should use to acquire sources
|
||||
export FTPAGENT="/usr/bin/wget --continue --passive-ftp --tries=3 --waitretry=3 --no-check-certificate"
|
||||
#export FTPAGENT="/usr/bin/snarf"
|
||||
#export FTPAGENT="/usr/bin/lftpget -c"
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
export CARCH="i686"
|
||||
export CHOST="i686-pc-linux-gnu"
|
||||
#-- Exclusive: will only run on i686 or higher (P6, Athlon)
|
||||
export CFLAGS="-march=i686 -O2 -pipe"
|
||||
export CXXFLAGS="-march=i686 -O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#-- Optimized: will run on any x86, but optimized for i686
|
||||
#export CFLAGS="-mcpu=i686 -O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#export CXXFLAGS="-mcpu=i686 -O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
|
||||
#export MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- Fakeroot: for building packages as a non-root user
|
||||
export USE_FAKEROOT="y"
|
||||
#-- DistCC: a distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler (modify MAKEFLAGS too)
|
||||
export DISTCC="n"
|
||||
#-- A space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster
|
||||
export DISTCC_HOSTS=""
|
||||
#-- Colorized output messages
|
||||
export USE_COLOR="y"
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# GLOBAL PACKAGE OPTIONS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- Don't strip symbols from binaries/libraries
|
||||
#export NOSTRIP="1"
|
||||
#-- Keep doc and info directories
|
||||
#export KEEPDOCS="1"
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- Destination: specify a fixed directory where all packages will be placed
|
||||
#export PKGDEST=/home/packages
|
||||
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
|
||||
#export PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/hint/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf.d/fortran.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# FORTRAN LANGUAGE SUPPORT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Flags used for the Fortran compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
|
||||
# linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the available flags.
|
||||
#FFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#FCFLAGS="$FFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional compiler flags appended to `FFLAGS` and `FCFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
|
||||
# this would include: ``-g''. Read linkman:gfortran[1] for more details on the wide
|
||||
# variety of compiler flags available.
|
||||
#DEBUG_FFLAGS="-g"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/hint/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf.d/rust.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# RUST LANGUAGE SUPPORT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Flags used for the Rust compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
|
||||
# linkman:rustc[1] for more details on the available flags.
|
||||
#RUSTFLAGS="-C opt-level=3"
|
||||
|
||||
# Additional compiler flags appended to `RUSTFLAGS` for use in debugging.
|
||||
# Usually this would include: ``-C debuginfo=2''. Read linkman:rustc[1] for
|
||||
# more details on the available flags.
|
||||
#DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS="-C debuginfo=2"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#!/hint/bash
|
||||
#
|
||||
# @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# SOURCE ACQUISITION
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
|
||||
# Format: 'protocol::agent'
|
||||
DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -qgC - -o %o %u'
|
||||
'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -qgfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'http::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'https::/usr/bin/curl -qgb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
|
||||
'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
|
||||
'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
|
||||
|
||||
# Other common tools:
|
||||
# /usr/bin/snarf
|
||||
# /usr/bin/lftpget -c
|
||||
# /usr/bin/wget
|
||||
|
||||
#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
|
||||
# Format: 'protocol::package'
|
||||
VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::breezy'
|
||||
'fossil::fossil'
|
||||
'git::git'
|
||||
'hg::mercurial'
|
||||
'svn::subversion')
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
CARCH="@CARCH@"
|
||||
CHOST="@CHOST@"
|
||||
|
||||
#NPROC=2
|
||||
|
||||
#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS=""
|
||||
#CFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#CXXFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
|
||||
#LDFLAGS=""
|
||||
#LTOFLAGS="-flto"
|
||||
#-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
|
||||
#MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
|
||||
#-- Debugging flags
|
||||
#DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
|
||||
#DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="-g"
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# BUILD ENVIRONMENT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
|
||||
# A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- distcc: Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
|
||||
#-- color: Colorize output messages
|
||||
#-- ccache: Use ccache to cache compilation
|
||||
#-- check: Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
|
||||
#-- sign: Generate PGP signature file
|
||||
#
|
||||
BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
|
||||
#-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
|
||||
#DISTCC_HOSTS=""
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- Specify a directory for package building.
|
||||
#BUILDDIR=/tmp/makepkg
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# GLOBAL PACKAGE OPTIONS
|
||||
# These are default values for the options=() settings
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Makepkg defaults:
|
||||
# OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
|
||||
# A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- strip: Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
|
||||
#-- docs: Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
|
||||
#-- libtool: Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
|
||||
#-- staticlibs: Leave static library (.a) files in packages
|
||||
#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
|
||||
#-- zipman: Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
|
||||
#-- purge: Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
|
||||
#-- debug: Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
|
||||
#-- lto: Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
|
||||
#-- autodeps: Automatically add depends/provides
|
||||
#
|
||||
OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !debug !lto !autodeps)
|
||||
|
||||
#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: ck, md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
|
||||
INTEGRITY_CHECK=(ck)
|
||||
#-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
|
||||
STRIP_BINARIES="@STRIP_BINARIES@"
|
||||
#-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
|
||||
STRIP_SHARED="@STRIP_SHARED@"
|
||||
#-- Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See `man strip' for details.
|
||||
STRIP_STATIC="@STRIP_STATIC@"
|
||||
#-- Manual (man and info) directories to compress (if zipman is specified)
|
||||
MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
|
||||
#-- Doc directories to remove (if !docs is specified)
|
||||
DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
|
||||
#-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
|
||||
PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
|
||||
#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
|
||||
DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
|
||||
#-- Prefix and directories for library autodeps
|
||||
LIB_DIRS=('lib:usr/lib' 'lib32:usr/lib32')
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# PACKAGE OUTPUT
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Default: put built package and cached source in build directory
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- Destination: specify a fixed directory where all packages will be placed
|
||||
#PKGDEST=/home/packages
|
||||
#-- Source cache: specify a fixed directory where source files will be cached
|
||||
#SRCDEST=/home/sources
|
||||
#-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
|
||||
#SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
|
||||
#-- Log files: specify a fixed directory where all log files will be placed
|
||||
#LOGDEST=/home/makepkglogs
|
||||
#-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
|
||||
#PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
|
||||
#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
|
||||
#GPGKEY=""
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# COMPRESSION DEFAULTS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
|
||||
COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
|
||||
COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
|
||||
COMPRESSZST=(zstd -c -z -q -)
|
||||
COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
|
||||
COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
|
||||
COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
|
||||
COMPRESSLZ4=(lz4 -q)
|
||||
COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# EXTENSION DEFAULTS
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
PKGEXT='@PKGEXT@'
|
||||
SRCEXT='@SRCEXT@'
|
||||
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
# OTHER
|
||||
#########################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
|
||||
PACMAN_AUTH=()
|
||||
53
etc/pacman.conf
Normal file
53
etc/pacman.conf
Normal file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# /etc/pacman.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
# NOTE: If you find a mirror that is geographically close to you, please
|
||||
# move it to the top of the server list, so pacman will choose it
|
||||
# first.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To re-sort your mirror lists by ping/traceroute results, use the
|
||||
# /usr/bin/sortmirrors.pl script. It requires the "netselect" package.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# # sortmirrors.pl </etc/pacman.conf >pacman.conf.new
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# See the pacman manpage for option directives
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GENERAL OPTIONS
|
||||
#
|
||||
[options]
|
||||
LogFile = /var/log/pacman.log
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/passwd etc/group etc/shadow etc/sudoers
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/fstab etc/raidtab etc/mdadm.conf etc/ld.so.conf
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/inittab etc/rc.conf etc/rc.local
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/modprobe.conf etc/modules.conf
|
||||
NoUpgrade = etc/lilo.conf boot/grub/menu.lst etc/mkinitrd.conf
|
||||
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
|
||||
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# REPOSITORIES
|
||||
# - can be defined here or included from another file
|
||||
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here.
|
||||
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
#[testing]
|
||||
#Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/testing/os/i686
|
||||
|
||||
[current]
|
||||
# Add your preferred servers here, they will be used first
|
||||
Include = /etc/pacman.d/current
|
||||
|
||||
[extra]
|
||||
# Add your preferred servers here, they will be used first
|
||||
Include = /etc/pacman.d/extra
|
||||
|
||||
#Include = /etc/pacman.d/unstable
|
||||
|
||||
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
|
||||
# tips on creating your own repositories.
|
||||
#[custom]
|
||||
#Server = file:///home/custompkgs
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#
|
||||
# @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf
|
||||
#
|
||||
# See the pacman.conf(5) manpage for option and repository directives
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# GENERAL OPTIONS
|
||||
#
|
||||
[options]
|
||||
# The following paths are commented out with their default values listed.
|
||||
# If you wish to use different paths, uncomment and update the paths.
|
||||
#RootDir = @ROOTDIR@
|
||||
#DBPath = @localstatedir@/lib/pacman/
|
||||
#CacheDir = @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/
|
||||
#LogFile = @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log
|
||||
#GPGDir = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg/
|
||||
#HookDir = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/hooks/
|
||||
HoldPkg = pacman glibc
|
||||
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
|
||||
#XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
|
||||
#CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
|
||||
Architecture = auto
|
||||
|
||||
# Pacman won't upgrade packages listed in IgnorePkg and members of IgnoreGroup
|
||||
#IgnorePkg =
|
||||
#IgnoreGroup =
|
||||
|
||||
#NoUpgrade =
|
||||
#NoExtract =
|
||||
|
||||
# Misc options
|
||||
#UseSyslog
|
||||
#Color
|
||||
#NoProgressBar
|
||||
CheckSpace
|
||||
#VerbosePkgLists
|
||||
ParallelDownloads = 5
|
||||
#DownloadUser = alpm
|
||||
#DisableSandbox
|
||||
|
||||
# PGP signature checking
|
||||
#SigLevel = Optional
|
||||
#LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
|
||||
#RemoteFileSigLevel = Optional
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# REPOSITORIES
|
||||
# - can be defined here or included from another file
|
||||
# - pacman will search repositories in the order defined here
|
||||
# - local/custom mirrors can be added here or in separate files
|
||||
# - repositories listed first will take precedence when packages
|
||||
# have identical names, regardless of version number
|
||||
# - URLs will have $repo replaced by the name of the current repo
|
||||
# - URLs will have $arch replaced by the name of the architecture
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Repository entries are of the format:
|
||||
# [repo-name]
|
||||
# Server = ServerName
|
||||
# Include = IncludePath
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The header [repo-name] is crucial - it must be present and
|
||||
# uncommented to enable the repo.
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# An example of a disabled remote package repository with multiple servers
|
||||
# available. To enable, uncomment the following lines. You can add preferred
|
||||
# servers immediately after the header and they will be used before the
|
||||
# default mirrors.
|
||||
#[core]
|
||||
#SigLevel = Required
|
||||
#Server = ftp://ftp.example.com/foobar/$repo/os/$arch/
|
||||
# The file referenced here should contain a list of 'Server = ' lines.
|
||||
#Include = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/mirrorlist
|
||||
|
||||
# An example of a custom package repository. See the pacman manpage for
|
||||
# tips on creating your own repositories.
|
||||
#[custom]
|
||||
#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
|
||||
#Server = file:///home/packages
|
||||
251
install-sh
Executable file
251
install-sh
Executable file
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
|||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
#
|
||||
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
|
||||
# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
|
||||
# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
|
||||
# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
|
||||
# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
|
||||
# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
|
||||
# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
|
||||
# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the
|
||||
# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
|
||||
# without express or implied warranty.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
|
||||
# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
|
||||
# when there is no Makefile.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
|
||||
# from scratch. It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
|
||||
# shared with many OS's install programs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
|
||||
doit="${DOITPROG-}"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
|
||||
|
||||
mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
|
||||
cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
|
||||
chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
|
||||
chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
|
||||
chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
|
||||
stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
|
||||
rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
|
||||
mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
|
||||
|
||||
transformbasename=""
|
||||
transform_arg=""
|
||||
instcmd="$mvprog"
|
||||
chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
|
||||
chowncmd=""
|
||||
chgrpcmd=""
|
||||
stripcmd=""
|
||||
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
|
||||
mvcmd="$mvprog"
|
||||
src=""
|
||||
dst=""
|
||||
dir_arg=""
|
||||
|
||||
while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-d) dir_arg=true
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
|
||||
*) if [ x"$src" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
src=$1
|
||||
else
|
||||
# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
|
||||
:
|
||||
dst=$1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
shift
|
||||
continue;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$src" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
echo "install: no input file specified"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
|
||||
dst=$src
|
||||
src=""
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -d $dst ]; then
|
||||
instcmd=:
|
||||
chmodcmd=""
|
||||
else
|
||||
instcmd=$mkdirprog
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
|
||||
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
|
||||
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
echo "install: $src does not exist"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dst" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
echo "install: no destination specified"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
else
|
||||
:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
|
||||
# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
|
||||
|
||||
if [ -d $dst ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
|
||||
else
|
||||
:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
## this sed command emulates the dirname command
|
||||
dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
|
||||
# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
|
||||
|
||||
# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
|
||||
if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
|
||||
defaultIFS='
|
||||
'
|
||||
IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
|
||||
|
||||
oIFS="${IFS}"
|
||||
# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
|
||||
IFS='%'
|
||||
set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
|
||||
IFS="${oIFS}"
|
||||
|
||||
pathcomp=''
|
||||
|
||||
while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
|
||||
pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
|
||||
if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
|
||||
then
|
||||
$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
|
||||
else
|
||||
:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
$doit $instcmd $dst &&
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else : ; fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else : ; fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
|
||||
# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
dstfile=`basename $dst`
|
||||
else
|
||||
dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename |
|
||||
sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
|
||||
then
|
||||
dstfile=`basename $dst`
|
||||
else
|
||||
:
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
|
||||
|
||||
dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
|
||||
|
||||
# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
|
||||
|
||||
$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
|
||||
|
||||
trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
|
||||
|
||||
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
|
||||
|
||||
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
|
||||
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
|
||||
# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
|
||||
|
||||
if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
|
||||
if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else :;fi &&
|
||||
|
||||
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
|
||||
|
||||
$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
|
||||
$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile
|
||||
|
||||
fi &&
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
5
lib/libalpm/.gitignore
vendored
5
lib/libalpm/.gitignore
vendored
|
|
@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
|
|||
.deps
|
||||
.libs
|
||||
*.lo
|
||||
*.la
|
||||
libalpm.pc
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,695 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* add.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h> /* int64_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive */
|
||||
#include <archive.h>
|
||||
#include <archive_entry.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "add.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "backup.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "remove.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_add_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *pkgname, *pkgver;
|
||||
alpm_trans_t *trans;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *local;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *dup;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg->origin != ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB,
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
ASSERT(handle == pkg->handle, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
trans = handle->trans;
|
||||
ASSERT(trans != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NULL, -1));
|
||||
ASSERT(trans->state == STATE_INITIALIZED,
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
pkgname = pkg->name;
|
||||
pkgver = pkg->version;
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding package '%s'\n", pkgname);
|
||||
|
||||
if((dup = alpm_pkg_find(trans->add, pkgname))) {
|
||||
if(dup == pkg) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping duplicate target: %s\n", pkgname);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* error for separate packages with the same name */
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((local = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkgname))) {
|
||||
const char *localpkgname = local->name;
|
||||
const char *localpkgver = local->version;
|
||||
int cmp = _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(pkg, local);
|
||||
|
||||
if(cmp == 0) {
|
||||
if(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NEEDED) {
|
||||
/* with the NEEDED flag, packages up to date are not reinstalled */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s-%s is up to date -- skipping\n"),
|
||||
localpkgname, localpkgver);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} else if(!(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_DOWNLOADONLY)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s-%s is up to date -- reinstalling\n"),
|
||||
localpkgname, localpkgver);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(cmp < 0 && !(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_DOWNLOADONLY)) {
|
||||
/* local version is newer */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("downgrading package %s (%s => %s)\n"),
|
||||
localpkgname, localpkgver, pkgver);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* add the package to the transaction */
|
||||
pkg->reason = ALPM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding package %s-%s to the transaction add list\n",
|
||||
pkgname, pkgver);
|
||||
trans->add = alpm_list_add(trans->add, pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int perform_extraction(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry, const char *filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
struct archive *archive_writer;
|
||||
const int archive_flags = ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_OWNER |
|
||||
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_PERM |
|
||||
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_TIME |
|
||||
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_UNLINK |
|
||||
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_XATTR |
|
||||
ARCHIVE_EXTRACT_SECURE_SYMLINKS;
|
||||
|
||||
archive_entry_set_pathname(entry, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
archive_writer = archive_write_disk_new();
|
||||
if (archive_writer == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("cannot allocate disk archive object"));
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"error: cannot allocate disk archive object");
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
archive_write_disk_set_options(archive_writer, archive_flags);
|
||||
|
||||
ret = archive_read_extract2(archive, entry, archive_writer);
|
||||
|
||||
archive_write_free(archive_writer);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret == ARCHIVE_WARN && archive_errno(archive) != ENOSPC) {
|
||||
/* operation succeeded but a "non-critical" error was encountered */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("warning given when extracting %s (%s)\n"),
|
||||
filename, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
} else if(ret != ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not extract %s (%s)\n"),
|
||||
filename, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"error: could not extract %s (%s)\n",
|
||||
filename, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int try_rename(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *src, const char *dest)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(rename(src, dest)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n"),
|
||||
src, dest, strerror(errno));
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"error: could not rename %s to %s (%s)\n", src, dest, strerror(errno));
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int extract_db_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg, const char *entryname)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char filename[PATH_MAX]; /* the actual file we're extracting */
|
||||
const char *dbfile = NULL;
|
||||
if(strcmp(entryname, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
|
||||
dbfile = "install";
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(entryname, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
|
||||
dbfile = "changelog";
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(entryname, ".MTREE") == 0) {
|
||||
dbfile = "mtree";
|
||||
} else if(*entryname == '.') {
|
||||
/* reserve all files starting with '.' for future possibilities */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping extraction of '%s'\n", entryname);
|
||||
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
archive_entry_set_perm(entry, 0644);
|
||||
snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s-%s/%s",
|
||||
_alpm_db_path(handle->db_local), newpkg->name, newpkg->version, dbfile);
|
||||
return perform_extraction(handle, archive, entry, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int extract_single_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg, alpm_pkg_t *oldpkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
mode_t entrymode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *backup = _alpm_needbackup(entryname, newpkg);
|
||||
char filename[PATH_MAX]; /* the actual file we're extracting */
|
||||
int needbackup = 0, notouch = 0;
|
||||
const char *hash_orig = NULL;
|
||||
int isnewfile = 0, errors = 0;
|
||||
struct stat lsbuf;
|
||||
size_t filename_len;
|
||||
|
||||
if(*entryname == '.') {
|
||||
return extract_db_file(handle, archive, entry, newpkg, entryname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (!alpm_filelist_contains(&newpkg->files, entryname)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("file not found in file list for package %s. skipping extraction of %s\n"),
|
||||
newpkg->name, entryname);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* build the new entryname relative to handle->root */
|
||||
filename_len = snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, entryname);
|
||||
if(filename_len >= PATH_MAX) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("unable to extract %s%s: path too long"), handle->root, entryname);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if a file is in NoExtract then we never extract it */
|
||||
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noextract, entryname) == 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s is in NoExtract,"
|
||||
" skipping extraction of %s\n",
|
||||
entryname, filename);
|
||||
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check for file existence. This is one of the more crucial parts
|
||||
* to get 'right'. Here are the possibilities, with the filesystem
|
||||
* on the left and the package on the top:
|
||||
* (F=file, N=node, S=symlink, D=dir)
|
||||
* | F/N | D
|
||||
* non-existent | 1 | 2
|
||||
* F/N | 3 | 4
|
||||
* D | 5 | 6
|
||||
*
|
||||
* 1,2- extract, no magic necessary. lstat (llstat) will fail here.
|
||||
* 3,4- conflict checks should have caught this. either overwrite
|
||||
* or backup the file.
|
||||
* 5- file replacing directory- don't allow it.
|
||||
* 6- skip extraction, dir already exists.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
isnewfile = llstat(filename, &lsbuf) != 0;
|
||||
if(isnewfile) {
|
||||
/* cases 1,2: file doesn't exist, skip all backup checks */
|
||||
} else if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode) && S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
uid_t entryuid = archive_entry_uid(entry);
|
||||
gid_t entrygid = archive_entry_gid(entry);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* case 6: existing dir, ignore it */
|
||||
if(lsbuf.st_mode != entrymode) {
|
||||
/* if filesystem perms are different than pkg perms, warn user */
|
||||
mode_t mask = 07777;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("directory permissions differ on %s\n"
|
||||
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n"), filename, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
|
||||
entrymode & mask);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"warning: directory permissions differ on %s, "
|
||||
"filesystem: %o package: %o\n", filename, lsbuf.st_mode & mask,
|
||||
entrymode & mask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/* Disable this warning until our user management in packages has improved.
|
||||
Currently many packages have to create users in post_install and chown the
|
||||
directories. These all resulted in "false-positive" warnings. */
|
||||
|
||||
if((entryuid != lsbuf.st_uid) || (entrygid != lsbuf.st_gid)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("directory ownership differs on %s\n"
|
||||
"filesystem: %u:%u package: %u:%u\n"), filename,
|
||||
lsbuf.st_uid, lsbuf.st_gid, entryuid, entrygid);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"warning: directory ownership differs on %s, "
|
||||
"filesystem: %u:%u package: %u:%u\n", filename,
|
||||
lsbuf.st_uid, lsbuf.st_gid, entryuid, entrygid);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: skipping dir extraction of %s\n",
|
||||
filename);
|
||||
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} else if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
/* case 5: trying to overwrite dir with file, don't allow it */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("extract: not overwriting dir with file %s\n"),
|
||||
filename);
|
||||
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else if(S_ISDIR(entrymode)) {
|
||||
/* case 4: trying to overwrite file with dir */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extract: overwriting file with dir %s\n",
|
||||
filename);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* case 3: trying to overwrite file with file */
|
||||
/* if file is in NoUpgrade, don't touch it */
|
||||
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noupgrade, entryname) == 0) {
|
||||
notouch = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *oldbackup;
|
||||
if(oldpkg && (oldbackup = _alpm_needbackup(entryname, oldpkg))) {
|
||||
hash_orig = oldbackup->hash;
|
||||
needbackup = 1;
|
||||
} else if(backup) {
|
||||
/* allow adding backup files retroactively */
|
||||
needbackup = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(notouch || needbackup) {
|
||||
if(filename_len + strlen(".pacnew") >= PATH_MAX) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("unable to extract %s.pacnew: path too long"), filename);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
strcpy(filename + filename_len, ".pacnew");
|
||||
isnewfile = (llstat(filename, &lsbuf) != 0 && errno == ENOENT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extracting %s\n", filename);
|
||||
if(perform_extraction(handle, archive, entry, filename)) {
|
||||
errors++;
|
||||
return errors;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(backup) {
|
||||
FREE(backup->hash);
|
||||
backup->hash = alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(notouch) {
|
||||
alpm_event_pacnew_created_t event = {
|
||||
.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED,
|
||||
.from_noupgrade = 1,
|
||||
.oldpkg = oldpkg,
|
||||
.newpkg = newpkg,
|
||||
.file = filename
|
||||
};
|
||||
/* "remove" the .pacnew suffix */
|
||||
filename[filename_len] = '\0';
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"warning: %s installed as %s.pacnew\n", filename, filename);
|
||||
} else if(needbackup) {
|
||||
char *hash_local = NULL, *hash_pkg = NULL;
|
||||
char origfile[PATH_MAX] = "";
|
||||
|
||||
strncat(origfile, filename, filename_len);
|
||||
|
||||
hash_local = alpm_compute_md5sum(origfile);
|
||||
hash_pkg = backup ? backup->hash : alpm_compute_md5sum(filename);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking hashes for %s\n", origfile);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "current: %s\n", hash_local);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "new: %s\n", hash_pkg);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "original: %s\n", hash_orig);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hash_local && hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_local, hash_pkg) == 0) {
|
||||
/* local and new files are the same, updating anyway to get
|
||||
* correct timestamps */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: installing new file: %s\n",
|
||||
origfile);
|
||||
if(try_rename(handle, filename, origfile)) {
|
||||
errors++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(hash_orig && hash_pkg && strcmp(hash_orig, hash_pkg) == 0) {
|
||||
/* original and new files are the same, leave the local version alone,
|
||||
* including any user changes */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"action: leaving existing file in place\n");
|
||||
if(isnewfile) {
|
||||
unlink(filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(hash_orig && hash_local && strcmp(hash_orig, hash_local) == 0) {
|
||||
/* installed file has NOT been changed by user,
|
||||
* update to the new version */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "action: installing new file: %s\n",
|
||||
origfile);
|
||||
if(try_rename(handle, filename, origfile)) {
|
||||
errors++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* none of the three files matched another, leave the unpacked
|
||||
* file alongside the local file */
|
||||
alpm_event_pacnew_created_t event = {
|
||||
.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED,
|
||||
.from_noupgrade = 0,
|
||||
.oldpkg = oldpkg,
|
||||
.newpkg = newpkg,
|
||||
.file = origfile
|
||||
};
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"action: keeping current file and installing"
|
||||
" new one with .pacnew ending\n");
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"warning: %s installed as %s\n", origfile, filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(hash_local);
|
||||
if(!backup) {
|
||||
free(hash_pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return errors;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int commit_single_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg,
|
||||
size_t pkg_current, size_t pkg_count)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0, errors = 0;
|
||||
int is_upgrade = 0;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *oldpkg = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db = handle->db_local;
|
||||
alpm_trans_t *trans = handle->trans;
|
||||
alpm_progress_t progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_ADD_START;
|
||||
alpm_event_package_operation_t event;
|
||||
const char *log_msg = "adding";
|
||||
const char *pkgfile;
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry;
|
||||
int fd, cwdfd;
|
||||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(trans != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* see if this is an upgrade. if so, remove the old package first */
|
||||
if(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, newpkg->name) && (oldpkg = newpkg->oldpkg)) {
|
||||
int cmp = _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(newpkg, oldpkg);
|
||||
if(cmp < 0) {
|
||||
log_msg = "downgrading";
|
||||
progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_DOWNGRADE_START;
|
||||
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_DOWNGRADE;
|
||||
} else if(cmp == 0) {
|
||||
log_msg = "reinstalling";
|
||||
progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_REINSTALL_START;
|
||||
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_REINSTALL;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
log_msg = "upgrading";
|
||||
progress = ALPM_PROGRESS_UPGRADE_START;
|
||||
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_UPGRADE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
is_upgrade = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy over the install reason */
|
||||
newpkg->reason = alpm_pkg_get_reason(oldpkg);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
event.operation = ALPM_PACKAGE_INSTALL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START;
|
||||
event.oldpkg = oldpkg;
|
||||
event.newpkg = newpkg;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
|
||||
pkgfile = newpkg->origin_data.file;
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s package %s-%s\n",
|
||||
log_msg, newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
|
||||
/* pre_install/pre_upgrade scriptlet */
|
||||
if(alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(newpkg) &&
|
||||
!(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSCRIPTLET)) {
|
||||
const char *scriptlet_name = is_upgrade ? "pre_upgrade" : "pre_install";
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_runscriptlet(handle, pkgfile, scriptlet_name,
|
||||
newpkg->version, oldpkg ? oldpkg->version : NULL, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* we override any pre-set reason if we have alldeps or allexplicit set */
|
||||
if(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLDEPS) {
|
||||
newpkg->reason = ALPM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND;
|
||||
} else if(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_ALLEXPLICIT) {
|
||||
newpkg->reason = ALPM_PKG_REASON_EXPLICIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(oldpkg) {
|
||||
/* set up fake remove transaction */
|
||||
if(_alpm_remove_single_package(handle, oldpkg, newpkg, 0, 0) == -1) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* prepare directory for database entries so permissions are correct after
|
||||
changelog/install script installation */
|
||||
if(_alpm_local_db_prepare(db, newpkg)) {
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"error: could not create database entry %s-%s\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fd = _alpm_open_archive(db->handle, pkgfile, &buf,
|
||||
&archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
|
||||
if(fd < 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* save the cwd so we can restore it later */
|
||||
OPEN(cwdfd, ".", O_RDONLY | O_CLOEXEC);
|
||||
if(cwdfd < 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not get current working directory\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive requires this for extracting hard links */
|
||||
if(chdir(handle->root) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not change directory to %s (%s)\n"),
|
||||
handle->root, strerror(errno));
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
if(cwdfd >= 0) {
|
||||
close(cwdfd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_DBONLY) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extracting db files\n");
|
||||
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
const char *entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
if(entryname[0] == '.') {
|
||||
errors += extract_db_file(handle, archive, entry, newpkg, entryname);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
archive_read_data_skip(archive);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "extracting files\n");
|
||||
|
||||
/* call PROGRESS once with 0 percent, as we sort-of skip that here */
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, progress, newpkg->name, 0, pkg_count, pkg_current);
|
||||
|
||||
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
int percent;
|
||||
|
||||
if(newpkg->size != 0) {
|
||||
/* Using compressed size for calculations here, as newpkg->isize is not
|
||||
* exact when it comes to comparing to the ACTUAL uncompressed size
|
||||
* (missing metadata sizes) */
|
||||
int64_t pos = _alpm_archive_compressed_ftell(archive);
|
||||
percent = (pos * 100) / newpkg->size;
|
||||
if(percent >= 100) {
|
||||
percent = 100;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
percent = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, progress, newpkg->name, percent, pkg_count, pkg_current);
|
||||
|
||||
/* extract the next file from the archive */
|
||||
errors += extract_single_file(handle, archive, entry, newpkg, oldpkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
|
||||
/* restore the old cwd if we have it */
|
||||
if(cwdfd >= 0) {
|
||||
if(fchdir(cwdfd) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("could not restore working directory (%s)\n"), strerror(errno));
|
||||
}
|
||||
close(cwdfd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(errors) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
if(is_upgrade) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("problem occurred while upgrading %s\n"),
|
||||
newpkg->name);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"error: problem occurred while upgrading %s\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("problem occurred while installing %s\n"),
|
||||
newpkg->name);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"error: problem occurred while installing %s\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* make an install date (in UTC) */
|
||||
newpkg->installdate = time(NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "updating database\n");
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding database entry '%s'\n", newpkg->name);
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_local_db_write(db, newpkg, INFRQ_ALL)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not update database entry %s-%s\n"),
|
||||
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"error: could not update database entry %s-%s\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_db_add_pkgincache(db, newpkg) == -1) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not add entry '%s' in cache\n"),
|
||||
newpkg->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, progress, newpkg->name, 100, pkg_count, pkg_current);
|
||||
|
||||
switch(event.operation) {
|
||||
case ALPM_PACKAGE_INSTALL:
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "installed %s (%s)\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_PACKAGE_DOWNGRADE:
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "downgraded %s (%s -> %s)\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, oldpkg->version, newpkg->version);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_PACKAGE_REINSTALL:
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "reinstalled %s (%s)\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, newpkg->version);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_PACKAGE_UPGRADE:
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "upgraded %s (%s -> %s)\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, oldpkg->version, newpkg->version);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* we should never reach here */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* run the post-install script if it exists */
|
||||
if(alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(newpkg)
|
||||
&& !(trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NOSCRIPTLET)) {
|
||||
char *scriptlet = _alpm_local_db_pkgpath(db, newpkg, "install");
|
||||
const char *scriptlet_name = is_upgrade ? "post_upgrade" : "post_install";
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_runscriptlet(handle, scriptlet, scriptlet_name,
|
||||
newpkg->version, oldpkg ? oldpkg->version : NULL, 0);
|
||||
free(scriptlet);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t pkg_count, pkg_current;
|
||||
int skip_ldconfig = 0, ret = 0;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *targ;
|
||||
alpm_trans_t *trans = handle->trans;
|
||||
|
||||
if(trans->add == NULL) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_count = alpm_list_count(trans->add);
|
||||
pkg_current = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop through our package list adding/upgrading one at a time */
|
||||
for(targ = trans->add; targ; targ = targ->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg = targ->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle->trans->state == STATE_INTERRUPTED) {
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(commit_single_pkg(handle, newpkg, pkg_current, pkg_count)) {
|
||||
/* something screwed up on the commit, abort the trans */
|
||||
trans->state = STATE_INTERRUPTED;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT;
|
||||
/* running ldconfig at this point could possibly screw system */
|
||||
skip_ldconfig = 1;
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_current++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!skip_ldconfig) {
|
||||
/* run ldconfig if it exists */
|
||||
_alpm_ldconfig(handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* add.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_ADD_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_ADD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_ADD_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* alpm.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
#include <curl/curl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <pwd.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
|
||||
alpm_errno_t *err)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_errno_t myerr;
|
||||
const char *lf = "db.lck";
|
||||
char *hookdir;
|
||||
size_t hookdirlen, lockfilelen;
|
||||
struct passwd const *pw = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *myhandle = _alpm_handle_new();
|
||||
|
||||
if(myhandle == NULL) {
|
||||
goto nomem;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((myerr = _alpm_set_directory_option(root, &(myhandle->root), 1))) {
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((myerr = _alpm_set_directory_option(dbpath, &(myhandle->dbpath), 1))) {
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* to concatenate myhandle->root (ends with a slash) with SYSHOOKDIR (starts
|
||||
* with a slash) correctly, we skip SYSHOOKDIR[0]; the regular +1 therefore
|
||||
* disappears from the allocation */
|
||||
hookdirlen = strlen(myhandle->root) + strlen(SYSHOOKDIR);
|
||||
MALLOC(hookdir, hookdirlen, goto nomem);
|
||||
snprintf(hookdir, hookdirlen, "%s%s", myhandle->root, &SYSHOOKDIR[1]);
|
||||
myhandle->hookdirs = alpm_list_add(NULL, hookdir);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set default database extension */
|
||||
STRDUP(myhandle->dbext, ".db", goto nomem);
|
||||
|
||||
lockfilelen = strlen(myhandle->dbpath) + strlen(lf) + 1;
|
||||
MALLOC(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, goto nomem);
|
||||
snprintf(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, "%s%s", myhandle->dbpath, lf);
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_db_register_local(myhandle) == NULL) {
|
||||
myerr = myhandle->pm_errno;
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
curl_global_init(CURL_GLOBAL_ALL);
|
||||
myhandle->curlm = curl_multi_init();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
myhandle->parallel_downloads = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set default sandboxuser */
|
||||
ASSERT((pw = getpwuid(0)) != NULL, myerr = errno; goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(myhandle->sandboxuser, pw->pw_name, goto nomem);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
bindtextdomain("libalpm", LOCALEDIR);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return myhandle;
|
||||
|
||||
nomem:
|
||||
myerr = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
|
||||
if(err) {
|
||||
*err = myerr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check current state and free all resources including storage locks */
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(alpm_handle_t *myhandle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(myhandle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(myhandle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(myhandle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_handle_unlock(myhandle);
|
||||
_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_version(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return LIB_VERSION;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0
|
||||
#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
| ALPM_CAPABILITY_NLS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
| ALPM_CAPABILITY_DOWNLOADER
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
| ALPM_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
| 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
2993
lib/libalpm/alpm.h
2993
lib/libalpm/alpm.h
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,650 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* alpm_list.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
|
||||
* any other libalpm headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* check exported library symbols with: nm -C -D <lib> */
|
||||
#define SYMEXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
|
||||
|
||||
/* Allocation */
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *it = list;
|
||||
|
||||
while(it) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *tmp = it->next;
|
||||
free(it);
|
||||
it = tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *it = list;
|
||||
|
||||
if(fn) {
|
||||
while(it) {
|
||||
if(it->data) {
|
||||
fn(it->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
it = it->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Mutators */
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_append(&list, data);
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
ptr = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
|
||||
if(ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ptr->data = data;
|
||||
ptr->next = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Special case: the input list is empty */
|
||||
if(*list == NULL) {
|
||||
*list = ptr;
|
||||
ptr->prev = ptr;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lp = alpm_list_last(*list);
|
||||
lp->next = ptr;
|
||||
ptr->prev = lp;
|
||||
(*list)->prev = ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ret;
|
||||
char *dup;
|
||||
if((dup = strdup(data)) && (ret = alpm_list_append(list, dup))) {
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
free(dup);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!fn || !list) {
|
||||
return alpm_list_add(list, data);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *add = NULL, *prev = NULL, *next = list;
|
||||
|
||||
add = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
|
||||
if(add == NULL) {
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
add->data = data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find insertion point. */
|
||||
while(next) {
|
||||
if(fn(add->data, next->data) <= 0) break;
|
||||
prev = next;
|
||||
next = next->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Insert the add node to the list */
|
||||
if(prev == NULL) { /* special case: we insert add as the first element */
|
||||
add->prev = list->prev; /* list != NULL */
|
||||
add->next = list;
|
||||
list->prev = add;
|
||||
return add;
|
||||
} else if(next == NULL) { /* another special case: add last element */
|
||||
add->prev = prev;
|
||||
add->next = NULL;
|
||||
prev->next = add;
|
||||
list->prev = add;
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
add->prev = prev;
|
||||
add->next = next;
|
||||
next->prev = add;
|
||||
prev->next = add;
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
if(first == NULL) {
|
||||
return second;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(second == NULL) {
|
||||
return first;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* tmp is the last element of the first list */
|
||||
tmp = first->prev;
|
||||
/* link the first list to the second */
|
||||
tmp->next = second;
|
||||
/* link the second list to the first */
|
||||
first->prev = second->prev;
|
||||
/* set the back reference to the tail */
|
||||
second->prev = tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
return first;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist, *lp, *tail_ptr, *left_tail_ptr, *right_tail_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
if(left == NULL) {
|
||||
return right;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(right == NULL) {
|
||||
return left;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Save tail node pointers for future use */
|
||||
left_tail_ptr = left->prev;
|
||||
right_tail_ptr = right->prev;
|
||||
|
||||
if(fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
|
||||
newlist = left;
|
||||
left = left->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
newlist = right;
|
||||
right = right->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newlist->prev = NULL;
|
||||
newlist->next = NULL;
|
||||
lp = newlist;
|
||||
|
||||
while((left != NULL) && (right != NULL)) {
|
||||
if(fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
|
||||
lp->next = left;
|
||||
left->prev = lp;
|
||||
left = left->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
lp->next = right;
|
||||
right->prev = lp;
|
||||
right = right->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
lp->next = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(left != NULL) {
|
||||
lp->next = left;
|
||||
left->prev = lp;
|
||||
tail_ptr = left_tail_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(right != NULL) {
|
||||
lp->next = right;
|
||||
right->prev = lp;
|
||||
tail_ptr = right_tail_ptr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else {
|
||||
tail_ptr = lp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
newlist->prev = tail_ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(n > 1) {
|
||||
size_t half = n / 2;
|
||||
size_t i = half - 1;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *left = list, *lastleft = list, *right;
|
||||
|
||||
while(i--) {
|
||||
lastleft = lastleft->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
right = lastleft->next;
|
||||
|
||||
/* tidy new lists */
|
||||
lastleft->next = NULL;
|
||||
right->prev = left->prev;
|
||||
left->prev = lastleft;
|
||||
|
||||
left = alpm_list_msort(left, half, fn);
|
||||
right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - half, fn);
|
||||
list = alpm_list_mmerge(left, right, fn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *item)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(haystack == NULL || item == NULL) {
|
||||
return haystack;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(item == haystack) {
|
||||
/* Special case: removing the head node which has a back reference to
|
||||
* the tail node */
|
||||
haystack = item->next;
|
||||
if(haystack) {
|
||||
haystack->prev = item->prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
item->prev = NULL;
|
||||
} else if(item == haystack->prev) {
|
||||
/* Special case: removing the tail node, so we need to fix the back
|
||||
* reference on the head node. We also know tail != head. */
|
||||
if(item->prev) {
|
||||
/* i->next should always be null */
|
||||
item->prev->next = item->next;
|
||||
haystack->prev = item->prev;
|
||||
item->prev = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Normal case, non-head and non-tail node */
|
||||
if(item->next) {
|
||||
item->next->prev = item->prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(item->prev) {
|
||||
item->prev->next = item->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return haystack;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i = haystack;
|
||||
|
||||
if(data) {
|
||||
*data = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(needle == NULL) {
|
||||
return haystack;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while(i) {
|
||||
if(i->data == NULL) {
|
||||
i = i->next;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(fn(i->data, needle) == 0) {
|
||||
haystack = alpm_list_remove_item(haystack, i);
|
||||
|
||||
if(data) {
|
||||
*data = i->data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(i);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
i = i->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return haystack;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const char *needle, char **data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return alpm_list_remove(haystack, (const void *)needle,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(newlist, lp->data)) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append_strdup(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
FREELIST(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
|
||||
size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
void *newdata = malloc(size);
|
||||
if(newdata) {
|
||||
memcpy(newdata, lp->data, size);
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, newdata) == NULL) {
|
||||
free(newdata);
|
||||
FREELIST(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
FREELIST(newlist);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL, *backup;
|
||||
|
||||
if(list == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
lp = alpm_list_last(list);
|
||||
/* break our reverse circular list */
|
||||
backup = list->prev;
|
||||
list->prev = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newlist);
|
||||
list->prev = backup;
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->prev;
|
||||
}
|
||||
list->prev = backup; /* restore tail pointer */
|
||||
return newlist;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Accessors */
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *i = list;
|
||||
while(n--) {
|
||||
i = i->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (alpm_list_t *)i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(node) {
|
||||
return node->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(list && list->prev->next) {
|
||||
return list->prev;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(list) {
|
||||
return list->prev;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Misc */
|
||||
|
||||
size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i = 0;
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
++i;
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return i;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp = haystack;
|
||||
while(lp) {
|
||||
if(lp->data && fn(lp->data, needle) == 0) {
|
||||
return lp->data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
lp = lp->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* trivial helper function for alpm_list_find_ptr */
|
||||
static int ptr_cmp(const void *p, const void *q)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (p != q);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const void *needle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
|
||||
const char *needle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (char *)alpm_list_find(haystack, (const void *)needle,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_list_cmp_unsorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *l = left;
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *r = right;
|
||||
int *matched;
|
||||
|
||||
/* short circuiting length comparison */
|
||||
while(l && r) {
|
||||
l = l->next;
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(l || r) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* faster comparison for if the lists happen to be in the same order */
|
||||
while(left && fn(left->data, right->data) == 0) {
|
||||
left = left->next;
|
||||
right = right->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!left) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
matched = calloc(alpm_list_count(right), sizeof(int));
|
||||
if(matched == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(l = left; l; l = l->next) {
|
||||
int found = 0;
|
||||
int n = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for(r = right; r; r = r->next, n++) {
|
||||
/* make sure we don't match the same value twice */
|
||||
if(matched[n]) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(fn(l->data, r->data) == 0) {
|
||||
found = 1;
|
||||
matched[n] = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!found) {
|
||||
free(matched);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(matched);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *l = left;
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *r = right;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!onlyleft && !onlyright) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while(l != NULL && r != NULL) {
|
||||
int cmp = fn(l->data, r->data);
|
||||
if(cmp < 0) {
|
||||
if(onlyleft) {
|
||||
*onlyleft = alpm_list_add(*onlyleft, l->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
l = l->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(cmp > 0) {
|
||||
if(onlyright) {
|
||||
*onlyright = alpm_list_add(*onlyright, r->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
l = l->next;
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(l != NULL) {
|
||||
if(onlyleft) {
|
||||
*onlyleft = alpm_list_add(*onlyleft, l->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
l = l->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(r != NULL) {
|
||||
if(onlyright) {
|
||||
*onlyright = alpm_list_add(*onlyright, r->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
r = r->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *left, *right;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
left = alpm_list_copy(lhs);
|
||||
left = alpm_list_msort(left, alpm_list_count(left), fn);
|
||||
right = alpm_list_copy(rhs);
|
||||
right = alpm_list_msort(right, alpm_list_count(right), fn);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_diff_sorted(left, right, fn, &ret, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free(left);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(right);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
|
||||
size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *item;
|
||||
char *array;
|
||||
|
||||
if(n == 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
array = malloc(n * size);
|
||||
if(array == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = 0, item = list; i < n && item; i++, item = item->next) {
|
||||
memcpy(array + i * size, item->data, size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return array;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* alpm_list.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_LIST_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_LIST_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h> /* size_t */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
|
||||
* any other libalpm headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @ingroup libalpm
|
||||
* @addtogroup libalpm_list libalpm_list(3)
|
||||
* @brief Functions to manipulate alpm_list_t lists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These functions are designed to create, destroy, and modify lists of
|
||||
* type alpm_list_t. This is an internal list type used by libalpm that is
|
||||
* publicly exposed for use by frontends if desired.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is exposed so front ends can use it to prevent the need to reimplement
|
||||
* lists of their own; however, it is not required that the front end uses
|
||||
* it.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** A doubly linked list */
|
||||
typedef struct _alpm_list_t {
|
||||
/** data held by the list node */
|
||||
void *data;
|
||||
/** pointer to the previous node */
|
||||
struct _alpm_list_t *prev;
|
||||
/** pointer to the next node */
|
||||
struct _alpm_list_t *next;
|
||||
} alpm_list_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Frees a list and its contents */
|
||||
#define FREELIST(p) do { alpm_list_free_inner(p, free); alpm_list_free(p); p = NULL; } while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** item deallocation callback.
|
||||
* @param item the item to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void * item);
|
||||
|
||||
/** item comparison callback */
|
||||
typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *);
|
||||
|
||||
/* allocation */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Free a list, but not the contained data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to free
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Free the internal data of a list structure but not the list itself.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to free
|
||||
* @param fn a free function for the internal data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/* item mutators */
|
||||
|
||||
/** Add a new item to the end of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly added item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Duplicate and append a string to a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to append to
|
||||
* @param data the string to duplicate and append
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly added item
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Add items to a list in sorted order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to add to
|
||||
* @param data the new item to be added to the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function to use to determine order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Join two lists.
|
||||
* The two lists must be independent. Do not free the original lists after
|
||||
* calling this function, as this is not a copy operation. The list pointers
|
||||
* passed in should be considered invalid after calling this function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param first the first list
|
||||
* @param second the second list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant joined list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Merge the two sorted sublists into one sorted list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn comparison function for determining merge order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sort a list of size `n` using mergesort algorithm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to sort
|
||||
* @param n the size of the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for determining order
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
|
||||
* item is not freed; this is the responsibility of the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param item the item to remove from the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack, alpm_list_t *item);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove an item from the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param needle the data member of the item we're removing
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for searching
|
||||
* @param data output parameter containing data of the removed item
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Remove a string from a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param haystack the list to remove the item from
|
||||
* @param needle the data member of the item we're removing
|
||||
* @param data output parameter containing data of the removed item
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the resultant list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle, char **data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This does NOT copy data members.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new list containing non-duplicate items
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a string list, including data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list, without copying data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list and copy the data.
|
||||
* Note that the data elements to be copied should not contain pointers
|
||||
* and should also be of constant size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
* @param size the size of each data element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a copy of the original list, data copied as well
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Create a new list in reverse order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a new list in reverse order
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/* item accessors */
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
* @param n the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the next element of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list node
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next element, or NULL when no more elements exist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the previous element of a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list head
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the previous element, or NULL when no previous element exist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the last item in the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the last element in the list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/* misc */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the number of items in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the number of list items
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find an item in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the item to search
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function for searching (!= NULL)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find an item in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the data to search for (== comparison)
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find a string in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle the string to search for
|
||||
* @param haystack the list
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Check if two lists contain the same data, ignoring order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Lists are considered equal if they both contain the same data regardless
|
||||
* of order.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if the lists are equal, 0 if not equal, -1 on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int alpm_list_cmp_unsorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
|
||||
* `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
|
||||
* list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param left the first list
|
||||
* @param right the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
* @param onlyleft pointer to the first result list
|
||||
* @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left, const alpm_list_t *right,
|
||||
alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param lhs the first list
|
||||
* @param rhs the second list
|
||||
* @param fn the comparison function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a list containing all items in `lhs` not present in `rhs`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Copy a list and data into a standard C array of fixed length.
|
||||
* Note that the data elements are shallow copied so any contained pointers
|
||||
* will point to the original data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param list the list to copy
|
||||
* @param n the size of the list
|
||||
* @param size the size of each data element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return an array version of the original list, data copied as well
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/* End of alpm_list */
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_LIST_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* backup.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "backup.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* split a backup string "file\thash" into the relevant components */
|
||||
int _alpm_split_backup(const char *string, alpm_backup_t **backup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *str, *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(str, string, return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* tab delimiter */
|
||||
ptr = str ? strchr(str, '\t') : NULL;
|
||||
if(ptr == NULL) {
|
||||
(*backup)->name = str;
|
||||
(*backup)->hash = NULL;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*ptr = '\0';
|
||||
ptr++;
|
||||
/* now str points to the filename and ptr points to the hash */
|
||||
STRDUP((*backup)->name, str, FREE(str); return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP((*backup)->hash, ptr, FREE((*backup)->name); FREE(str); return -1);
|
||||
FREE(str);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look for a filename in a alpm_pkg_t.backup list. If we find it,
|
||||
* then we return the full backup entry.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *lp;
|
||||
|
||||
if(file == NULL || pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(lp = alpm_pkg_get_backup(pkg); lp; lp = lp->next) {
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *backup = lp->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(file, backup->name) == 0) {
|
||||
return backup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(backup != NULL, return);
|
||||
FREE(backup->name);
|
||||
FREE(backup->hash);
|
||||
FREE(backup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *newbackup;
|
||||
CALLOC(newbackup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(newbackup->name, backup->name, goto error);
|
||||
STRDUP(newbackup->hash, backup->hash, goto error);
|
||||
|
||||
return newbackup;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
free(newbackup->name);
|
||||
free(newbackup);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,196 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2010, Brainspark B.V.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of PolarSSL (http://www.polarssl.org)
|
||||
* Lead Maintainer: Paul Bakker <polarssl_maintainer at polarssl.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Pacman Notes:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Taken from the PolarSSL project at www.polarssl.org under terms of the
|
||||
* GPL. This is from version 0.14.2 of the library, and has been modified
|
||||
* as following, which may be helpful for future updates:
|
||||
* * remove "polarssl/config.h" include
|
||||
* * change include from "polarssl/base64.h" to "base64.h"
|
||||
* * removal of SELF_TEST code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "base64.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
static const unsigned char base64_enc_map[64] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
|
||||
'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T',
|
||||
'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd',
|
||||
'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n',
|
||||
'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x',
|
||||
'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
|
||||
'8', '9', '+', '/'
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static const unsigned char base64_dec_map[128] =
|
||||
{
|
||||
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
|
||||
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
|
||||
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
|
||||
127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
|
||||
127, 127, 127, 62, 127, 127, 127, 63, 52, 53,
|
||||
54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 127, 127,
|
||||
127, 64, 127, 127, 127, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
|
||||
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,
|
||||
15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,
|
||||
25, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 26, 27, 28,
|
||||
29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38,
|
||||
39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48,
|
||||
49, 50, 51, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Encode a buffer into base64 format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
||||
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i, n;
|
||||
int C1, C2, C3;
|
||||
unsigned char *p;
|
||||
|
||||
if( slen == 0 )
|
||||
return( 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
n = (slen << 3) / 6;
|
||||
|
||||
switch( (slen << 3) - (n * 6) )
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 2: n += 3; break;
|
||||
case 4: n += 2; break;
|
||||
default: break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( *dlen < n + 1 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
*dlen = n + 1;
|
||||
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
n = (slen / 3) * 3;
|
||||
|
||||
for( i = 0, p = dst; i < n; i += 3 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
C1 = *src++;
|
||||
C2 = *src++;
|
||||
C3 = *src++;
|
||||
|
||||
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(C1 >> 2) & 0x3F];
|
||||
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C1 & 3) << 4) + (C2 >> 4)) & 0x3F];
|
||||
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C2 & 15) << 2) + (C3 >> 6)) & 0x3F];
|
||||
*p++ = base64_enc_map[C3 & 0x3F];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( i < slen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
C1 = *src++;
|
||||
C2 = ((i + 1) < slen) ? *src++ : 0;
|
||||
|
||||
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(C1 >> 2) & 0x3F];
|
||||
*p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C1 & 3) << 4) + (C2 >> 4)) & 0x3F];
|
||||
|
||||
if( (i + 1) < slen )
|
||||
*p++ = base64_enc_map[((C2 & 15) << 2) & 0x3F];
|
||||
else *p++ = '=';
|
||||
|
||||
*p++ = '=';
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*dlen = p - dst;
|
||||
*p = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
return( 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Decode a base64-formatted buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
||||
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i, n;
|
||||
uint32_t j, x;
|
||||
unsigned char *p;
|
||||
|
||||
for( i = j = n = 0; i < slen; i++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( ( slen - i ) >= 2 &&
|
||||
src[i] == '\r' && src[i + 1] == '\n' )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( src[i] == '\n' )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
if( src[i] == '=' && ++j > 2 )
|
||||
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
|
||||
|
||||
if( src[i] > 127 || base64_dec_map[src[i]] == 127 )
|
||||
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
|
||||
|
||||
if( base64_dec_map[src[i]] < 64 && j != 0 )
|
||||
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
|
||||
|
||||
n++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if( n == 0 )
|
||||
return( 0 );
|
||||
|
||||
n = ((n * 6) + 7) >> 3;
|
||||
|
||||
if( *dlen < n )
|
||||
{
|
||||
*dlen = n;
|
||||
return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for( j = 3, n = x = 0, p = dst; i > 0; i--, src++ )
|
||||
{
|
||||
if( *src == '\r' || *src == '\n' )
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
j -= ( base64_dec_map[*src] == 64 );
|
||||
x = (x << 6) | ( base64_dec_map[*src] & 0x3F );
|
||||
|
||||
if( ++n == 4 )
|
||||
{
|
||||
n = 0;
|
||||
if( j > 0 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x >> 16 );
|
||||
if( j > 1 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x >> 8 );
|
||||
if( j > 2 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x );
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*dlen = p - dst;
|
||||
|
||||
return( 0 );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* \file base64.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2006-2010, Brainspark B.V.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of PolarSSL (http://www.polarssl.org)
|
||||
* Lead Maintainer: Paul Bakker <polarssl_maintainer at polarssl.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All rights reserved.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef BASE64_H
|
||||
#define BASE64_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL -0x0010 /**< Output buffer too small. */
|
||||
#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER -0x0012 /**< Invalid character in input. */
|
||||
|
||||
#if 0
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Encode a buffer into base64 format
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* \param dlen size of the buffer
|
||||
* \param src source buffer
|
||||
* \param slen amount of data to be encoded
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful, or POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
|
||||
* *dlen is always updated to reflect the amount
|
||||
* of data that has (or would have) been written.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Call this function with *dlen = 0 to obtain the
|
||||
* required buffer size in *dlen
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
||||
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* \brief Decode a base64-formatted buffer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* \param dlen size of the buffer
|
||||
* \param src source buffer
|
||||
* \param slen amount of data to be decoded
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return 0 if successful, POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, or
|
||||
* POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_DATA if the input data is not
|
||||
* correct. *dlen is always updated to reflect the amount
|
||||
* of data that has (or would have) been written.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note Call this function with *dlen = 0 to obtain the
|
||||
* required buffer size in *dlen
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
|
||||
const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* base64.h */
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,789 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* be_package.c : backend for packages
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive */
|
||||
#include <archive.h>
|
||||
#include <archive_entry.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
#include "filelist.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct package_changelog {
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
|
||||
* except that the returned 'file stream' is from an archive.
|
||||
* @param pkg the package (file) to read the changelog
|
||||
* @return a 'file stream' to the package changelog
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void *_package_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
struct package_changelog *changelog;
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry;
|
||||
const char *pkgfile = pkg->origin_data.file;
|
||||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
|
||||
fd = _alpm_open_archive(pkg->handle, pkgfile, &buf,
|
||||
&archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
|
||||
if(fd < 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
|
||||
changelog = malloc(sizeof(struct package_changelog));
|
||||
if(!changelog) {
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
changelog->archive = archive;
|
||||
changelog->fd = fd;
|
||||
return changelog;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* we didn't find a changelog */
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
errno = ENOENT;
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read data from an open changelog 'file stream'. Similar to fread in
|
||||
* functionality, this function takes a buffer and amount of data to read.
|
||||
* @param ptr a buffer to fill with raw changelog data
|
||||
* @param size the size of the buffer
|
||||
* @param pkg the package that the changelog is being read from
|
||||
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
|
||||
* @return the number of characters read, or 0 if there is no more data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
|
||||
ssize_t sret = archive_read_data(changelog->archive, ptr, size);
|
||||
/* Report error (negative values) */
|
||||
if(sret < 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, 0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return (size_t)sret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close a package changelog for reading. Similar to fclose in functionality,
|
||||
* except that the 'file stream' is from an archive.
|
||||
* @param pkg the package (file) that the changelog was read from
|
||||
* @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
|
||||
* @return whether closing the package changelog stream was successful
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int _package_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
|
||||
ret = _alpm_archive_read_free(changelog->archive);
|
||||
close(changelog->fd);
|
||||
free(changelog);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Package file operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
|
||||
* because we want to reuse the majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and
|
||||
* add only a few operations of our own on top.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static struct pkg_operations file_pkg_ops;
|
||||
static int file_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
|
||||
if(!file_pkg_ops_initialized) {
|
||||
file_pkg_ops = default_pkg_ops;
|
||||
file_pkg_ops.changelog_open = _package_changelog_open;
|
||||
file_pkg_ops.changelog_read = _package_changelog_read;
|
||||
file_pkg_ops.changelog_close = _package_changelog_close;
|
||||
file_pkg_ops_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return &file_pkg_ops;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parses the package description file for a package into a alpm_pkg_t struct.
|
||||
* @param archive the archive to read from, pointed at the .PKGINFO entry
|
||||
* @param newpkg an empty alpm_pkg_t struct to fill with package info
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *ptr = NULL;
|
||||
char *key = NULL;
|
||||
int ret, linenum = 0;
|
||||
struct archive_read_buffer buf = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
|
||||
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
/* loop until we reach EOF or other error */
|
||||
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(a, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
size_t len = _alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size);
|
||||
|
||||
linenum++;
|
||||
key = buf.line;
|
||||
if(len == 0 || key[0] == '#') {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* line is always in this format: "key = value"
|
||||
* we can be sure the " = " exists, so look for that */
|
||||
ptr = memchr(key, ' ', len);
|
||||
if(!ptr || (size_t)(ptr - key + 2) > len || memcmp(ptr, " = ", 3) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* NULL the end of the key portion, move ptr to start of value */
|
||||
*ptr = '\0';
|
||||
ptr += 3;
|
||||
if(strcmp(key, "pkgname") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(newpkg->name);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgbase") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->base, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgver") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "basever") == 0) {
|
||||
/* not used atm */
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgdesc") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "group") == 0) {
|
||||
char *tmp = NULL;
|
||||
STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, tmp);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "url") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "license") == 0) {
|
||||
char *tmp = NULL;
|
||||
STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, tmp);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "builddate") == 0) {
|
||||
newpkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(ptr);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "packager") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->packager, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "arch") == 0) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->arch, ptr, return -1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "size") == 0) {
|
||||
/* size in the raw package is uncompressed (installed) size */
|
||||
newpkg->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(ptr);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "depend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *dep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->depends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->depends, dep);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "optdepend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *optdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, optdep);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "makedepend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *makedep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->makedepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->makedepends, makedep);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "checkdepend") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *checkdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->checkdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->checkdepends, checkdep);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "conflict") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *conflict = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, conflict);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "replaces") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *replace = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, replace);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "provides") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *provide = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
|
||||
newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, provide);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "backup") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_backup_t *backup;
|
||||
CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, FREE(backup); return -1);
|
||||
newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, backup);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "xdata") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = _alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(ptr);
|
||||
if(pd == NULL || !alpm_list_append(&newpkg->xdata, pd)) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_xdata_free(pd);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
const char *pkgname = newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error";
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s: unknown key '%s' in package description\n"), pkgname, key);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: unknown key '%s' in description file line %d\n",
|
||||
pkgname, key, linenum);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "error parsing package descfile\n");
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Validate a package.
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param pkgfile path to the package file
|
||||
* @param syncpkg package object to load verification data from (md5sum,
|
||||
* sha256sum, and/or base64 signature)
|
||||
* @param level the required level of signature verification
|
||||
* @param sigdata signature data from the package to pass back
|
||||
* @param validation successful validations performed on the package file
|
||||
* @return 0 if package is fully valid, -1 and pm_errno otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, int level,
|
||||
alpm_siglist_t **sigdata, int *validation)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int has_sig;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* attempt to access the package file, ensure it exists */
|
||||
if(_alpm_access(handle, NULL, pkgfile, R_OK) != 0) {
|
||||
if(errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
|
||||
} else if(errno == EACCES) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* can we get away with skipping checksums? */
|
||||
has_sig = 0;
|
||||
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
|
||||
if(syncpkg && syncpkg->base64_sig) {
|
||||
has_sig = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
char *sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, pkgfile);
|
||||
if(sigpath && !_alpm_access(handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
|
||||
has_sig = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(syncpkg && (!has_sig || !syncpkg->base64_sig)) {
|
||||
if(syncpkg->md5sum && !syncpkg->sha256sum) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "md5sum: %s\n", syncpkg->md5sum);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking md5sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->md5sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM) != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(validation) {
|
||||
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(syncpkg->sha256sum) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sha256sum: %s\n", syncpkg->sha256sum);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking sha256sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->sha256sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM) != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(validation) {
|
||||
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* even if we don't have a sig, run the check code if level tells us to */
|
||||
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
|
||||
const char *sig = syncpkg ? syncpkg->base64_sig : NULL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sig data: %s\n", sig ? sig : "<from .sig>");
|
||||
if(!has_sig && !(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL)) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_MISSING_SIG;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(_alpm_check_pgp_helper(handle, pkgfile, sig,
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_UNKNOWN_OK, sigdata)) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(validation && has_sig) {
|
||||
*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(validation && !*validation) {
|
||||
*validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Handle the existence of simple paths for _alpm_load_pkg_internal()
|
||||
* @param pkg package to change
|
||||
* @param path path to examine
|
||||
* @return 0 if path doesn't match any rule, 1 if it has been handled
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int handle_simple_path(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(strcmp(path, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
|
||||
pkg->scriptlet = 1;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else if(*path == '.') {
|
||||
/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
|
||||
* already been handled (for future possibilities) */
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a file to the files list for pkg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pkg package to add the file to
|
||||
* @param files_size size of pkg->files.files
|
||||
* @param entry archive entry of the file to add to the list
|
||||
* @param path path of the file to be added
|
||||
* @return <0 on error, 0 on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int add_entry_to_files_list(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
|
||||
size_t *files_size, struct archive_entry *entry, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const size_t files_count = filelist->count;
|
||||
alpm_file_t *current_file;
|
||||
mode_t type;
|
||||
size_t pathlen;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&filelist->files,
|
||||
files_size, (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t))) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
type = archive_entry_filetype(entry);
|
||||
|
||||
pathlen = strlen(path);
|
||||
|
||||
current_file = filelist->files + files_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* mtree paths don't contain a tailing slash, those we get from
|
||||
* the archive directly do (expensive way)
|
||||
* Other code relies on it to detect directories so add it here.*/
|
||||
if(type == AE_IFDIR && path[pathlen - 1] != '/') {
|
||||
/* 2 = 1 for / + 1 for \0 */
|
||||
char *newpath;
|
||||
MALLOC(newpath, pathlen + 2, return -1);
|
||||
strcpy(newpath, path);
|
||||
newpath[pathlen] = '/';
|
||||
newpath[pathlen + 1] = '\0';
|
||||
current_file->name = newpath;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
STRDUP(current_file->name, path, return -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
current_file->size = archive_entry_size(entry);
|
||||
current_file->mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
|
||||
filelist->count++;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a new file list from an mtree file and add it to the package.
|
||||
* An existing file list will be free()d first.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* archive should point to an archive struct which is already at the
|
||||
* position of the mtree's header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle
|
||||
* @param pkg package to add the file list to
|
||||
* @param archive archive containing the mtree
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, <0 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
size_t mtree_maxsize = 0;
|
||||
size_t mtree_cursize = 0;
|
||||
size_t files_size = 0; /* we clean up the existing array so this is fine */
|
||||
char *mtree_data = NULL;
|
||||
struct archive *mtree;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *mtree_entry = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t filelist = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"found mtree for package %s, getting file list\n", pkg->filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* create a new archive to parse the mtree and load it from archive into memory */
|
||||
/* TODO: split this into a function */
|
||||
if((mtree = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(mtree);
|
||||
archive_read_support_format_mtree(mtree);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO: split this into a function */
|
||||
while(1) {
|
||||
ssize_t size;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&mtree_data, &mtree_maxsize, mtree_cursize + ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE)) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size = archive_read_data(archive, mtree_data + mtree_cursize, ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
||||
|
||||
if(size < 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(size == 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mtree_cursize += size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(archive_read_open_memory(mtree, mtree_data, mtree_cursize)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
_("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((ret = archive_read_next_header(mtree, &mtree_entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
const char *path = archive_entry_pathname(mtree_entry);
|
||||
|
||||
/* strip leading "./" from path entries */
|
||||
if(path[0] == '.' && path[1] == '/') {
|
||||
path += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle_simple_path(pkg, path)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(add_entry_to_files_list(&filelist, &files_size, mtree_entry, path) < 0) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* throw away any files we loaded directly from the archive */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < pkg->files.count; i++) {
|
||||
free(pkg->files.files[i].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(pkg->files.files);
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy over new filelist */
|
||||
memcpy(&pkg->files, &filelist, sizeof(alpm_filelist_t));
|
||||
|
||||
free(mtree_data);
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "finished mtree reading for %s\n", pkg->filename);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
error:
|
||||
/* throw away any files we loaded from the mtree */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < filelist.count; i++) {
|
||||
free(filelist.files[i].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(filelist.files);
|
||||
|
||||
free(mtree_data);
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Load a package and create the corresponding alpm_pkg_t struct.
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param pkgfile path to the package file
|
||||
* @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
|
||||
* through the full archive
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const char *pkgfile, int full)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret, fd;
|
||||
int config = 0;
|
||||
int hit_mtree = 0;
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
size_t files_size = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fd = _alpm_open_archive(handle, pkgfile, &st, &archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
|
||||
if(fd < 0) {
|
||||
if(errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
|
||||
} else if(errno == EACCES) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
|
||||
if(newpkg == NULL) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->filename, pkgfile, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error));
|
||||
newpkg->size = st.st_size;
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If full is false, only read through the archive until we find our needed
|
||||
* metadata. If it is true, read through the entire archive, which serves
|
||||
* as a verification of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
|
||||
while((ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(entry_name, ".PKGINFO") == 0) {
|
||||
/* parse the info file */
|
||||
if(parse_descfile(handle, archive, newpkg) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not parse package description file in %s\n"),
|
||||
pkgfile);
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(newpkg->name == NULL || strlen(newpkg->name) == 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package name in %s\n"), pkgfile);
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(newpkg->version == NULL || strlen(newpkg->version) == 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(strchr(newpkg->version, '-') == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
config = 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else if(full && strcmp(entry_name, ".MTREE") == 0) {
|
||||
/* building the file list: cheap way
|
||||
* get the filelist from the mtree file rather than scanning
|
||||
* the whole archive */
|
||||
hit_mtree = build_filelist_from_mtree(handle, newpkg, archive) == 0;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else if(handle_simple_path(newpkg, entry_name)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else if(full && !hit_mtree) {
|
||||
/* building the file list: expensive way */
|
||||
if(add_entry_to_files_list(&newpkg->files, &files_size, entry, entry_name) < 0) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if we are not doing a full read, see if we have all we need */
|
||||
if((!full || hit_mtree) && config) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!config) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package metadata in %s\n"), pkgfile);
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* internal fields for package struct */
|
||||
newpkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE;
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->origin_data.file, pkgfile, goto error);
|
||||
newpkg->ops = get_file_pkg_ops();
|
||||
newpkg->handle = handle;
|
||||
newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
|
||||
newpkg->validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
if(full) {
|
||||
if(newpkg->files.files) {
|
||||
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
|
||||
REALLOC(newpkg->files.files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * newpkg->files.count, (void)0);
|
||||
/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_filelist_sort(&newpkg->files);
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpkg->infolevel |= INFRQ_FILES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_check_meta(newpkg) != 0) {
|
||||
goto pkg_invalid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
return newpkg;
|
||||
|
||||
pkg_invalid:
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
|
||||
error:
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* adopted limit from repo-add */
|
||||
#define MAX_SIGFILE_SIZE 16384
|
||||
|
||||
static int read_sigfile(const char *sigpath, unsigned char **sig)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
if((fp = fopen(sigpath, "rb")) == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(fstat(fileno(fp), &st) != 0 || st.st_size > MAX_SIGFILE_SIZE) {
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MALLOC(*sig, st.st_size, fclose(fp); return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
if(fread(*sig, st.st_size, 1, fp) != 1) {
|
||||
free(*sig);
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
return st.st_size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int full,
|
||||
int level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int validation = 0;
|
||||
char *sigpath;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg_temp;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, filename);
|
||||
if(sigpath && !_alpm_access(handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
|
||||
if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *keys = NULL;
|
||||
int fail = 0;
|
||||
unsigned char *sig = NULL;
|
||||
int len = read_sigfile(sigpath, &sig);
|
||||
|
||||
if(len == -1) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("failed to read signature file: %s\n"), sigpath);
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(alpm_extract_keyid(handle, filename, sig, len, &keys) == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *k;
|
||||
for(k = keys; k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
char *key = k->data;
|
||||
if(_alpm_key_in_keychain(handle, key) == 0) {
|
||||
pkg_temp = _alpm_pkg_load_internal(handle, filename, full);
|
||||
if(_alpm_key_import(handle, NULL, key) == -1) {
|
||||
fail = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg_temp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREELIST(keys);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(sig);
|
||||
|
||||
if(fail) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("required key missing from keyring\n"));
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(sigpath);
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_validate_internal(handle, filename, NULL, level, NULL,
|
||||
&validation) == -1) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_validate */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*pkg = _alpm_pkg_load_internal(handle, filename, full);
|
||||
if(*pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno is set by pkg_load */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
(*pkg)->validation = validation;
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,764 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* be_sync.c : backend for sync databases
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <unistd.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive */
|
||||
#include <archive.h>
|
||||
#include <archive_entry.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "libarchive-compat.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
#include "dload.h"
|
||||
#include "filelist.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static char *get_sync_dir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len = strlen(handle->dbpath) + 6;
|
||||
char *syncpath;
|
||||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
|
||||
MALLOC(syncpath, len, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
snprintf(syncpath, len, "%s%s", handle->dbpath, "sync/");
|
||||
|
||||
if(stat(syncpath, &buf) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database dir '%s' does not exist, creating it\n",
|
||||
syncpath);
|
||||
if(_alpm_makepath(syncpath) != 0) {
|
||||
free(syncpath);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(!S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("removing invalid file: %s\n"), syncpath);
|
||||
if(unlink(syncpath) != 0 || _alpm_makepath(syncpath) != 0) {
|
||||
free(syncpath);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return syncpath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int sync_db_validate(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int siglevel;
|
||||
const char *dbpath;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID || db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
|
||||
if(!dbpath) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno set in _alpm_db_path() */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* we can skip any validation if the database doesn't exist */
|
||||
if(_alpm_access(db->handle, NULL, dbpath, R_OK) != 0 && errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
alpm_event_database_missing_t event = {
|
||||
.type = ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
|
||||
.dbname = db->treename
|
||||
};
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_MISSING;
|
||||
EVENT(db->handle, &event);
|
||||
goto valid;
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
|
||||
|
||||
/* this takes into account the default verification level if UNKNOWN
|
||||
* was assigned to this db */
|
||||
siglevel = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
|
||||
|
||||
if(siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE) {
|
||||
int retry, ret;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
retry = 0;
|
||||
alpm_siglist_t *siglist;
|
||||
ret = _alpm_check_pgp_helper(db->handle, dbpath, NULL,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK, &siglist);
|
||||
if(ret) {
|
||||
retry = _alpm_process_siglist(db->handle, db->treename, siglist,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL, siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_MARGINAL_OK,
|
||||
siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_UNKNOWN_OK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_siglist_cleanup(siglist);
|
||||
free(siglist);
|
||||
} while(retry);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret) {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG;
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
valid:
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_update(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *dbs, int force) {
|
||||
char *syncpath;
|
||||
char *temporary_syncpath;
|
||||
const char *dbext = handle->dbext;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
int ret = -1;
|
||||
mode_t oldmask;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *payloads = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_event_t event;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(dbs != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
syncpath = get_sync_dir(handle);
|
||||
ASSERT(syncpath != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
temporary_syncpath = _alpm_temporary_download_dir_setup(syncpath, handle->sandboxuser);
|
||||
ASSERT(temporary_syncpath != NULL, FREE(syncpath); return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* make sure we have a sane umask */
|
||||
oldmask = umask(0022);
|
||||
|
||||
/* attempt to grab a lock */
|
||||
if(_alpm_handle_lock(handle)) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
|
||||
int dbforce = force;
|
||||
struct dload_payload *payload = NULL;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
int siglevel;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(db != handle->db_local, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, cleanup));
|
||||
ASSERT(db->servers != NULL, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE, cleanup));
|
||||
|
||||
/* force update of invalid databases to fix potential mismatched database/signature */
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
|
||||
dbforce = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
siglevel = alpm_db_get_siglevel(db);
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(payload, 1, sizeof(*payload), GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
|
||||
payload->servers = db->servers;
|
||||
/* print server + filename into a buffer */
|
||||
len = strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 1;
|
||||
MALLOC(payload->filepath, len,
|
||||
FREE(payload); GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
|
||||
snprintf(payload->filepath, len, "%s%s", db->treename, dbext);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(payload->remote_name, payload->filepath,
|
||||
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(payload); FREE(payload);
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup));
|
||||
payload->destfile_name = _alpm_get_fullpath(temporary_syncpath, payload->remote_name, "");
|
||||
payload->tempfile_name = _alpm_get_fullpath(temporary_syncpath, payload->remote_name, ".part");
|
||||
if(!payload->destfile_name || !payload->tempfile_name) {
|
||||
_alpm_dload_payload_reset(payload);
|
||||
FREE(payload);
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
payload->handle = handle;
|
||||
payload->force = dbforce;
|
||||
payload->unlink_on_fail = 1;
|
||||
payload->download_signature = (siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE);
|
||||
payload->signature_optional = (siglevel & ALPM_SIG_DATABASE_OPTIONAL);
|
||||
/* set hard upper limit of 128 MiB */
|
||||
payload->max_size = 128 * 1024 * 1024;
|
||||
payloads = alpm_list_add(payloads, payload);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(payloads == NULL) {
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_START;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
ret = _alpm_download(handle, payloads, syncpath, temporary_syncpath);
|
||||
if(ret < 0) {
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_FAILED;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_DONE;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &event);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SYNC)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Cache needs to be rebuilt */
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
|
||||
/* clear all status flags regarding validity/existence */
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_EXISTS;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_MISSING;
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the download failed skip validation to preserve the download error */
|
||||
if(sync_db_validate(db) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to validate db: %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename);
|
||||
/* pm_errno should be set */
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
_alpm_handle_unlock(handle);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret == -1) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno was set by the download code */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "failed to sync dbs: %s\n",
|
||||
alpm_strerror(handle->pm_errno));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(payloads) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(payloads, (alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_dload_payload_reset);
|
||||
FREELIST(payloads);
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(temporary_syncpath);
|
||||
FREE(syncpath);
|
||||
umask(oldmask);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Forward decl so I don't reorganize the whole file right now */
|
||||
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t **likely_pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
static int _sync_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pkg->validation) {
|
||||
return pkg->validation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->md5sum) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(pkg->sha256sum) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(pkg->base64_sig) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!pkg->validation) {
|
||||
pkg->validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return pkg->validation;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Package sync operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
|
||||
* because we want to reuse the majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and
|
||||
* add only a few operations of our own on top.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static const struct pkg_operations *get_sync_pkg_ops(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static struct pkg_operations sync_pkg_ops;
|
||||
static int sync_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
|
||||
if(!sync_pkg_ops_initialized) {
|
||||
sync_pkg_ops = default_pkg_ops;
|
||||
sync_pkg_ops.get_validation = _sync_get_validation;
|
||||
sync_pkg_ops_initialized = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return &sync_pkg_ops;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_pkg_t *load_pkg_for_entry(alpm_db_t *db, const char *entryname,
|
||||
const char **entry_filename, alpm_pkg_t *likely_pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *pkgname = NULL, *pkgver = NULL;
|
||||
unsigned long pkgname_hash;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* get package and db file names */
|
||||
if(entry_filename) {
|
||||
char *fname = strrchr(entryname, '/');
|
||||
if(fname) {
|
||||
*entry_filename = fname + 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
*entry_filename = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(_alpm_splitname(entryname, &pkgname, &pkgver, &pkgname_hash) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("invalid name for database entry '%s'\n"), entryname);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(likely_pkg && pkgname_hash == likely_pkg->name_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(likely_pkg->name, pkgname) == 0) {
|
||||
pkg = likely_pkg;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
pkg = _alpm_pkghash_find(db->pkgcache, pkgname);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
pkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
|
||||
if(pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pkg->name = pkgname;
|
||||
pkg->version = pkgver;
|
||||
pkg->name_hash = pkgname_hash;
|
||||
|
||||
pkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
|
||||
pkg->origin_data.db = db;
|
||||
pkg->ops = get_sync_pkg_ops();
|
||||
pkg->handle = db->handle;
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_check_meta(pkg) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* add to the collection */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "adding '%s' to package cache for db '%s'\n",
|
||||
pkg->name, db->treename);
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkghash_add(&db->pkgcache, pkg) == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
free(pkgname);
|
||||
free(pkgver);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function doesn't work as well as one might think, as size of database
|
||||
* entries varies considerably. Adding signatures nearly doubles the size of a
|
||||
* single entry. These current values are heavily influenced by Arch Linux;
|
||||
* databases with a single signature per package. */
|
||||
static size_t estimate_package_count(struct stat *st, struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int per_package;
|
||||
|
||||
switch(_alpm_archive_filter_code(archive)) {
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_NONE:
|
||||
per_package = 3015;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_GZIP:
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_COMPRESS:
|
||||
per_package = 464;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_BZIP2:
|
||||
per_package = 394;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_LZMA:
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_XZ:
|
||||
per_package = 400;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#ifdef ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU
|
||||
case ARCHIVE_COMPRESSION_UU:
|
||||
per_package = 3015 * 4 / 3;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
default:
|
||||
/* assume it is at least somewhat compressed */
|
||||
per_package = 500;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (size_t)((st->st_size / per_package) + 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int sync_db_populate(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *dbpath;
|
||||
size_t est_count, count;
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
int archive_ret;
|
||||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
struct archive *archive;
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_INVALID) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_MISSING) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
dbpath = _alpm_db_path(db);
|
||||
if(!dbpath) {
|
||||
/* pm_errno set in _alpm_db_path() */
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fd = _alpm_open_archive(db->handle, dbpath, &buf,
|
||||
&archive, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN);
|
||||
if(fd < 0) {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
est_count = estimate_package_count(&buf, archive);
|
||||
|
||||
/* currently only .files dbs contain file lists - make flexible when required*/
|
||||
if(strcmp(db->handle->dbext, ".files") == 0) {
|
||||
/* files databases are about four times larger on average */
|
||||
est_count /= 4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_create(est_count);
|
||||
if(db->pkgcache == NULL) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((archive_ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
mode_t mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
|
||||
if(!S_ISDIR(mode)) {
|
||||
/* we have desc or depends - parse it */
|
||||
if(sync_db_read(db, archive, entry, &pkg) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("could not parse package description file '%s' from db '%s'\n"),
|
||||
archive_entry_pathname(entry), db->treename);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* the db file was successfully read, but contained errors */
|
||||
if(ret == -1) {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_VALID;
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_INVALID;
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* reading the db file failed */
|
||||
if(archive_ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not read db '%s' (%s)\n"),
|
||||
db->treename, archive_error_string(archive));
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
count = alpm_list_count(db->pkgcache->list);
|
||||
if(count > 0) {
|
||||
db->pkgcache->list = alpm_list_msort(db->pkgcache->list,
|
||||
count, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"added %zu packages to package cache for db '%s'\n",
|
||||
count, db->treename);
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
if(fd >= 0) {
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function validates %FILENAME%. filename must be between 3 and
|
||||
* PATH_MAX characters and cannot be contain a path */
|
||||
static int _alpm_validate_filename(alpm_db_t *db, const char *pkgname,
|
||||
const char *filename)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t len = strlen(filename);
|
||||
|
||||
if(filename[0] == '.') {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
|
||||
"of package %s is illegal\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
} else if(memchr(filename, '/', len) != NULL) {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
|
||||
"of package %s is illegal\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
} else if(len > PATH_MAX) {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: filename "
|
||||
"of package %s is too long\n"), db->treename, pkgname);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define READ_NEXT() do { \
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
|
||||
line = buf.line; \
|
||||
_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define READ_AND_STORE(f) do { \
|
||||
READ_NEXT(); \
|
||||
STRDUP(f, line, goto error); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define READ_AND_STORE_ALL(f) do { \
|
||||
char *linedup; \
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) break; \
|
||||
STRDUP(linedup, buf.line, goto error); \
|
||||
f = alpm_list_add(f, linedup); \
|
||||
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
|
||||
|
||||
#define READ_AND_SPLITDEP(f) do { \
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) goto error; \
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) break; \
|
||||
f = alpm_list_add(f, alpm_dep_from_string(line)); \
|
||||
} while(1) /* note the while(1) and not (0) */
|
||||
|
||||
static int sync_db_read(alpm_db_t *db, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
struct archive_entry *entry, alpm_pkg_t **likely_pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *entryname, *filename;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
struct archive_read_buffer buf = {0};
|
||||
|
||||
entryname = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
|
||||
if(entryname == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"invalid archive entry provided to _alpm_sync_db_read, skipping\n");
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_FUNCTION, "loading package data from archive entry %s\n",
|
||||
entryname);
|
||||
|
||||
/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
|
||||
buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
|
||||
|
||||
pkg = load_pkg_for_entry(db, entryname, &filename, *likely_pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"entry %s could not be loaded into %s sync database\n",
|
||||
entryname, db->treename);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(filename == NULL) {
|
||||
/* A file exists outside of a subdirectory. This isn't a read error, so return
|
||||
* success and try to continue on. */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("unknown database file: %s\n"),
|
||||
entryname);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(filename, "desc") == 0 || strcmp(filename, "depends") == 0
|
||||
|| strcmp(filename, "files") == 0) {
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
char *line = buf.line;
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) {
|
||||
/* length of stripped line was zero */
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(line, "%NAME%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_NEXT();
|
||||
if(strcmp(line, pkg->name) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: name "
|
||||
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, pkg->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%VERSION%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_NEXT();
|
||||
if(strcmp(line, pkg->version) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("%s database is inconsistent: version "
|
||||
"mismatch on package %s\n"), db->treename, pkg->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILENAME%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->filename);
|
||||
if(_alpm_validate_filename(db, pkg->name, pkg->filename) < 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BASE%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->base);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DESC%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->desc);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%GROUPS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->groups);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%URL%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->url);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%LICENSE%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(pkg->licenses);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ARCH%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->arch);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%BUILDDATE%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_NEXT();
|
||||
pkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(line);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PACKAGER%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->packager);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CSIZE%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_NEXT();
|
||||
pkg->size = _alpm_strtoofft(line);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%ISIZE%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_NEXT();
|
||||
pkg->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(line);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%MD5SUM%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->md5sum);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%SHA256SUM%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->sha256sum);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PGPSIG%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE(pkg->base64_sig);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%REPLACES%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->replaces);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->depends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%OPTDEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->optdepends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%MAKEDEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->makedepends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CHECKDEPENDS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->checkdepends);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%CONFLICTS%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->conflicts);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%PROVIDES%") == 0) {
|
||||
READ_AND_SPLITDEP(pkg->provides);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%FILES%") == 0) {
|
||||
/* TODO: this could lazy load if there is future demand */
|
||||
size_t files_count = 0, files_size = 0;
|
||||
alpm_file_t *files = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
while(1) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_archive_fgets(archive, &buf) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
line = buf.line;
|
||||
if(_alpm_strip_newline(line, buf.real_line_size) == 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&files, &files_size,
|
||||
(files_count ? (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t) : 8 * sizeof(alpm_file_t)))) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRDUP(files[files_count].name, line, goto error);
|
||||
files_count++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
|
||||
if(files_count > 0) {
|
||||
REALLOC(files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * files_count, (void)0);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
FREE(files);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pkg->files.count = files_count;
|
||||
pkg->files.files = files;
|
||||
_alpm_filelist_sort(&pkg->files);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(line, "%DATA%") == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *lines = NULL;
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
|
||||
for(i = lines; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd = _alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(i->data);
|
||||
if(pd == NULL || !alpm_list_append(&pkg->xdata, pd)) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_xdata_free(pd);
|
||||
FREELIST(lines);
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREELIST(lines);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("%s: unknown key '%s' in sync database\n"), pkg->name, line);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lines = NULL;
|
||||
READ_AND_STORE_ALL(lines);
|
||||
FREELIST(lines);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
|
||||
goto error;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*likely_pkg = pkg;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* unknown database file */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "unknown database file: %s\n", filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "error parsing database file: %s\n", filename);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct db_operations sync_db_ops = {
|
||||
.validate = sync_db_validate,
|
||||
.populate = sync_db_populate,
|
||||
.unregister = _alpm_db_unregister,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
|
||||
int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "registering sync database '%s'\n", treename);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
db = _alpm_db_new(treename, 0);
|
||||
if(db == NULL) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_CREATE, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->ops = &sync_db_ops;
|
||||
db->handle = handle;
|
||||
db->siglevel = level;
|
||||
|
||||
sync_db_validate(db);
|
||||
|
||||
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_add(handle->dbs_sync, db);
|
||||
return db;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,686 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* conflict.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <dirent.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "conflict.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
#include "filelist.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Creates a new conflict.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static alpm_conflict_t *conflict_new(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2,
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *reason)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *conflict;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(conflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg1, &conflict->package1) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg2, &conflict->package2) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
conflict->reason = reason;
|
||||
|
||||
return conflict;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_conflict_free(alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(conflict->package1);
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(conflict->package2);
|
||||
|
||||
FREE(conflict);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Creates a copy of a conflict.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *newconflict;
|
||||
CALLOC(newconflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_conflict_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(conflict->package1, &newconflict->package1) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
ASSERT(_alpm_pkg_dup(conflict->package2, &newconflict->package2) == 0, goto error);
|
||||
newconflict->reason = conflict->reason;
|
||||
|
||||
return newconflict;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_conflict_free(newconflict);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Searches for a conflict in a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param needle conflict to search for
|
||||
* @param haystack list of conflicts to search
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if needle is in haystack, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int conflict_isin(alpm_conflict_t *needle, alpm_list_t *haystack)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
for(i = haystack; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *conflict = i->data;
|
||||
if(needle->package1->name_hash == conflict->package1->name_hash
|
||||
&& needle->package2->name_hash == conflict->package2->name_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(needle->package1->name, conflict->package1->name) == 0
|
||||
&& strcmp(needle->package2->name, conflict->package2->name) == 0) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adds the pkg1/pkg2 conflict to the baddeps list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param baddeps list to add conflict to
|
||||
* @param pkg1 first package
|
||||
* @param pkg2 package causing conflict
|
||||
* @param reason reason for this conflict
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int add_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **baddeps,
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2, alpm_depend_t *reason)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *conflict = conflict_new(pkg1, pkg2, reason);
|
||||
if(!conflict) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!conflict_isin(conflict, *baddeps)) {
|
||||
char *conflict_str = alpm_dep_compute_string(reason);
|
||||
*baddeps = alpm_list_add(*baddeps, conflict);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "package %s conflicts with %s (by %s)\n",
|
||||
pkg1->name, pkg2->name, conflict_str);
|
||||
free(conflict_str);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_conflict_free(conflict);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Check if packages from list1 conflict with packages from list2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @details This looks at the conflicts fields of all packages from list1, and
|
||||
* sees if they match packages from list2. If a conflict (pkg1, pkg2) is found,
|
||||
* it is added to the baddeps list in this order if order >= 0, or reverse
|
||||
* order (pkg2,pkg1) otherwise.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param list1 first list of packages
|
||||
* @param list2 second list of packages
|
||||
* @param baddeps list to store conflicts
|
||||
* @param order if >= 0 the conflict order is preserved, if < 0 it's reversed
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void check_conflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *list1, alpm_list_t *list2,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **baddeps, int order)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!baddeps) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = list1; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1 = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *j;
|
||||
|
||||
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_conflicts(pkg1); j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *conflict = j->data;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *k;
|
||||
|
||||
for(k = list2; k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg2 = k->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg1->name_hash == pkg2->name_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(pkg1->name, pkg2->name) == 0) {
|
||||
/* skip the package we're currently processing */
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg2, conflict)) {
|
||||
if(order >= 0) {
|
||||
add_conflict(handle, baddeps, pkg1, pkg2, conflict);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
add_conflict(handle, baddeps, pkg2, pkg1, conflict);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Check for inter-conflicts in a list of packages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param packages list of packages to check
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return list of conflicts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "check targets vs targets\n");
|
||||
check_conflict(handle, packages, packages, &baddeps, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
return baddeps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns a list of conflicts between a db and a list of packages.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *dblist = alpm_list_diff(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db),
|
||||
packages, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* two checks to be done here for conflicts */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "check targets vs db\n");
|
||||
check_conflict(db->handle, packages, dblist, &baddeps, 1);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "check db vs targets\n");
|
||||
check_conflict(db->handle, dblist, packages, &baddeps, -1);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free(dblist);
|
||||
return baddeps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *pkglist)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return _alpm_innerconflicts(handle, pkglist);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Creates and adds a file conflict to a conflict list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param conflicts the list of conflicts to append to
|
||||
* @param filestr the conflicting file path
|
||||
* @param pkg1 package that wishes to install the file
|
||||
* @param pkg2 package that currently owns the file, or NULL if unowned
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the updated conflict list
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *add_fileconflict(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *conflicts, const char *filestr,
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict;
|
||||
CALLOC(conflict, 1, sizeof(alpm_fileconflict_t), goto error);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->target, pkg1->name, goto error);
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->file, filestr, goto error);
|
||||
if(!pkg2) {
|
||||
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, "", goto error);
|
||||
} else if(pkg2->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB) {
|
||||
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_FILESYSTEM;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, pkg2->name, goto error);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
conflict->type = ALPM_FILECONFLICT_TARGET;
|
||||
STRDUP(conflict->ctarget, pkg2->name, goto error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
conflicts = alpm_list_add(conflicts, conflict);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "found file conflict %s, packages %s and %s\n",
|
||||
filestr, pkg1->name, pkg2 ? pkg2->name : "(filesystem)");
|
||||
|
||||
return conflicts;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_fileconflict_free(conflict);
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, conflicts);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_fileconflict_free(alpm_fileconflict_t *conflict)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(conflict != NULL, return);
|
||||
FREE(conflict->ctarget);
|
||||
FREE(conflict->file);
|
||||
FREE(conflict->target);
|
||||
FREE(conflict);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Recursively checks if a set of packages own all subdirectories and
|
||||
* files in a directory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param dirpath path of the directory to check
|
||||
* @param pkgs packages being checked against
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 1 if a package owns all subdirectories and files, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int dir_belongsto_pkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *dirpath,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *pkgs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX], full_path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
DIR *dir;
|
||||
struct dirent *ent = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(full_path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, dirpath);
|
||||
dir = opendir(full_path);
|
||||
if(dir == NULL) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((ent = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
|
||||
const char *name = ent->d_name;
|
||||
int owned = 0, is_dir = 0;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
struct stat sbuf;
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(name, "..") == 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(full_path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s%s", handle->root, dirpath, name);
|
||||
|
||||
if(lstat(full_path, &sbuf) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "could not stat %s\n", full_path);
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
is_dir = S_ISDIR(sbuf.st_mode);
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s%s", dirpath, name, is_dir ? "/" : "");
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = pkgs; i && !owned; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
|
||||
owned = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(owned && is_dir) {
|
||||
owned = dir_belongsto_pkgs(handle, path, pkgs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!owned) {
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"unowned file %s found in directory\n", path);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
closedir(dir);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *alpm_db_find_file_owners(alpm_db_t* db, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *owners = NULL;
|
||||
for(i = alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
|
||||
owners = alpm_list_add(owners, i->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return owners;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_find_file_owner(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
for(i = alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(i->data), path)) {
|
||||
return i->data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_can_overwrite_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path, const char *rootedpath)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->overwrite_files, path) == 0
|
||||
|| _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->overwrite_files, rootedpath) == 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Find file conflicts that may occur during the transaction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @details Performs two checks:
|
||||
* 1. check every target against every target
|
||||
* 2. check every target against the filesystem
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param upgrade list of packages being installed
|
||||
* @param rem list of packages being removed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return list of file conflicts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *rem)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *conflicts = NULL;
|
||||
size_t numtargs = alpm_list_count(upgrade);
|
||||
size_t current;
|
||||
size_t rootlen;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!upgrade) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
rootlen = strlen(handle->root);
|
||||
|
||||
/* TODO this whole function needs a huge change, which hopefully will
|
||||
* be possible with real transactions. Right now we only do half as much
|
||||
* here as we do when we actually extract files in add.c with our 12
|
||||
* different cases. */
|
||||
for(current = 0, i = upgrade; i; i = i->next, current++) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *p1 = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *j;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newfiles = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *dbpkg;
|
||||
|
||||
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", percent,
|
||||
numtargs, current);
|
||||
|
||||
/* CHECK 1: check every target against every target */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for file conflicts: %s\n",
|
||||
p1->name);
|
||||
for(j = i->next; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *common_files;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *p2 = j->data;
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *p1_files = alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *p2_files = alpm_pkg_get_files(p2);
|
||||
|
||||
common_files = _alpm_filelist_intersection(p1_files, p2_files);
|
||||
|
||||
if(common_files) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *k;
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
for(k = common_files; k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
char *filename = k->data;
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* can skip file-file conflicts when forced *
|
||||
* checking presence in p2_files detects dir-file or file-dir
|
||||
* conflicts as the path from p1 is returned */
|
||||
if(_alpm_can_overwrite_file(handle, filename, path)
|
||||
&& alpm_filelist_contains(p2_files, filename)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"%s exists in both '%s' and '%s'\n", filename,
|
||||
p1->name, p2->name);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"file-file conflict being forced\n");
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1, p2);
|
||||
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(conflicts,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_free) alpm_conflict_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(conflicts);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(common_files);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(common_files);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* CHECK 2: check every target against the filesystem */
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for filesystem conflicts: %s\n",
|
||||
p1->name);
|
||||
dbpkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p1->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Do two different checks here. If the package is currently installed,
|
||||
* then only check files that are new in the new package. If the package
|
||||
* is not currently installed, then simply stat the whole filelist. Note
|
||||
* that the former list needs to be freed while the latter list should NOT
|
||||
* be freed. */
|
||||
if(dbpkg) {
|
||||
/* older ver of package currently installed */
|
||||
newfiles = _alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_pkg_get_files(p1),
|
||||
alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* no version of package currently installed */
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *fl = alpm_pkg_get_files(p1);
|
||||
size_t filenum;
|
||||
for(filenum = 0; filenum < fl->count; filenum++) {
|
||||
newfiles = alpm_list_add(newfiles, fl->files[filenum].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(j = newfiles; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr = j->data;
|
||||
const char *relative_path;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *k;
|
||||
/* have we acted on this conflict? */
|
||||
int resolved_conflict = 0;
|
||||
struct stat lsbuf;
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
size_t pathlen;
|
||||
int pfile_isdir;
|
||||
|
||||
pathlen = snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filestr);
|
||||
relative_path = path + rootlen;
|
||||
|
||||
/* stat the file - if it exists, do some checks */
|
||||
if(llstat(path, &lsbuf) != 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking possible conflict: %s\n", path);
|
||||
|
||||
pfile_isdir = path[pathlen - 1] == '/';
|
||||
if(pfile_isdir) {
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "file is a directory, not a conflict\n");
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* if we made it to here, we want all subsequent path comparisons to
|
||||
* not include the trailing slash. This allows things like file ->
|
||||
* directory replacements. */
|
||||
path[pathlen - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the directory was a file in dbpkg */
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(dbpkg), relative_path)) {
|
||||
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"replacing package file with a directory, not a conflict\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
|
||||
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
|
||||
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
|
||||
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
|
||||
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check remove list (will we remove the conflicting local file?) */
|
||||
for(k = rem; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *rempkg = k->data;
|
||||
if(rempkg && alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(rempkg),
|
||||
relative_path)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"local file will be removed, not a conflict\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
if(pfile_isdir) {
|
||||
/* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
|
||||
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
|
||||
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
|
||||
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
|
||||
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
|
||||
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Look at all the targets to see if file has changed hands */
|
||||
for(k = upgrade; k && !resolved_conflict; k = k->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *localp2, *p2 = k->data;
|
||||
if(!p2 || p1 == p2) {
|
||||
/* skip p1; both p1 and p2 come directly from the upgrade list
|
||||
* so they can be compared directly */
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
localp2 = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, p2->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* localp2->files will be removed (target conflicts are handled by CHECK 1) */
|
||||
if(localp2 && alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(localp2), relative_path)) {
|
||||
size_t fslen = strlen(filestr);
|
||||
|
||||
/* skip removal of file, but not add. this will prevent a second
|
||||
* package from removing the file when it was already installed
|
||||
* by its new owner (whether the file is in backup array or not */
|
||||
handle->trans->skip_remove =
|
||||
alpm_list_add(handle->trans->skip_remove, strdup(relative_path));
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"file changed packages, adding to remove skiplist\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if(filestr[fslen - 1] == '/') {
|
||||
/* replacing a file with a directory:
|
||||
* go ahead and skip any files inside filestr as they will
|
||||
* necessarily be resolved by replacing the file with a dir
|
||||
* NOTE: afterward, j will point to the last file inside filestr */
|
||||
for( ; j->next; j = j->next) {
|
||||
const char *filestr2 = j->next->data;
|
||||
if(strncmp(filestr, filestr2, fslen) != 0) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if all files of the dir belong to the installed pkg */
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict && S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *owners;
|
||||
size_t dir_len = strlen(relative_path) + 2;
|
||||
char *dir = malloc(dir_len);
|
||||
snprintf(dir, dir_len, "%s/", relative_path);
|
||||
|
||||
owners = alpm_db_find_file_owners(handle->db_local, dir);
|
||||
if(owners) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *pkgs = NULL, *diff;
|
||||
|
||||
if(dbpkg) {
|
||||
pkgs = alpm_list_add(pkgs, dbpkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
pkgs = alpm_list_join(pkgs, alpm_list_copy(rem));
|
||||
if((diff = alpm_list_diff(owners, pkgs, _alpm_pkg_cmp))) {
|
||||
/* dir is owned by files we aren't removing */
|
||||
/* TODO: with better commit ordering, we may be able to check
|
||||
* against upgrades as well */
|
||||
alpm_list_free(diff);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"checking if all files in %s belong to removed packages\n",
|
||||
dir);
|
||||
resolved_conflict = dir_belongsto_pkgs(handle, dir, owners);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(pkgs);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(owners);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* is the file unowned and in the backup list of the new package? */
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict && _alpm_needbackup(relative_path, p1)) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *local_pkgs = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local);
|
||||
int found = 0;
|
||||
for(k = local_pkgs; k && !found; k = k->next) {
|
||||
if(alpm_filelist_contains(alpm_pkg_get_files(k->data), relative_path)) {
|
||||
found = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!found) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"file was unowned but in new backup list\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* skip file-file conflicts when being forced */
|
||||
if(!S_ISDIR(lsbuf.st_mode)
|
||||
&& _alpm_can_overwrite_file(handle, filestr, path)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"conflict with file on filesystem being forced\n");
|
||||
resolved_conflict = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!resolved_conflict) {
|
||||
conflicts = add_fileconflict(handle, conflicts, path, p1,
|
||||
_alpm_find_file_owner(handle, relative_path));
|
||||
if(handle->pm_errno == ALPM_ERR_MEMORY) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(conflicts,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_free) alpm_conflict_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(conflicts);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newfiles);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newfiles);
|
||||
}
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_CONFLICTS_START, "", 100,
|
||||
numtargs, current);
|
||||
|
||||
return conflicts;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* conflict.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_CONFLICT_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_CONFLICT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_CONFLICT_H */
|
||||
773
lib/libalpm/db.c
773
lib/libalpm/db.c
|
|
@ -1,773 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* db.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by David Kimpe <dnaku@frugalware.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <regex.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "group.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_register_syncdb(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const char *treename, int siglevel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
ASSERT(treename != NULL && strlen(treename) != 0,
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
ASSERT(!strchr(treename, '/'), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
/* Do not register a database if a transaction is on-going */
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ensure database name is unique */
|
||||
if(strcmp(treename, "local") == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_db_t *d = i->data;
|
||||
if(strcmp(treename, d->treename) == 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_db_register_sync(handle, treename, siglevel);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Helper function for alpm_db_unregister{_all} */
|
||||
void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(db == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "unregistering database '%s'\n", db->treename);
|
||||
_alpm_db_free(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
/* Do not unregister a database if a transaction is on-going */
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
/* unregister all sync dbs */
|
||||
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
db = i->data;
|
||||
db->ops->unregister(db);
|
||||
i->data = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->dbs_sync);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int found = 0;
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
/* Do not unregister a database if a transaction is on-going */
|
||||
handle = db->handle;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->trans == NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == handle->db_local) {
|
||||
handle->db_local = NULL;
|
||||
found = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* Warning : this function shouldn't be used to unregister all sync
|
||||
* databases by walking through the list returned by
|
||||
* alpm_get_syncdbs, because the db is removed from that list here.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *data;
|
||||
handle->dbs_sync = alpm_list_remove(handle->dbs_sync,
|
||||
db, _alpm_db_cmp, &data);
|
||||
if(data) {
|
||||
found = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!found) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
db->ops->unregister(db);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_cache_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->cache_servers;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_cache_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *cache_servers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
FREELIST(db->cache_servers);
|
||||
for(i = cache_servers; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
char *url = i->data;
|
||||
if(alpm_db_add_cache_server(db, url) != 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_servers(const alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->servers;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_servers(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *servers)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
FREELIST(db->servers);
|
||||
for(i = servers; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
char *url = i->data;
|
||||
if(alpm_db_add_server(db, url) != 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static char *sanitize_url(const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl;
|
||||
size_t len = strlen(url);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(newurl, url, return NULL);
|
||||
/* strip the trailing slash if one exists */
|
||||
if(newurl[len - 1] == '/') {
|
||||
newurl[len - 1] = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
return newurl;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_cache_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
db->cache_servers = alpm_list_add(db->cache_servers, newurl);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new cache server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_add_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
db->servers = alpm_list_add(db->servers, newurl);
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding new server URL to database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_cache_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
int ret = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
db->cache_servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->cache_servers, newurl, &vdata);
|
||||
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removed cache server URL from database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
free(vdata);
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(newurl);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
int ret = 1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(url != NULL && strlen(url) != 0, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newurl = sanitize_url(url);
|
||||
ASSERT(newurl != NULL, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
db->servers = alpm_list_remove_str(db->servers, newurl, &vdata);
|
||||
|
||||
if(vdata) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removed server URL from database '%s': %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, newurl);
|
||||
free(vdata);
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free(newurl);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_handle(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->handle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_name(const alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return db->treename;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_siglevel(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
if(db->siglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
return db->handle->siglevel;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return db->siglevel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_valid(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return db->ops->validate(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkg(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0,
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, name);
|
||||
if(!pkg) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_group_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_group(alpm_db_t *db, const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = 0;
|
||||
ASSERT(name != NULL && strlen(name) != 0,
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(db, name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_db_get_groupcache(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **ret)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL && ret != NULL && *ret == NULL,
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_db_search(db, needles, ret);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_set_usage(alpm_db_t *db, int usage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
db->usage = usage;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_get_usage(alpm_db_t *db, int *usage)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(usage != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
*usage = db->usage;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(db, 1, sizeof(alpm_db_t), return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(db->treename, treename, FREE(db); return NULL);
|
||||
if(is_local) {
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_LOCAL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
db->usage = ALPM_DB_USAGE_ALL;
|
||||
|
||||
return db;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(db != NULL, return);
|
||||
/* cleanup pkgcache */
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
/* cleanup server list */
|
||||
FREELIST(db->cache_servers);
|
||||
FREELIST(db->servers);
|
||||
FREE(db->_path);
|
||||
FREE(db->treename);
|
||||
FREE(db);
|
||||
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!db) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!db->_path) {
|
||||
const char *dbpath;
|
||||
size_t pathsize;
|
||||
|
||||
dbpath = db->handle->dbpath;
|
||||
if(!dbpath) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("database path is undefined\n"));
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL) {
|
||||
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + strlen(db->treename) + 2;
|
||||
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
snprintf(db->_path, pathsize, "%s%s/", dbpath, db->treename);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
const char *dbext = db->handle->dbext;
|
||||
|
||||
pathsize = strlen(dbpath) + 5 + strlen(db->treename) + strlen(dbext) + 1;
|
||||
CALLOC(db->_path, 1, pathsize, RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
/* all sync DBs now reside in the sync/ subdir of the dbpath */
|
||||
snprintf(db->_path, pathsize, "%ssync/%s%s", dbpath, db->treename, dbext);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "database path for tree %s set to %s\n",
|
||||
db->treename, db->_path);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return db->_path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_db_t *db1 = d1;
|
||||
const alpm_db_t *db2 = d2;
|
||||
return strcmp(db1->treename, db2->treename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **ret)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *i, *j, *k;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & ALPM_DB_USAGE_SEARCH)) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy the pkgcache- we will free the list var after each needle */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *list = alpm_list_copy(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = needles; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
char *targ;
|
||||
regex_t reg;
|
||||
|
||||
if(i->data == NULL) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*ret = NULL;
|
||||
targ = i->data;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "searching for target '%s'\n", targ);
|
||||
|
||||
if(regcomp(®, targ, REG_EXTENDED | REG_NOSUB | REG_ICASE | REG_NEWLINE) != 0) {
|
||||
db->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX;
|
||||
alpm_list_free(list);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(*ret);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(j = list; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = j->data;
|
||||
const char *matched = NULL;
|
||||
const char *name = pkg->name;
|
||||
const char *desc = alpm_pkg_get_desc(pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* check name as regex AND as plain text */
|
||||
if(name && (regexec(®, name, 0, 0, 0) == 0 || strstr(name, targ))) {
|
||||
matched = name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* check desc */
|
||||
else if(desc && regexec(®, desc, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
|
||||
matched = desc;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* TODO: should we be doing this, and should we print something
|
||||
* differently when we do match it since it isn't currently printed? */
|
||||
if(!matched) {
|
||||
/* check provides */
|
||||
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *provide = k->data;
|
||||
if(regexec(®, provide->name, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
|
||||
matched = provide->name;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!matched) {
|
||||
/* check groups */
|
||||
for(k = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); k; k = k->next) {
|
||||
if(regexec(®, k->data, 0, 0, 0) == 0) {
|
||||
matched = k->data;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(matched != NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"search target '%s' matched '%s' on package '%s'\n",
|
||||
targ, matched, name);
|
||||
*ret = alpm_list_add(*ret, pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Free the existing search list, and use the returned list for the
|
||||
* next needle. This allows for AND-based package searching. */
|
||||
alpm_list_free(list);
|
||||
list = *ret;
|
||||
regfree(®);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns a new package cache from db.
|
||||
* It frees the cache if it already exists.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int load_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
_alpm_db_free_pkgcache(db);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading package cache for repository '%s'\n",
|
||||
db->treename);
|
||||
if(db->ops->populate(db) == -1) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"failed to load package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void free_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lg;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"freeing group cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
|
||||
|
||||
for(lg = db->grpcache; lg; lg = lg->next) {
|
||||
_alpm_group_free(lg->data);
|
||||
lg->data = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREELIST(db->grpcache);
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(db == NULL || db->pkgcache == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"freeing package cache for repository '%s'\n", db->treename);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(db->pkgcache->list,
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_free);
|
||||
_alpm_pkghash_free(db->pkgcache);
|
||||
db->pkgcache = NULL;
|
||||
db->status &= ~DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE;
|
||||
|
||||
free_groupcache(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(db == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID)) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
|
||||
if(load_pkgcache(db)) {
|
||||
/* handle->error set in local/sync-db-populate */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return db->pkgcache;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkghash_t *hash = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(db);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hash == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return hash->list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* "duplicate" pkg then add it to pkgcache */
|
||||
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg, &newpkg)) {
|
||||
/* we return memory on "non-fatal" error in _alpm_pkg_dup */
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "adding entry '%s' in '%s' cache\n",
|
||||
newpkg->name, db->treename);
|
||||
if(newpkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
|
||||
free(newpkg->origin_data.file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpkg->origin = (db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL)
|
||||
? ALPM_PKG_FROM_LOCALDB
|
||||
: ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB;
|
||||
newpkg->origin_data.db = db;
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkghash_add_sorted(&db->pkgcache, newpkg) == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
free_groupcache(db);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *data = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL || pkg == NULL || !(db->status & DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE)) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "removing entry '%s' from '%s' cache\n",
|
||||
pkg->name, db->treename);
|
||||
|
||||
db->pkgcache = _alpm_pkghash_remove(db->pkgcache, pkg, &data);
|
||||
if(data == NULL) {
|
||||
/* package not found */
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "cannot remove entry '%s' from '%s' cache: not found\n",
|
||||
pkg->name, db->treename);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(data);
|
||||
|
||||
free_groupcache(db);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(db == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkghash_t *pkgcache = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(db);
|
||||
if(!pkgcache) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return _alpm_pkghash_find(pkgcache, target);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns a new group cache from db.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int load_grpcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lp;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading group cache for repository '%s'\n",
|
||||
db->treename);
|
||||
|
||||
for(lp = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); lp; lp = lp->next) {
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = lp->data;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
const char *grpname = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *j;
|
||||
alpm_group_t *grp = NULL;
|
||||
int found = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* first look through the group cache for a group with this name */
|
||||
for(j = db->grpcache; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
grp = j->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(grp->name, grpname) == 0
|
||||
&& !alpm_list_find_ptr(grp->packages, pkg)) {
|
||||
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
|
||||
found = 1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(found) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* we didn't find the group, so create a new one with this name */
|
||||
grp = _alpm_group_new(grpname);
|
||||
if(!grp) {
|
||||
free_groupcache(db);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
grp->packages = alpm_list_add(grp->packages, pkg);
|
||||
db->grpcache = alpm_list_add(db->grpcache, grp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
db->status |= DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(db == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_VALID)) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(db->handle, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->status & DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE)) {
|
||||
load_grpcache(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return db->grpcache;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL || target == NULL || strlen(target) == 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = _alpm_db_get_groupcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_group_t *info = i->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(info->name, target) == 0) {
|
||||
return info;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
116
lib/libalpm/db.h
116
lib/libalpm/db.h
|
|
@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* db.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_DB_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_DB_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive */
|
||||
#include <archive.h>
|
||||
#include <archive_entry.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "pkghash.h"
|
||||
#include "signing.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Database entries */
|
||||
typedef enum _alpm_dbinfrq_t {
|
||||
INFRQ_BASE = (1 << 0),
|
||||
INFRQ_DESC = (1 << 1),
|
||||
INFRQ_FILES = (1 << 2),
|
||||
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET = (1 << 3),
|
||||
INFRQ_DSIZE = (1 << 4),
|
||||
/* ALL should be info stored in the package or database */
|
||||
INFRQ_ALL = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_FILES |
|
||||
INFRQ_SCRIPTLET | INFRQ_DSIZE,
|
||||
INFRQ_ERROR = (1 << 30)
|
||||
} alpm_dbinfrq_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Database status. Bitflags. */
|
||||
enum _alpm_dbstatus_t {
|
||||
DB_STATUS_VALID = (1 << 0),
|
||||
DB_STATUS_INVALID = (1 << 1),
|
||||
DB_STATUS_EXISTS = (1 << 2),
|
||||
DB_STATUS_MISSING = (1 << 3),
|
||||
|
||||
DB_STATUS_LOCAL = (1 << 10),
|
||||
DB_STATUS_PKGCACHE = (1 << 11),
|
||||
DB_STATUS_GRPCACHE = (1 << 12)
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct db_operations {
|
||||
int (*validate) (alpm_db_t *);
|
||||
int (*populate) (alpm_db_t *);
|
||||
void (*unregister) (alpm_db_t *);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Database */
|
||||
struct _alpm_db_t {
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle;
|
||||
char *treename;
|
||||
/* do not access directly, use _alpm_db_path(db) for lazy access */
|
||||
char *_path;
|
||||
alpm_pkghash_t *pkgcache;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *grpcache;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *cache_servers;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *servers;
|
||||
const struct db_operations *ops;
|
||||
|
||||
/* bitfields for validity, local, loaded caches, etc. */
|
||||
/* From _alpm_dbstatus_t */
|
||||
int status;
|
||||
/* alpm_siglevel_t */
|
||||
int siglevel;
|
||||
/* alpm_db_usage_t */
|
||||
int usage;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* db.c, database general calls */
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_new(const char *treename, int is_local);
|
||||
void _alpm_db_free(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
const char *_alpm_db_path(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
int _alpm_db_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2);
|
||||
int _alpm_db_search(alpm_db_t *db, const alpm_list_t *needles,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **ret);
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_local(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
alpm_db_t *_alpm_db_register_sync(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *treename,
|
||||
int level);
|
||||
void _alpm_db_unregister(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
|
||||
/* be_*.c, backend specific calls */
|
||||
int _alpm_local_db_prepare(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
|
||||
int _alpm_local_db_write(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, int inforeq);
|
||||
int _alpm_local_db_remove(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info);
|
||||
char *_alpm_local_db_pkgpath(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *info, const char *filename);
|
||||
|
||||
/* cache bullshit */
|
||||
/* packages */
|
||||
void _alpm_db_free_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
int _alpm_db_add_pkgincache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg);
|
||||
int _alpm_db_remove_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_pkg_t *pkg);
|
||||
alpm_pkghash_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache_hash(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
|
||||
/* groups */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_get_groupcache(alpm_db_t *db);
|
||||
alpm_group_t *_alpm_db_get_groupfromcache(alpm_db_t *db, const char *target);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_DB_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,926 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* deps.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "graph.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_dep_free(alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(dep != NULL, return);
|
||||
FREE(dep->name);
|
||||
FREE(dep->version);
|
||||
FREE(dep->desc);
|
||||
FREE(dep);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_depmissing_t *depmiss_new(const char *target, alpm_depend_t *dep,
|
||||
const char *causingpkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_t *miss;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(miss, 1, sizeof(alpm_depmissing_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(miss->target, target, goto error);
|
||||
miss->depend = _alpm_dep_dup(dep);
|
||||
STRDUP(miss->causingpkg, causingpkg, goto error);
|
||||
|
||||
return miss;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT alpm_depmissing_free(alpm_depmissing_t *miss)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(miss != NULL, return);
|
||||
alpm_dep_free(miss->depend);
|
||||
FREE(miss->target);
|
||||
FREE(miss->causingpkg);
|
||||
FREE(miss);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Check if pkg2 satisfies a dependency of pkg1 */
|
||||
static int _alpm_pkg_depends_on(alpm_pkg_t *pkg1, alpm_pkg_t *pkg2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
for(i = alpm_pkg_get_depends(pkg1); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg2, i->data)) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_pkg_t *find_dep_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = pkgs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
|
||||
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg, dep)) {
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Convert a list of alpm_pkg_t * to a graph structure,
|
||||
* with a edge for each dependency.
|
||||
* Returns a list of vertices (one vertex = one package)
|
||||
* (used by alpm_sortbydeps)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *dep_graph_init(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *targets, alpm_list_t *ignore)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *localpkgs = alpm_list_diff(
|
||||
alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local), targets, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ignore) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *oldlocal = localpkgs;
|
||||
localpkgs = alpm_list_diff(oldlocal, ignore, _alpm_pkg_cmp);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(oldlocal);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We create the vertices */
|
||||
for(i = targets; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *vertex = _alpm_graph_new();
|
||||
vertex->data = (void *)i->data;
|
||||
vertices = alpm_list_add(vertices, vertex);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* We compute the edges */
|
||||
for(i = vertices; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *vertex_i = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *p_i = vertex_i->data;
|
||||
/* TODO this should be somehow combined with alpm_checkdeps */
|
||||
for(j = vertices; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *vertex_j = j->data;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *p_j = vertex_j->data;
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_depends_on(p_i, p_j)) {
|
||||
vertex_i->children =
|
||||
alpm_list_add(vertex_i->children, vertex_j);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* lazily add local packages to the dep graph so they don't
|
||||
* get resolved unnecessarily */
|
||||
j = localpkgs;
|
||||
while(j) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *next = j->next;
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_depends_on(p_i, j->data)) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *vertex_j = _alpm_graph_new();
|
||||
vertex_j->data = (void *)j->data;
|
||||
vertices = alpm_list_add(vertices, vertex_j);
|
||||
vertex_i->children = alpm_list_add(vertex_i->children, vertex_j);
|
||||
localpkgs = alpm_list_remove_item(localpkgs, j);
|
||||
free(j);
|
||||
}
|
||||
j = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
vertex_i->iterator = vertex_i->children;
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(localpkgs);
|
||||
return vertices;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void _alpm_warn_dep_cycle(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *targets,
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *ancestor, alpm_graph_t *vertex, int reverse)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* vertex depends on and is required by ancestor */
|
||||
if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, vertex->data)) {
|
||||
/* child is not part of the transaction, not a problem */
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* find the nearest ancestor that's part of the transaction */
|
||||
while(ancestor) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, ancestor->data)) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ancestor = ancestor->parent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!ancestor || ancestor == vertex) {
|
||||
/* no transaction package in our ancestry or the package has
|
||||
* a circular dependency with itself, not a problem */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *ancestorpkg = ancestor->data;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *childpkg = vertex->data;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("dependency cycle detected:\n"));
|
||||
if(reverse) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
_("%s will be removed after its %s dependency\n"),
|
||||
ancestorpkg->name, childpkg->name);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
_("%s will be installed before its %s dependency\n"),
|
||||
ancestorpkg->name, childpkg->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Re-order a list of target packages with respect to their dependencies.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example (reverse == 0):
|
||||
* A depends on C
|
||||
* B depends on A
|
||||
* Target order is A,B,C,D
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Should be re-ordered to C,A,B,D
|
||||
*
|
||||
* packages listed in ignore will not be used to detect indirect dependencies
|
||||
*
|
||||
* if reverse is > 0, the dependency order will be reversed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function returns the new alpm_list_t* target list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *targets, alpm_list_t *ignore, int reverse)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *newtargs = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *vertices = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *vertex;
|
||||
|
||||
if(targets == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "started sorting dependencies\n");
|
||||
|
||||
vertices = dep_graph_init(handle, targets, ignore);
|
||||
|
||||
i = vertices;
|
||||
vertex = vertices->data;
|
||||
while(i) {
|
||||
/* mark that we touched the vertex */
|
||||
vertex->state = ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSING;
|
||||
int switched_to_child = 0;
|
||||
while(vertex->iterator && !switched_to_child) {
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *nextchild = vertex->iterator->data;
|
||||
vertex->iterator = vertex->iterator->next;
|
||||
if(nextchild->state == ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_UNPROCESSED) {
|
||||
switched_to_child = 1;
|
||||
nextchild->parent = vertex;
|
||||
vertex = nextchild;
|
||||
} else if(nextchild->state == ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSING) {
|
||||
_alpm_warn_dep_cycle(handle, targets, vertex, nextchild, reverse);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!switched_to_child) {
|
||||
if(alpm_list_find_ptr(targets, vertex->data)) {
|
||||
newtargs = alpm_list_add(newtargs, vertex->data);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* mark that we've left this vertex */
|
||||
vertex->state = ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSED;
|
||||
vertex = vertex->parent;
|
||||
if(!vertex) {
|
||||
/* top level vertex reached, move to the next unprocessed vertex */
|
||||
for(i = i->next; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
vertex = i->data;
|
||||
if(vertex->state == ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_UNPROCESSED) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting dependencies finished\n");
|
||||
|
||||
if(reverse) {
|
||||
/* reverse the order */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *tmptargs = alpm_list_reverse(newtargs);
|
||||
/* free the old one */
|
||||
alpm_list_free(newtargs);
|
||||
newtargs = tmptargs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(vertices, _alpm_graph_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(vertices);
|
||||
|
||||
return newtargs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int no_dep_version(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(!handle->trans) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (handle->trans->flags & ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_satisfier(alpm_list_t *pkgs, const char *depstring)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *dep = alpm_dep_from_string(depstring);
|
||||
if(!dep) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = find_dep_satisfier(pkgs, dep);
|
||||
alpm_dep_free(dep);
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_checkdeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *pkglist, alpm_list_t *rem, alpm_list_t *upgrade,
|
||||
int reversedeps)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *dblist = NULL, *modified = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *baddeps = NULL;
|
||||
int nodepversion;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = pkglist; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
|
||||
if(alpm_pkg_find(rem, pkg->name) || alpm_pkg_find(upgrade, pkg->name)) {
|
||||
modified = alpm_list_add(modified, pkg);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
dblist = alpm_list_add(dblist, pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
nodepversion = no_dep_version(handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* look for unsatisfied dependencies of the upgrade list */
|
||||
for(i = upgrade; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *tp = i->data;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checkdeps: package %s-%s\n",
|
||||
tp->name, tp->version);
|
||||
|
||||
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_depends(tp); j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *depend = j->data;
|
||||
alpm_depmod_t orig_mod = depend->mod;
|
||||
if(nodepversion) {
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* 1. we check the upgrade list */
|
||||
/* 2. we check database for untouched satisfying packages */
|
||||
/* 3. we check the dependency ignore list */
|
||||
if(!find_dep_satisfier(upgrade, depend) &&
|
||||
!find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend) &&
|
||||
!_alpm_depcmp_provides(depend, handle->assumeinstalled)) {
|
||||
/* Unsatisfied dependency in the upgrade list */
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_t *miss;
|
||||
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(depend);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checkdeps: missing dependency '%s' for package '%s'\n",
|
||||
missdepstring, tp->name);
|
||||
free(missdepstring);
|
||||
miss = depmiss_new(tp->name, depend, NULL);
|
||||
baddeps = alpm_list_add(baddeps, miss);
|
||||
}
|
||||
depend->mod = orig_mod;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(reversedeps) {
|
||||
/* reversedeps handles the backwards dependencies, ie,
|
||||
* the packages listed in the requiredby field. */
|
||||
for(i = dblist; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *lp = i->data;
|
||||
for(j = alpm_pkg_get_depends(lp); j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *depend = j->data;
|
||||
alpm_depmod_t orig_mod = depend->mod;
|
||||
if(nodepversion) {
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *causingpkg = find_dep_satisfier(modified, depend);
|
||||
/* we won't break this depend, if it is already broken, we ignore it */
|
||||
/* 1. check upgrade list for satisfiers */
|
||||
/* 2. check dblist for satisfiers */
|
||||
/* 3. we check the dependency ignore list */
|
||||
if(causingpkg &&
|
||||
!find_dep_satisfier(upgrade, depend) &&
|
||||
!find_dep_satisfier(dblist, depend) &&
|
||||
!_alpm_depcmp_provides(depend, handle->assumeinstalled)) {
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_t *miss;
|
||||
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(depend);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checkdeps: transaction would break '%s' dependency of '%s'\n",
|
||||
missdepstring, lp->name);
|
||||
free(missdepstring);
|
||||
miss = depmiss_new(lp->name, depend, causingpkg->name);
|
||||
baddeps = alpm_list_add(baddeps, miss);
|
||||
}
|
||||
depend->mod = orig_mod;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free(modified);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(dblist);
|
||||
|
||||
return baddeps;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int dep_vercmp(const char *version1, alpm_depmod_t mod,
|
||||
const char *version2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int equal = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY) {
|
||||
equal = 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
int cmp = alpm_pkg_vercmp(version1, version2);
|
||||
switch(mod) {
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ: equal = (cmp == 0); break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_GE: equal = (cmp >= 0); break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_LE: equal = (cmp <= 0); break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_LT: equal = (cmp < 0); break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_GT: equal = (cmp > 0); break;
|
||||
default: equal = 1; break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return equal;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_depcmp_literal(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pkg->name_hash != dep->name_hash
|
||||
|| strcmp(pkg->name, dep->name) != 0) {
|
||||
/* skip more expensive checks */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return dep_vercmp(pkg->version, dep->mod, dep->version);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @param dep dependency to check against the provision list
|
||||
* @param provisions provision list
|
||||
* @return 1 if provider is found, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _alpm_depcmp_provides(alpm_depend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *provisions)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int satisfy = 0;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
/* check provisions, name and version if available */
|
||||
for(i = provisions; i && !satisfy; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *provision = i->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(dep->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY) {
|
||||
/* any version will satisfy the requirement */
|
||||
satisfy = (provision->name_hash == dep->name_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(provision->name, dep->name) == 0);
|
||||
} else if(provision->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ) {
|
||||
/* provision specifies a version, so try it out */
|
||||
satisfy = (provision->name_hash == dep->name_hash
|
||||
&& strcmp(provision->name, dep->name) == 0
|
||||
&& dep_vercmp(provision->version, dep->mod, dep->version));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return satisfy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_depcmp_literal(pkg, dep)
|
||||
|| _alpm_depcmp_provides(dep, alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_depend_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_from_string(const char *depstring)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *depend;
|
||||
const char *ptr, *version, *desc;
|
||||
size_t deplen;
|
||||
|
||||
if(depstring == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(depend, 1, sizeof(alpm_depend_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note the extra space in ": " to avoid matching the epoch */
|
||||
if((desc = strstr(depstring, ": ")) != NULL) {
|
||||
STRDUP(depend->desc, desc + 2, goto error);
|
||||
deplen = desc - depstring;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* no description- point desc at NULL at end of string for later use */
|
||||
depend->desc = NULL;
|
||||
deplen = strlen(depstring);
|
||||
desc = depstring + deplen;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Find a version comparator if one exists. If it does, set the type and
|
||||
* increment the ptr accordingly so we can copy the right strings. */
|
||||
if((ptr = memchr(depstring, '<', deplen))) {
|
||||
if(ptr[1] == '=') {
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_LE;
|
||||
version = ptr + 2;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_LT;
|
||||
version = ptr + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if((ptr = memchr(depstring, '>', deplen))) {
|
||||
if(ptr[1] == '=') {
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_GE;
|
||||
version = ptr + 2;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_GT;
|
||||
version = ptr + 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if((ptr = memchr(depstring, '=', deplen))) {
|
||||
/* Note: we must do =,<,> checks after <=, >= checks */
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ;
|
||||
version = ptr + 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* no version specified, set ptr to end of string and version to NULL */
|
||||
ptr = depstring + deplen;
|
||||
depend->mod = ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY;
|
||||
depend->version = NULL;
|
||||
version = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy the right parts to the right places */
|
||||
STRNDUP(depend->name, depstring, ptr - depstring, goto error);
|
||||
depend->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(depend->name);
|
||||
if(version) {
|
||||
STRNDUP(depend->version, version, desc - version, goto error);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return depend;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_dep_free(depend);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *newdep;
|
||||
CALLOC(newdep, 1, sizeof(alpm_depend_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(newdep->name, dep->name, goto error);
|
||||
STRDUP(newdep->version, dep->version, goto error);
|
||||
STRDUP(newdep->desc, dep->desc, goto error);
|
||||
newdep->name_hash = dep->name_hash;
|
||||
newdep->mod = dep->mod;
|
||||
|
||||
return newdep;
|
||||
|
||||
error:
|
||||
alpm_dep_free(newdep);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Move package dependencies from one list to another
|
||||
* @param from list to scan for dependencies
|
||||
* @param to list to add dependencies to
|
||||
* @param pkg package whose dependencies are moved
|
||||
* @param explicit if 0, explicitly installed packages are not moved
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void _alpm_select_depends(alpm_list_t **from, alpm_list_t **to,
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg, int explicit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *next;
|
||||
if(!alpm_pkg_get_depends(pkg)) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = *from; i; i = next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *deppkg = i->data;
|
||||
next = i->next;
|
||||
if((explicit || alpm_pkg_get_reason(deppkg) == ALPM_PKG_REASON_DEPEND)
|
||||
&& _alpm_pkg_depends_on(pkg, deppkg)) {
|
||||
*to = alpm_list_add(*to, deppkg);
|
||||
*from = alpm_list_remove_item(*from, i);
|
||||
free(i);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Adds unneeded dependencies to an existing list of packages.
|
||||
* By unneeded, we mean dependencies that are only required by packages in the
|
||||
* target list, so they can be safely removed.
|
||||
* If the input list was topo sorted, the output list will be topo sorted too.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param db package database to do dependency tracing in
|
||||
* @param *targs pointer to a list of packages
|
||||
* @param include_explicit if 0, explicitly installed packages are not included
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on errors
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t **targs, int include_explicit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *keep, *rem = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(db == NULL || targs == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
keep = alpm_list_copy(_alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db));
|
||||
for(i = *targs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
keep = alpm_list_remove(keep, i->data, _alpm_pkg_cmp, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* recursively select all dependencies for removal */
|
||||
for(i = *targs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
_alpm_select_depends(&keep, &rem, i->data, include_explicit);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = rem; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
_alpm_select_depends(&keep, &rem, i->data, include_explicit);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* recursively select any still needed packages to keep */
|
||||
for(i = keep; i && rem; i = i->next) {
|
||||
_alpm_select_depends(&rem, &keep, i->data, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(keep);
|
||||
|
||||
/* copy selected packages into the target list */
|
||||
for(i = rem; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data, *copy = NULL;
|
||||
_alpm_log(db->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"adding '%s' to the targets\n", pkg->name);
|
||||
if(_alpm_pkg_dup(pkg, ©)) {
|
||||
/* we return memory on "non-fatal" error in _alpm_pkg_dup */
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(copy);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(rem);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*targs = alpm_list_add(*targs, copy);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(rem);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* helper function for resolvedeps: search for dep satisfier in dbs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param dep is the dependency to search for
|
||||
* @param dbs are the databases to search
|
||||
* @param excluding are the packages to exclude from the search
|
||||
* @param prompt if true, ask an alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t to decide
|
||||
* if ignored packages should be installed; if false, skip ignored
|
||||
* packages.
|
||||
* @return the resolved package
|
||||
**/
|
||||
static alpm_pkg_t *resolvedep(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_depend_t *dep,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *dbs, alpm_list_t *excluding, int prompt)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *j;
|
||||
int ignored = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *providers = NULL;
|
||||
int count;
|
||||
|
||||
/* 1. literals */
|
||||
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & (ALPM_DB_USAGE_INSTALL|ALPM_DB_USAGE_UPGRADE))) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(db, dep->name);
|
||||
if(pkg && _alpm_depcmp_literal(pkg, dep)
|
||||
&& !alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
|
||||
if(alpm_pkg_should_ignore(handle, pkg)) {
|
||||
alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t question = {
|
||||
.type = ALPM_QUESTION_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG,
|
||||
.install = 0,
|
||||
.pkg = pkg
|
||||
};
|
||||
if(prompt) {
|
||||
QUESTION(handle, &question);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("ignoring package %s-%s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->name, pkg->version);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!question.install) {
|
||||
ignored = 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* 2. satisfiers (skip literals here) */
|
||||
for(i = dbs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db = i->data;
|
||||
if(!(db->usage & (ALPM_DB_USAGE_INSTALL|ALPM_DB_USAGE_UPGRADE))) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(j = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = j->data;
|
||||
if((pkg->name_hash != dep->name_hash || strcmp(pkg->name, dep->name) != 0)
|
||||
&& _alpm_depcmp_provides(dep, alpm_pkg_get_provides(pkg))
|
||||
&& !alpm_pkg_find(excluding, pkg->name)) {
|
||||
if(alpm_pkg_should_ignore(handle, pkg)) {
|
||||
alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t question = {
|
||||
.type = ALPM_QUESTION_INSTALL_IGNOREPKG,
|
||||
.install = 0,
|
||||
.pkg = pkg
|
||||
};
|
||||
if(prompt) {
|
||||
QUESTION(handle, &question);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, _("ignoring package %s-%s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->name, pkg->version);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!question.install) {
|
||||
ignored = 1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "provider found (%s provides %s)\n",
|
||||
pkg->name, dep->name);
|
||||
|
||||
/* provide is already installed so return early instead of prompting later */
|
||||
if(_alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkg->name)) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(providers);
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
providers = alpm_list_add(providers, pkg);
|
||||
/* keep looking for other providers in the all dbs */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
count = alpm_list_count(providers);
|
||||
if(count >= 1) {
|
||||
alpm_question_select_provider_t question = {
|
||||
.type = ALPM_QUESTION_SELECT_PROVIDER,
|
||||
/* default to first provider if there is no QUESTION callback */
|
||||
.use_index = 0,
|
||||
.providers = providers,
|
||||
.depend = dep
|
||||
};
|
||||
if(count > 1) {
|
||||
/* if there is more than one provider, we ask the user */
|
||||
QUESTION(handle, &question);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(question.use_index >= 0 && question.use_index < count) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *nth = alpm_list_nth(providers, question.use_index);
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = nth->data;
|
||||
alpm_list_free(providers);
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(providers);
|
||||
providers = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ignored) { /* resolvedeps will override these */
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_find_dbs_satisfier(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *dbs, const char *depstring)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *dep;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
ASSERT(dbs, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL));
|
||||
|
||||
dep = alpm_dep_from_string(depstring);
|
||||
ASSERT(dep, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg = resolvedep(handle, dep, dbs, NULL, 1);
|
||||
alpm_dep_free(dep);
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Computes resolvable dependencies for a given package and adds that package
|
||||
* and those resolvable dependencies to a list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param handle the context handle
|
||||
* @param localpkgs is the list of local packages
|
||||
* @param pkg is the package to resolve
|
||||
* @param preferred packages to prefer when resolving
|
||||
* @param packages is a pointer to a list of packages which will be
|
||||
* searched first for any dependency packages needed to complete the
|
||||
* resolve, and to which will be added any [pkg] and all of its
|
||||
* dependencies not already on the list
|
||||
* @param remove is the set of packages which will be removed in this
|
||||
* transaction
|
||||
* @param data returns the dependency which could not be satisfied in the
|
||||
* event of an error
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, with [pkg] and all of its dependencies not already on
|
||||
* the [*packages] list added to that list, or -1 on failure due to an
|
||||
* unresolvable dependency, in which case the [*packages] list will be
|
||||
* unmodified by this function
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs,
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_list_t *preferred, alpm_list_t **packages,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *rem, alpm_list_t **data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *j;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *targ;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *deps = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *packages_copy;
|
||||
|
||||
if(alpm_pkg_find(*packages, pkg->name) != NULL) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Create a copy of the packages list, so that it can be restored
|
||||
on error */
|
||||
packages_copy = alpm_list_copy(*packages);
|
||||
/* [pkg] has not already been resolved into the packages list, so put it
|
||||
on that list */
|
||||
*packages = alpm_list_add(*packages, pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "started resolving dependencies\n");
|
||||
targ = alpm_list_add(NULL, pkg);
|
||||
deps = alpm_checkdeps(handle, localpkgs, rem, targ, 0);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(targ);
|
||||
targ = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
for(j = deps; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_t *miss = j->data;
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *missdep = miss->depend;
|
||||
/* check if one of the packages in the [*packages] list already satisfies
|
||||
* this dependency */
|
||||
if(find_dep_satisfier(*packages, missdep)) {
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* check if one of the packages in the [preferred] list already satisfies
|
||||
* this dependency */
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *spkg = find_dep_satisfier(preferred, missdep);
|
||||
if(!spkg) {
|
||||
/* find a satisfier package in the given repositories */
|
||||
spkg = resolvedep(handle, missdep, handle->dbs_sync, *packages, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(spkg && _alpm_resolvedeps(handle, localpkgs, spkg, preferred, packages, rem, data) == 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"pulling dependency %s (needed by %s)\n",
|
||||
spkg->name, pkg->name);
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
|
||||
} else if(resolvedep(handle, missdep, (targ = alpm_list_add(NULL, handle->db_local)), rem, 0)) {
|
||||
alpm_depmissing_free(miss);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS;
|
||||
char *missdepstring = alpm_dep_compute_string(missdep);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("cannot resolve \"%s\", a dependency of \"%s\"\n"),
|
||||
missdepstring, pkg->name);
|
||||
free(missdepstring);
|
||||
if(data) {
|
||||
*data = alpm_list_add(*data, miss);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(targ);
|
||||
targ = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(deps);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret != 0) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(*packages);
|
||||
*packages = packages_copy;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(packages_copy);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "finished resolving dependencies\n");
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
char SYMEXPORT *alpm_dep_compute_string(const alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const char *name, *opr, *ver, *desc_delim, *desc;
|
||||
char *str;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(dep != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
if(dep->name) {
|
||||
name = dep->name;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
name = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch(dep->mod) {
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY:
|
||||
opr = "";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_GE:
|
||||
opr = ">=";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_LE:
|
||||
opr = "<=";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ:
|
||||
opr = "=";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_LT:
|
||||
opr = "<";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case ALPM_DEP_MOD_GT:
|
||||
opr = ">";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
opr = "";
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(dep->mod != ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY && dep->version) {
|
||||
ver = dep->version;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ver = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(dep->desc) {
|
||||
desc_delim = ": ";
|
||||
desc = dep->desc;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
desc_delim = "";
|
||||
desc = "";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* we can always compute len and print the string like this because opr
|
||||
* and ver will be empty when ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY is the depend type. the
|
||||
* reassignments above also ensure we do not do a strlen(NULL). */
|
||||
len = strlen(name) + strlen(opr) + strlen(ver)
|
||||
+ strlen(desc_delim) + strlen(desc) + 1;
|
||||
MALLOC(str, len, return NULL);
|
||||
snprintf(str, len, "%s%s%s%s%s", name, opr, ver, desc_delim, desc);
|
||||
|
||||
return str;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* deps.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_DEPS_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_DEPS_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "sync.h"
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *_alpm_dep_dup(const alpm_depend_t *dep);
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_sortbydeps(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *targets, alpm_list_t *ignore, int reverse);
|
||||
int _alpm_recursedeps(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t **targs, int include_explicit);
|
||||
int _alpm_resolvedeps(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *localpkgs, alpm_pkg_t *pkg,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *preferred, alpm_list_t **packages, alpm_list_t *remove,
|
||||
alpm_list_t **data);
|
||||
int _alpm_depcmp_literal(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep);
|
||||
int _alpm_depcmp_provides(alpm_depend_t *dep, alpm_list_t *provisions);
|
||||
int _alpm_depcmp(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_depend_t *dep);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_DEPS_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,514 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* diskspace.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2010-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_MNTENT_H)
|
||||
#include <mntent.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MNTTAB_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/mnttab.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/param.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/mount.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/ucred.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "diskspace.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static int mount_point_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_mountpoint_t *mp1 = p1;
|
||||
const alpm_mountpoint_t *mp2 = p2;
|
||||
/* the negation will sort all mountpoints before their parent */
|
||||
return -strcmp(mp1->mount_dir, mp2->mount_dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void mount_point_list_free(alpm_list_t *mount_points)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
|
||||
FREE(data->mount_dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREELIST(mount_points);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int mount_point_load_fsinfo(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_mountpoint_t *mountpoint)
|
||||
{
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_GETMNTENT)
|
||||
/* grab the filesystem usage */
|
||||
if(statvfs(mountpoint->mount_dir, &(mountpoint->fsp)) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("could not get filesystem information for %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
mountpoint->mount_dir, strerror(errno));
|
||||
mountpoint->fsinfo_loaded = MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "loading fsinfo for %s\n", mountpoint->mount_dir);
|
||||
mountpoint->read_only = mountpoint->fsp.f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
|
||||
mountpoint->fsinfo_loaded = MOUNT_FSINFO_LOADED;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
(void)handle;
|
||||
(void)mountpoint;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *mount_point_list(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *mount_points = NULL, *ptr;
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_GETMNTENT) && defined(HAVE_MNTENT_H)
|
||||
/* Linux */
|
||||
struct mntent *mnt;
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
|
||||
fp = setmntent(MOUNTED, "r");
|
||||
|
||||
if(fp == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file: %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
MOUNTED, strerror(errno));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((mnt = getmntent(fp))) {
|
||||
if(mnt->mnt_dir == NULL) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, mnt->mnt_dir, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
|
||||
|
||||
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
endmntent(fp);
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_GETMNTENT) && defined(HAVE_MNTTAB_H)
|
||||
/* Solaris, Illumos */
|
||||
struct mnttab mnt;
|
||||
FILE *fp;
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("/etc/mnttab", "r");
|
||||
|
||||
if(fp == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
"/etc/mnttab", strerror(errno));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((ret = getmntent(fp, &mnt)) == 0) {
|
||||
if(mnt->mnt_mountp == NULL) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, mnt->mnt_mountp, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
|
||||
|
||||
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* -1 == EOF */
|
||||
if(ret != -1) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("could not get filesystem information\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fclose(fp);
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_GETMNTINFO)
|
||||
/* FreeBSD (statfs), NetBSD (statvfs), OpenBSD (statfs), OS X (statfs) */
|
||||
int entries;
|
||||
FSSTATSTYPE *fsp;
|
||||
|
||||
entries = getmntinfo(&fsp, MNT_NOWAIT);
|
||||
|
||||
if(entries < 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("could not get filesystem information\n"));
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(; entries-- > 0; fsp++) {
|
||||
if(fsp->f_mntonname == NULL) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(mp, 1, sizeof(alpm_mountpoint_t), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
STRDUP(mp->mount_dir, fsp->f_mntonname, free(mp); RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL));
|
||||
mp->mount_dir_len = strlen(mp->mount_dir);
|
||||
memcpy(&(mp->fsp), fsp, sizeof(FSSTATSTYPE));
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_GETMNTINFO_STATVFS) && defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STATVFS_F_FLAG)
|
||||
mp->read_only = fsp->f_flag & ST_RDONLY;
|
||||
#elif defined(HAVE_GETMNTINFO_STATFS) && defined(HAVE_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS)
|
||||
mp->read_only = fsp->f_flags & MNT_RDONLY;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* we don't support lazy loading on this platform */
|
||||
mp->fsinfo_loaded = MOUNT_FSINFO_LOADED;
|
||||
|
||||
mount_points = alpm_list_add(mount_points, mp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
mount_points = alpm_list_msort(mount_points, alpm_list_count(mount_points),
|
||||
mount_point_cmp);
|
||||
for(ptr = mount_points; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next) {
|
||||
mp = ptr->data;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "discovered mountpoint: %s\n", mp->mount_dir);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return mount_points;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_mountpoint_t *match_mount_point(const alpm_list_t *mount_points,
|
||||
const char *real_path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *mp;
|
||||
|
||||
for(mp = mount_points; mp != NULL; mp = mp->next) {
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = mp->data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* first, check if the prefix matches */
|
||||
if(strncmp(data->mount_dir, real_path, data->mount_dir_len) == 0) {
|
||||
/* now, the hard work- a file like '/etc/myconfig' shouldn't map to a
|
||||
* mountpoint '/e', but only '/etc'. If the mountpoint ends in a trailing
|
||||
* slash, we know we didn't have a mismatch, otherwise we have to do some
|
||||
* more sanity checks. */
|
||||
if(data->mount_dir[data->mount_dir_len - 1] == '/') {
|
||||
return data;
|
||||
} else if(strlen(real_path) >= data->mount_dir_len) {
|
||||
const char next = real_path[data->mount_dir_len];
|
||||
if(next == '/' || next == '\0') {
|
||||
return data;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* should not get here... */
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int calculate_removed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *mount_points, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *filelist = alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!filelist->count) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < filelist->count; i++) {
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files + i;
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
blkcnt_t remove_size;
|
||||
const char *filename = file->name;
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
if(llstat(path, &st) == -1) {
|
||||
if(alpm_option_match_noextract(handle, filename)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("could not get file information for %s\n"), filename);
|
||||
}
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* skip directories and symlinks to be consistent with libarchive that
|
||||
* reports them to be zero size */
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(st.st_mode) || S_ISLNK(st.st_mode)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, path);
|
||||
if(mp == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("could not determine mount point for file %s\n"), filename);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* don't check a mount that we know we can't stat */
|
||||
if(mp && mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* lazy load filesystem info */
|
||||
if(mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED) {
|
||||
if(mount_point_load_fsinfo(handle, mp) < 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
|
||||
remove_size = (st.st_size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
|
||||
mp->blocks_needed -= remove_size;
|
||||
mp->used |= USED_REMOVE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int calculate_installed_size(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *mount_points, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *filelist = alpm_pkg_get_files(pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!filelist->count) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < filelist->count; i++) {
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *file = filelist->files + i;
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *mp;
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
blkcnt_t install_size;
|
||||
const char *filename = file->name;
|
||||
|
||||
/* libarchive reports these as zero size anyways */
|
||||
/* NOTE: if we do start accounting for directory size, a dir matching a
|
||||
* mountpoint needs to be attributed to the parent, not the mountpoint. */
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(file->mode) || S_ISLNK(file->mode)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* approximate space requirements for db entries */
|
||||
if(filename[0] == '.') {
|
||||
filename = handle->dbpath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
snprintf(path, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, filename);
|
||||
|
||||
mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, path);
|
||||
if(mp == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("could not determine mount point for file %s\n"), filename);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* don't check a mount that we know we can't stat */
|
||||
if(mp && mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* lazy load filesystem info */
|
||||
if(mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED) {
|
||||
if(mount_point_load_fsinfo(handle, mp) < 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* the addition of (divisor - 1) performs ceil() with integer division */
|
||||
install_size = (file->size + mp->fsp.f_bsize - 1) / mp->fsp.f_bsize;
|
||||
mp->blocks_needed += install_size;
|
||||
mp->used |= USED_INSTALL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int check_mountpoint(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_mountpoint_t *mp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* cushion is roughly min(5% capacity, 20MiB) */
|
||||
fsblkcnt_t fivepc = (mp->fsp.f_blocks / 20) + 1;
|
||||
fsblkcnt_t twentymb = (20 * 1024 * 1024 / mp->fsp.f_bsize) + 1;
|
||||
fsblkcnt_t cushion = fivepc < twentymb ? fivepc : twentymb;
|
||||
blkcnt_t needed = mp->max_blocks_needed + cushion;
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"partition %s, needed %jd, cushion %ju, free %ju\n",
|
||||
mp->mount_dir, (intmax_t)mp->max_blocks_needed,
|
||||
(uintmax_t)cushion, (uintmax_t)mp->fsp.f_bavail);
|
||||
if(needed >= 0 && (fsblkcnt_t)needed > mp->fsp.f_bavail) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("Partition %s too full: %jd blocks needed, %ju blocks free\n"),
|
||||
mp->mount_dir, (intmax_t)needed, (uintmax_t)mp->fsp.f_bavail);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_check_downloadspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir,
|
||||
size_t num_files, const off_t *file_sizes)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *mount_points;
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *cachedir_mp;
|
||||
char resolved_cachedir[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
size_t j;
|
||||
int error = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* resolve the cachedir path to ensure we check the right mountpoint. We
|
||||
* handle failures silently, and continue to use the possibly unresolved
|
||||
* path. */
|
||||
if(realpath(cachedir, resolved_cachedir) != NULL) {
|
||||
cachedir = resolved_cachedir;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
mount_points = mount_point_list(handle);
|
||||
if(mount_points == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine filesystem mount points\n"));
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cachedir_mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, cachedir);
|
||||
if(cachedir_mp == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine cachedir mount point %s\n"),
|
||||
cachedir);
|
||||
error = 1;
|
||||
goto finish;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(cachedir_mp->fsinfo_loaded == MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED) {
|
||||
if(mount_point_load_fsinfo(handle, cachedir_mp)) {
|
||||
error = 1;
|
||||
goto finish;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* there's no need to check for a R/O mounted filesystem here, as
|
||||
* _alpm_filecache_setup will never give us a non-writable directory */
|
||||
|
||||
/* round up the size of each file to the nearest block and accumulate */
|
||||
for(j = 0; j < num_files; j++) {
|
||||
cachedir_mp->max_blocks_needed += (file_sizes[j] + cachedir_mp->fsp.f_bsize + 1) /
|
||||
cachedir_mp->fsp.f_bsize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(check_mountpoint(handle, cachedir_mp)) {
|
||||
error = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
finish:
|
||||
mount_point_list_free(mount_points);
|
||||
|
||||
if(error) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *mount_points, *i;
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *root_mp;
|
||||
size_t replaces = 0, current = 0, numtargs;
|
||||
int error = 0;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *targ;
|
||||
alpm_trans_t *trans = handle->trans;
|
||||
|
||||
numtargs = alpm_list_count(trans->add);
|
||||
mount_points = mount_point_list(handle);
|
||||
if(mount_points == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine filesystem mount points\n"));
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
root_mp = match_mount_point(mount_points, handle->root);
|
||||
if(root_mp == NULL) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not determine root mount point %s\n"),
|
||||
handle->root);
|
||||
error = 1;
|
||||
goto finish;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
replaces = alpm_list_count(trans->remove);
|
||||
if(replaces) {
|
||||
numtargs += replaces;
|
||||
for(targ = trans->remove; targ; targ = targ->next, current++) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *local_pkg;
|
||||
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", percent,
|
||||
numtargs, current);
|
||||
|
||||
local_pkg = targ->data;
|
||||
calculate_removed_size(handle, mount_points, local_pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(targ = trans->add; targ; targ = targ->next, current++) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg, *local_pkg;
|
||||
int percent = (current * 100) / numtargs;
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", percent,
|
||||
numtargs, current);
|
||||
|
||||
pkg = targ->data;
|
||||
/* is this package already installed? */
|
||||
local_pkg = _alpm_db_get_pkgfromcache(handle->db_local, pkg->name);
|
||||
if(local_pkg) {
|
||||
calculate_removed_size(handle, mount_points, local_pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
calculate_installed_size(handle, mount_points, pkg);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
|
||||
if(data->blocks_needed > data->max_blocks_needed) {
|
||||
data->max_blocks_needed = data->blocks_needed;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
PROGRESS(handle, ALPM_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, "", 100,
|
||||
numtargs, current);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = mount_points; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_mountpoint_t *data = i->data;
|
||||
if(data->used && data->read_only) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("Partition %s is mounted read only\n"),
|
||||
data->mount_dir);
|
||||
error = 1;
|
||||
} else if(data->used & USED_INSTALL && check_mountpoint(handle, data)) {
|
||||
error = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
finish:
|
||||
mount_point_list_free(mount_points);
|
||||
|
||||
if(error) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_DISK_SPACE, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* diskspace.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2010-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_DISKSPACE_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_DISKSPACE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/mount.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_STATVFS_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/statvfs.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H)
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum mount_used_level {
|
||||
USED_REMOVE = 1,
|
||||
USED_INSTALL = (1 << 1),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum mount_fsinfo {
|
||||
MOUNT_FSINFO_UNLOADED = 0,
|
||||
MOUNT_FSINFO_LOADED,
|
||||
MOUNT_FSINFO_FAIL,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _alpm_mountpoint_t {
|
||||
/* mount point information */
|
||||
char *mount_dir;
|
||||
size_t mount_dir_len;
|
||||
/* storage for additional disk usage calculations */
|
||||
blkcnt_t blocks_needed;
|
||||
blkcnt_t max_blocks_needed;
|
||||
enum mount_used_level used;
|
||||
int read_only;
|
||||
enum mount_fsinfo fsinfo_loaded;
|
||||
FSSTATSTYPE fsp;
|
||||
} alpm_mountpoint_t;
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_check_diskspace(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
int _alpm_check_downloadspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir,
|
||||
size_t num_files, const off_t *file_sizes);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_DISKSPACE_H */
|
||||
1467
lib/libalpm/dload.c
1467
lib/libalpm/dload.c
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
|
@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* dload.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_DLOAD_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_DLOAD_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
struct dload_payload {
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle;
|
||||
const char *tempfile_openmode;
|
||||
/* name of the remote file */
|
||||
char *remote_name;
|
||||
/* temporary file name, to which the payload is downloaded */
|
||||
char *tempfile_name;
|
||||
/* name to which the downloaded file will be renamed */
|
||||
char *destfile_name;
|
||||
/* client has to provide either
|
||||
* 1) fileurl - full URL to the file
|
||||
* 2) pair of (servers, filepath), in this case ALPM iterates over the
|
||||
* server list and tries to download "$server/$filepath"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *fileurl;
|
||||
char *filepath; /* download URL path */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *cache_servers;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *servers;
|
||||
long respcode;
|
||||
/* the mtime of the existing version of this file, if there is one */
|
||||
long mtime_existing_file;
|
||||
off_t initial_size;
|
||||
off_t max_size;
|
||||
off_t prevprogress;
|
||||
int force;
|
||||
int allow_resume;
|
||||
int errors_ok;
|
||||
int unlink_on_fail;
|
||||
int download_signature; /* specifies if an accompanion *.sig file need to be downloaded*/
|
||||
int signature_optional; /* *.sig file is optional */
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
CURL *curl;
|
||||
char error_buffer[CURL_ERROR_SIZE];
|
||||
int signature; /* specifies if this payload is for a signature file */
|
||||
int request_errors_ok; /* per-request errors-ok */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
FILE *localf; /* temp download file */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_dload_payload_reset(struct dload_payload *payload);
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_download(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
alpm_list_t *payloads /* struct dload_payload */,
|
||||
const char *localpath,
|
||||
const char *temporary_localpath);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_DLOAD_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* error.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
#include <curl/curl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_errno_t SYMEXPORT alpm_errno(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return handle->pm_errno;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_strerror(alpm_errno_t err)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(err) {
|
||||
/* System */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_MEMORY:
|
||||
return _("out of memory!");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM:
|
||||
return _("unexpected system error");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS:
|
||||
return _("permission denied");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_FILE:
|
||||
return _("could not find or read file");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR:
|
||||
return _("could not find or read directory");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS:
|
||||
return _("wrong or NULL argument passed");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DISK_SPACE:
|
||||
return _("not enough free disk space");
|
||||
/* Interface */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL:
|
||||
return _("library not initialized");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_NOT_NULL:
|
||||
return _("library already initialized");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_HANDLE_LOCK:
|
||||
return _("unable to lock database");
|
||||
/* Databases */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_OPEN:
|
||||
return _("could not open database");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_CREATE:
|
||||
return _("could not create database");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_NULL:
|
||||
return _("database not initialized");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_NULL:
|
||||
return _("database already registered");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_NOT_FOUND:
|
||||
return _("could not find database");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID:
|
||||
return _("invalid or corrupted database");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG:
|
||||
return _("invalid or corrupted database (PGP signature)");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_VERSION:
|
||||
return _("database is incorrect version");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_WRITE:
|
||||
return _("could not update database");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_DB_REMOVE:
|
||||
return _("could not remove database entry");
|
||||
/* Servers */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_SERVER_BAD_URL:
|
||||
return _("invalid url for server");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_SERVER_NONE:
|
||||
return _("no servers configured for repository");
|
||||
/* Transactions */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_NULL:
|
||||
return _("transaction already initialized");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NULL:
|
||||
return _("transaction not initialized");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_TARGET:
|
||||
return _("duplicate target");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_DUP_FILENAME:
|
||||
return _("duplicate filename");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_INITIALIZED:
|
||||
return _("transaction not initialized");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_PREPARED:
|
||||
return _("transaction not prepared");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_ABORT:
|
||||
return _("transaction aborted");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_TYPE:
|
||||
return _("operation not compatible with the transaction type");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_NOT_LOCKED:
|
||||
return _("transaction commit attempt when database is not locked");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_TRANS_HOOK_FAILED:
|
||||
return _("failed to run transaction hooks");
|
||||
/* Packages */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND:
|
||||
return _("could not find or read package");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_IGNORED:
|
||||
return _("operation cancelled due to ignorepkg");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID:
|
||||
return _("invalid or corrupted package");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM:
|
||||
return _("invalid or corrupted package (checksum)");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG:
|
||||
return _("invalid or corrupted package (PGP signature)");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_MISSING_SIG:
|
||||
return _("package missing required signature");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN:
|
||||
return _("cannot open package file");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_CANT_REMOVE:
|
||||
return _("cannot remove all files for package");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_NAME:
|
||||
return _("package filename is not valid");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_ARCH:
|
||||
return _("package architecture is not valid");
|
||||
/* Signatures */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING:
|
||||
return _("missing PGP signature");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID:
|
||||
return _("invalid PGP signature");
|
||||
/* Dependencies */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_UNSATISFIED_DEPS:
|
||||
return _("could not satisfy dependencies");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_CONFLICTING_DEPS:
|
||||
return _("conflicting dependencies");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_FILE_CONFLICTS:
|
||||
return _("conflicting files");
|
||||
/* Miscellaneous */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_RETRIEVE:
|
||||
return _("failed to retrieve some files");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_INVALID_REGEX:
|
||||
return _("invalid regular expression");
|
||||
/* Errors from external libraries- our own wrapper error */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE:
|
||||
/* it would be nice to use archive_error_string() here, but that
|
||||
* requires the archive struct, so we can't. Just use a generic
|
||||
* error string instead. */
|
||||
return _("libarchive error");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_LIBCURL:
|
||||
return _("download library error");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_GPGME:
|
||||
return _("gpgme error");
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_EXTERNAL_DOWNLOAD:
|
||||
return _("error invoking external downloader");
|
||||
/* Missing compile-time features */
|
||||
case ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES:
|
||||
return _("compiled without signature support");
|
||||
/* Unknown error! */
|
||||
default:
|
||||
return _("unexpected error");
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* filelist.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "filelist.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the difference of the provided two lists of files.
|
||||
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
|
||||
* When done, free the list but NOT the contained data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *filesB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
|
||||
size_t ctrA = 0, ctrB = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
while(ctrA < filesA->count && ctrB < filesB->count) {
|
||||
char *strA = filesA->files[ctrA].name;
|
||||
char *strB = filesB->files[ctrB].name;
|
||||
|
||||
int cmp = strcmp(strA, strB);
|
||||
if(cmp < 0) {
|
||||
/* item only in filesA, qualifies as a difference */
|
||||
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, strA);
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
} else if(cmp > 0) {
|
||||
ctrB++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
ctrB++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ensure we have completely emptied pA */
|
||||
while(ctrA < filesA->count) {
|
||||
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, filesA->files[ctrA].name);
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_filelist_pathcmp(const char *p1, const char *p2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(*p1 && *p1 == *p2) {
|
||||
p1++;
|
||||
p2++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* skip trailing '/' */
|
||||
if(*p1 == '\0' && *p2 == '/') {
|
||||
p2++;
|
||||
} else if(*p2 == '\0' && *p1 == '/') {
|
||||
p1++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return *p1 - *p2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the intersection of the provided two lists of files.
|
||||
* Pre-condition: both lists are sorted!
|
||||
* When done, free the list but NOT the contained data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_intersection(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *filesB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ret = NULL;
|
||||
size_t ctrA = 0, ctrB = 0;
|
||||
alpm_file_t *arrA = filesA->files, *arrB = filesB->files;
|
||||
|
||||
while(ctrA < filesA->count && ctrB < filesB->count) {
|
||||
const char *strA = arrA[ctrA].name, *strB = arrB[ctrB].name;
|
||||
int cmp = _alpm_filelist_pathcmp(strA, strB);
|
||||
if(cmp < 0) {
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
} else if(cmp > 0) {
|
||||
ctrB++;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* when not directories, item in both qualifies as an intersect */
|
||||
if(strA[strlen(strA) - 1] != '/' || strB[strlen(strB) - 1] != '/') {
|
||||
ret = alpm_list_add(ret, arrA[ctrA].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ctrA++;
|
||||
ctrB++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Helper function for comparing files list entries
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static int _alpm_files_cmp(const void *f1, const void *f2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *file1 = f1;
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *file2 = f2;
|
||||
return strcmp(file1->name, file2->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_file_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_filelist_contains(const alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
|
||||
const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_file_t key;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!filelist || filelist->count == 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
key.name = (char *)path;
|
||||
|
||||
return bsearch(&key, filelist->files, filelist->count,
|
||||
sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_filelist_sort(alpm_filelist_t *filelist)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for(i = 1; i < filelist->count; i++) {
|
||||
if(strcmp(filelist->files[i - 1].name, filelist->files[i].name) > 0) {
|
||||
/* filelist is not pre-sorted */
|
||||
qsort(filelist->files, filelist->count,
|
||||
sizeof(alpm_file_t), _alpm_files_cmp);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* filelist.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2012-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_FILELIST_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_FILELIST_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_difference(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *filesB);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t *_alpm_filelist_intersection(alpm_filelist_t *filesA,
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t *filesB);
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_filelist_sort(alpm_filelist_t *filelist);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_FILELIST_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* graph.c - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "graph.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *graph = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(graph, 1, sizeof(alpm_graph_t), return NULL);
|
||||
return graph;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_graph_free(void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(data != NULL, return);
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *graph = data;
|
||||
alpm_list_free(graph->children);
|
||||
free(graph);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* graph.h - helpful graph structure and setup/teardown methods
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2007-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_GRAPH_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_GRAPH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h> /* off_t */
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum _alpm_graph_vertex_state {
|
||||
ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_UNPROCESSED,
|
||||
ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSING,
|
||||
ALPM_GRAPH_STATE_PROCESSED
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _alpm_graph_t {
|
||||
void *data;
|
||||
struct _alpm_graph_t *parent; /* where did we come from? */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *children;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *iterator; /* used for DFS without recursion */
|
||||
off_t weight; /* weight of the node */
|
||||
enum _alpm_graph_vertex_state state;
|
||||
} alpm_graph_t;
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_graph_t *_alpm_graph_new(void);
|
||||
void _alpm_graph_free(void *data);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_GRAPH_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* group.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "group.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_group_t *_alpm_group_new(const char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_group_t *grp;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(grp, 1, sizeof(alpm_group_t), return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(grp->name, name, free(grp); return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
return grp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_group_free(alpm_group_t *grp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(grp == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FREE(grp->name);
|
||||
/* do NOT free the contents of the list, just the nodes */
|
||||
alpm_list_free(grp->packages);
|
||||
FREE(grp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,973 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* handle.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <syslog.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <fcntl.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *_alpm_handle_new(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(handle, 1, sizeof(alpm_handle_t), return NULL);
|
||||
handle->lockfd = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
return handle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* free all in-memory resources */
|
||||
void _alpm_handle_free(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* close local database */
|
||||
if((db = handle->db_local)) {
|
||||
db->ops->unregister(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* unregister all sync dbs */
|
||||
for(i = handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
db = i->data;
|
||||
db->ops->unregister(db);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free(handle->dbs_sync);
|
||||
|
||||
/* close logfile */
|
||||
if(handle->logstream) {
|
||||
fclose(handle->logstream);
|
||||
handle->logstream = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(handle->usesyslog) {
|
||||
handle->usesyslog = 0;
|
||||
closelog();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->known_keys);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
curl_multi_cleanup(handle->curlm);
|
||||
curl_global_cleanup();
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->server_errors);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* free memory */
|
||||
_alpm_trans_free(handle->trans);
|
||||
FREE(handle->root);
|
||||
FREE(handle->dbpath);
|
||||
FREE(handle->dbext);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->cachedirs);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->hookdirs);
|
||||
FREE(handle->logfile);
|
||||
FREE(handle->lockfile);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->architectures);
|
||||
FREE(handle->gpgdir);
|
||||
FREE(handle->sandboxuser);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->noupgrade);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->noextract);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->ignorepkg);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->ignoregroup);
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->overwrite_files);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(handle->assumeinstalled, (alpm_list_fn_free)alpm_dep_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(handle->assumeinstalled);
|
||||
|
||||
FREE(handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Lock the database */
|
||||
int _alpm_handle_lock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *dir, *ptr;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->lockfile != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->lockfd < 0, return 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* create the dir of the lockfile first */
|
||||
STRDUP(dir, handle->lockfile, return -1);
|
||||
ptr = strrchr(dir, '/');
|
||||
if(ptr) {
|
||||
*ptr = '\0';
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(_alpm_makepath(dir)) {
|
||||
FREE(dir);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(dir);
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
handle->lockfd = open(handle->lockfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT | O_EXCL | O_CLOEXEC, 0000);
|
||||
} while(handle->lockfd == -1 && errno == EINTR);
|
||||
|
||||
return (handle->lockfd >= 0 ? 0 : -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->lockfile != NULL, return 0);
|
||||
ASSERT(handle->lockfd >= 0, return 0);
|
||||
|
||||
close(handle->lockfd);
|
||||
handle->lockfd = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
if(unlink(handle->lockfile) != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR_ASYNC_SAFE(handle, ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM, -1);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_handle_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(alpm_unlock(handle) != 0) {
|
||||
if(errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("lock file missing %s\n"), handle->lockfile);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"warning: lock file missing %s\n", handle->lockfile);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("could not remove lock file %s\n"), handle->lockfile);
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX,
|
||||
"warning: could not remove lock file %s\n", handle->lockfile);
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_cb_log SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_logcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->logcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_logcb_ctx(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->logcb_ctx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_cb_download SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_dlcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->dlcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_dlcb_ctx(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->dlcb_ctx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_cb_fetch SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_fetchcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->fetchcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_fetchcb_ctx(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->fetchcb_ctx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_cb_event SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_eventcb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->eventcb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_eventcb_ctx(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->eventcb_ctx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_cb_question SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_questioncb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->questioncb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_questioncb_ctx(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->questioncb_ctx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_cb_progress SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_progresscb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->progresscb;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_progresscb_ctx(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->progresscb_ctx;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_root(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->root;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_dbpath(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->dbpath;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_hookdirs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->hookdirs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_cachedirs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->cachedirs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_logfile(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->logfile;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_lockfile(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->lockfile;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_gpgdir(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->gpgdir;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_sandboxuser(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->sandboxuser;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_usesyslog(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
return handle->usesyslog;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_noupgrades(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->noupgrade;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_noextracts(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->noextract;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignorepkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->ignorepkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_ignoregroups(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->ignoregroup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_overwrite_files(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->overwrite_files;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->assumeinstalled;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_architectures(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->architectures;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
return handle->checkspace;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_option_get_dbext(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->dbext;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_parallel_downloads(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
return handle->parallel_downloads;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_log cb, void *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->logcb = cb;
|
||||
handle->logcb_ctx = ctx;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_dlcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_download cb, void *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->dlcb = cb;
|
||||
handle->dlcb_ctx = ctx;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_fetchcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_fetch cb, void *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->fetchcb = cb;
|
||||
handle->fetchcb_ctx = ctx;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_eventcb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_event cb, void *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->eventcb = cb;
|
||||
handle->eventcb_ctx = ctx;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_questioncb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_question cb, void *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->questioncb = cb;
|
||||
handle->questioncb_ctx = ctx;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_progresscb(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_cb_progress cb, void *ctx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->progresscb = cb;
|
||||
handle->progresscb_ctx = ctx;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static char *canonicalize_path(const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *new_path;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
|
||||
/* verify path ends in a '/' */
|
||||
len = strlen(path);
|
||||
if(path[len - 1] != '/') {
|
||||
len += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
CALLOC(new_path, len + 1, sizeof(char), return NULL);
|
||||
strcpy(new_path, path);
|
||||
new_path[len - 1] = '/';
|
||||
return new_path;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
|
||||
char **storage, int must_exist)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct stat st;
|
||||
char real[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
const char *path;
|
||||
|
||||
path = value;
|
||||
if(!path) {
|
||||
return ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(must_exist) {
|
||||
if(stat(path, &st) == -1 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) {
|
||||
return ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(!realpath(path, real)) {
|
||||
return ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
path = real;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(*storage) {
|
||||
FREE(*storage);
|
||||
}
|
||||
*storage = canonicalize_path(path);
|
||||
if(!*storage) {
|
||||
return ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_hookdir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *hookdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newhookdir;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(hookdir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newhookdir = canonicalize_path(hookdir);
|
||||
if(!newhookdir) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
handle->hookdirs = alpm_list_add(handle->hookdirs, newhookdir);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'hookdir' = %s\n", newhookdir);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_hookdirs(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *hookdirs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(handle->hookdirs) {
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->hookdirs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = hookdirs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
int ret = alpm_option_add_hookdir(handle, i->data);
|
||||
if(ret) {
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_hookdir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *hookdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
char *newhookdir;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(hookdir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newhookdir = canonicalize_path(hookdir);
|
||||
if(!newhookdir) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
handle->hookdirs = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->hookdirs, newhookdir, &vdata);
|
||||
FREE(newhookdir);
|
||||
if(vdata != NULL) {
|
||||
FREE(vdata);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_cachedir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *newcachedir;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(cachedir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
/* don't stat the cachedir yet, as it may not even be needed. we can
|
||||
* fail later if it is needed and the path is invalid. */
|
||||
|
||||
newcachedir = canonicalize_path(cachedir);
|
||||
if(!newcachedir) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
handle->cachedirs = alpm_list_add(handle->cachedirs, newcachedir);
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'cachedir' = %s\n", newcachedir);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_cachedirs(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *cachedirs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(handle->cachedirs) {
|
||||
FREELIST(handle->cachedirs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
for(i = cachedirs; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
int ret = alpm_option_add_cachedir(handle, i->data);
|
||||
if(ret) {
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_cachedir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *cachedir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
char *newcachedir;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(cachedir != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
newcachedir = canonicalize_path(cachedir);
|
||||
if(!newcachedir) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
handle->cachedirs = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->cachedirs, newcachedir, &vdata);
|
||||
FREE(newcachedir);
|
||||
if(vdata != NULL) {
|
||||
FREE(vdata);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_logfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *logfile)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *oldlogfile = handle->logfile;
|
||||
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(!logfile) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(handle->logfile, logfile, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
/* free the old logfile path string, and close the stream so logaction
|
||||
* will reopen a new stream on the new logfile */
|
||||
if(oldlogfile) {
|
||||
FREE(oldlogfile);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(handle->logstream) {
|
||||
fclose(handle->logstream);
|
||||
handle->logstream = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'logfile' = %s\n", handle->logfile);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_gpgdir(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *gpgdir)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int err;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if((err = _alpm_set_directory_option(gpgdir, &(handle->gpgdir), 0))) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, err, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'gpgdir' = %s\n", handle->gpgdir);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_sandboxuser(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *sandboxuser)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(handle->sandboxuser) {
|
||||
FREE(handle->sandboxuser);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(handle->sandboxuser, sandboxuser, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'sandboxuser' = %s\n", handle->sandboxuser);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_usesyslog(alpm_handle_t *handle, int usesyslog)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->usesyslog = usesyslog;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_option_strlist_add(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **list, const char *str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *dup;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
STRDUP(dup, str, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
*list = alpm_list_add(*list, dup);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_option_strlist_set(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **list, alpm_list_t *newlist)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
FREELIST(*list);
|
||||
*list = alpm_list_strdup(newlist);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_option_strlist_rem(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t **list, const char *str)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
*list = alpm_list_remove_str(*list, str, &vdata);
|
||||
if(vdata != NULL) {
|
||||
FREE(vdata);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->noupgrade), pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noupgrades(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *noupgrade)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->noupgrade), noupgrade);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->noupgrade), pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_match_noupgrade(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noupgrade, path);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->noextract), path);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_noextracts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *noextract)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->noextract), noextract);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->noextract), path);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_match_noextract(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *path)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(handle->noextract, path);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignorepkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->ignorepkg), pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignorepkgs(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *ignorepkgs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->ignorepkg), ignorepkgs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignorepkg(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->ignorepkg), pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_ignoregroup(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *grp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->ignoregroup), grp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_ignoregroups(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *ignoregrps)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->ignoregroup), ignoregrps);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_ignoregroup(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *grp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->ignoregroup), grp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_overwrite_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *glob)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_add(handle, &(handle->overwrite_files), glob);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_overwrite_files(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *globs)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_set(handle, &(handle->overwrite_files), globs);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_overwrite_file(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *glob)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return _alpm_option_strlist_rem(handle, &(handle->overwrite_files), glob);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle, const alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *depcpy;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(dep->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_EQ || dep->mod == ALPM_DEP_MOD_ANY,
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
ASSERT((depcpy = _alpm_dep_dup(dep)), RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
/* fill in name_hash in case dep was built by hand */
|
||||
depcpy->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(dep->name);
|
||||
handle->assumeinstalled = alpm_list_add(handle->assumeinstalled, depcpy);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *deps)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(handle->assumeinstalled) {
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(handle->assumeinstalled, (alpm_list_fn_free)alpm_dep_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(handle->assumeinstalled);
|
||||
handle->assumeinstalled = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(deps) {
|
||||
if(alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled(handle, deps->data) != 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
deps = deps->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int assumeinstalled_cmp(const void *d1, const void *d2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_depend_t *dep1 = d1;
|
||||
const alpm_depend_t *dep2 = d2;
|
||||
|
||||
if(dep1->name_hash != dep2->name_hash
|
||||
|| strcmp(dep1->name, dep2->name) != 0) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(dep1->version && dep2->version
|
||||
&& strcmp(dep1->version, dep2->version) == 0) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(dep1->version == NULL && dep2->version == NULL) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_assumeinstalled(alpm_handle_t *handle, const alpm_depend_t *dep)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_depend_t *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
handle->assumeinstalled = alpm_list_remove(handle->assumeinstalled, dep, &assumeinstalled_cmp, (void **)&vdata);
|
||||
if(vdata != NULL) {
|
||||
alpm_dep_free(vdata);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_add_architecture(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *arch)
|
||||
{
|
||||
handle->architectures = alpm_list_add(handle->architectures, strdup(arch));
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_architectures(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *arches)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(handle->architectures) FREELIST(handle->architectures);
|
||||
handle->architectures = alpm_list_strdup(arches);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_remove_architecture(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *arch)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *vdata = NULL;
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->architectures = alpm_list_remove_str(handle->architectures, arch, &vdata);
|
||||
if(vdata != NULL) {
|
||||
FREE(vdata);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_get_localdb(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->db_local;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_get_syncdbs(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return NULL);
|
||||
return handle->dbs_sync;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_checkspace(alpm_handle_t *handle, int checkspace)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->checkspace = checkspace;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_dbext(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *dbext)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(dbext, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle->dbext) {
|
||||
FREE(handle->dbext);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(handle->dbext, dbext, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "option 'dbext' = %s\n", handle->dbext);
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_default_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(level == ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
handle->siglevel = level;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(level != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_default_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
return handle->siglevel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
handle->localfilesiglevel = level;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(handle->localfilesiglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
return handle->siglevel;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return handle->localfilesiglevel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
int level)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
handle->remotefilesiglevel = level;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
if(level != 0 && level != ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
if(handle->remotefilesiglevel & ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT) {
|
||||
return handle->siglevel;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return handle->remotefilesiglevel;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_disable_dl_timeout(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
return handle->disable_dl_timeout;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_disable_dl_timeout(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
unsigned short disable_dl_timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->disable_dl_timeout = disable_dl_timeout;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_parallel_downloads(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
unsigned int num_streams)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
ASSERT(num_streams >= 1, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
handle->parallel_downloads = num_streams;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_get_disable_sandbox(alpm_handle_t *handle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
return handle->disable_sandbox;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_option_set_disable_sandbox(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
unsigned short disable_sandbox)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
|
||||
handle->disable_sandbox = disable_sandbox;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* handle.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_HANDLE_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_HANDLE_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <regex.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
#include <curl/curl.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define EVENT(h, e) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
if((h)->eventcb) { \
|
||||
(h)->eventcb((h)->eventcb_ctx, (alpm_event_t *) (e)); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#define QUESTION(h, q) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
if((h)->questioncb) { \
|
||||
(h)->questioncb((h)->questioncb_ctx, (alpm_question_t *) (q)); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
#define PROGRESS(h, e, p, per, n, r) \
|
||||
do { \
|
||||
if((h)->progresscb) { \
|
||||
(h)->progresscb((h)->progresscb_ctx, e, p, per, n, r); \
|
||||
} \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
struct _alpm_handle_t {
|
||||
/* internal usage */
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db_local; /* local db pointer */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *dbs_sync; /* List of (alpm_db_t *) */
|
||||
FILE *logstream; /* log file stream pointer */
|
||||
alpm_trans_t *trans;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
|
||||
/* libcurl handle */
|
||||
CURLM *curlm;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *server_errors;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned short disable_dl_timeout;
|
||||
unsigned short disable_sandbox;
|
||||
unsigned int parallel_downloads; /* number of download streams */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
|
||||
alpm_list_t *known_keys; /* keys verified to be in our keychain */
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* callback functions */
|
||||
alpm_cb_log logcb; /* Log callback function */
|
||||
void *logcb_ctx;
|
||||
alpm_cb_download dlcb; /* Download callback function */
|
||||
void *dlcb_ctx;
|
||||
alpm_cb_fetch fetchcb; /* Download file callback function */
|
||||
void *fetchcb_ctx;
|
||||
alpm_cb_event eventcb;
|
||||
void *eventcb_ctx;
|
||||
alpm_cb_question questioncb;
|
||||
void *questioncb_ctx;
|
||||
alpm_cb_progress progresscb;
|
||||
void *progresscb_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/* filesystem paths */
|
||||
char *root; /* Root path, default '/' */
|
||||
char *dbpath; /* Base path to pacman's DBs */
|
||||
char *logfile; /* Name of the log file */
|
||||
char *lockfile; /* Name of the lock file */
|
||||
char *gpgdir; /* Directory where GnuPG files are stored */
|
||||
char *sandboxuser; /* User to switch to for sensitive operations */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *cachedirs; /* Paths to pacman cache directories */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *hookdirs; /* Paths to hook directories */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *overwrite_files; /* Paths that may be overwritten */
|
||||
|
||||
/* package lists */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *noupgrade; /* List of packages NOT to be upgraded */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *noextract; /* List of files NOT to extract */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ignorepkg; /* List of packages to ignore */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ignoregroup; /* List of groups to ignore */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *assumeinstalled; /* List of virtual packages used to satisfy dependencies */
|
||||
|
||||
/* options */
|
||||
alpm_list_t *architectures; /* Architectures of packages we should allow */
|
||||
int usesyslog; /* Use syslog instead of logfile? */ /* TODO move to frontend */
|
||||
int checkspace; /* Check disk space before installing */
|
||||
char *dbext; /* Sync DB extension */
|
||||
int siglevel; /* Default signature verification level */
|
||||
int localfilesiglevel; /* Signature verification level for local file
|
||||
upgrade operations */
|
||||
int remotefilesiglevel; /* Signature verification level for remote file
|
||||
upgrade operations */
|
||||
|
||||
/* error code */
|
||||
alpm_errno_t pm_errno;
|
||||
|
||||
/* lock file descriptor */
|
||||
int lockfd;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *_alpm_handle_new(void);
|
||||
void _alpm_handle_free(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_handle_lock(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
int _alpm_handle_unlock(alpm_handle_t *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_errno_t _alpm_set_directory_option(const char *value,
|
||||
char **storage, int must_exist);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_HANDLE_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,683 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* hook.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2015-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <dirent.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "hook.h"
|
||||
#include "ini.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "trans.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum _alpm_hook_op_t {
|
||||
ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL = (1 << 0),
|
||||
ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE = (1 << 1),
|
||||
ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE = (1 << 2),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum _alpm_trigger_type_t {
|
||||
ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PACKAGE = 1,
|
||||
ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PATH,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct _alpm_trigger_t {
|
||||
enum _alpm_hook_op_t op;
|
||||
enum _alpm_trigger_type_t type;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *targets;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t {
|
||||
char *name;
|
||||
char *desc;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *triggers;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *depends;
|
||||
char **cmd;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *matches;
|
||||
alpm_hook_when_t when;
|
||||
int abort_on_fail, needs_targets;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_cb_ctx {
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle;
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
static void _alpm_trigger_free(struct _alpm_trigger_t *trigger)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(trigger) {
|
||||
FREELIST(trigger->targets);
|
||||
free(trigger);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void _alpm_hook_free(struct _alpm_hook_t *hook)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(hook) {
|
||||
free(hook->name);
|
||||
free(hook->desc);
|
||||
wordsplit_free(hook->cmd);
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(hook->triggers, (alpm_list_fn_free) _alpm_trigger_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(hook->triggers);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(hook->matches);
|
||||
FREELIST(hook->depends);
|
||||
free(hook);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_trigger_validate(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
struct _alpm_trigger_t *trigger, const char *file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(trigger->targets == NULL) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("Missing trigger targets in hook: %s\n"), file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(trigger->type == 0) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("Missing trigger type in hook: %s\n"), file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(trigger->op == 0) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("Missing trigger operation in hook: %s\n"), file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_validate(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, const char *file)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(hook->triggers == NULL) {
|
||||
/* special case: allow triggerless hooks as a way of creating dummy
|
||||
* hooks that can be used to mask lower priority hooks */
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = hook->triggers; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_trigger_validate(handle, i->data, file) != 0) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(hook->cmd == NULL) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("Missing Exec option in hook: %s\n"), file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(hook->when == 0) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("Missing When option in hook: %s\n"), file);
|
||||
} else if(hook->when != ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION && hook->abort_on_fail) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("AbortOnFail set for PostTransaction hook: %s\n"), file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_parse_cb(const char *file, int line,
|
||||
const char *section, char *key, char *value, void *data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_cb_ctx *ctx = data;
|
||||
alpm_handle_t *handle = ctx->handle;
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook = ctx->hook;
|
||||
|
||||
#define error(...) _alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, __VA_ARGS__); return 1;
|
||||
#define warning(...) _alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING, __VA_ARGS__);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!section && !key) {
|
||||
error(_("error while reading hook %s: %s\n"), file, strerror(errno));
|
||||
} else if(!section) {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid option %s\n"), file, line, key);
|
||||
} else if(!key) {
|
||||
/* beginning a new section */
|
||||
if(strcmp(section, "Trigger") == 0) {
|
||||
struct _alpm_trigger_t *t;
|
||||
CALLOC(t, sizeof(struct _alpm_trigger_t), 1, return 1);
|
||||
hook->triggers = alpm_list_add(hook->triggers, t);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(section, "Action") == 0) {
|
||||
/* no special processing required */
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid section %s\n"), file, line, section);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(section, "Trigger") == 0) {
|
||||
struct _alpm_trigger_t *t = hook->triggers->prev->data;
|
||||
if(strcmp(key, "Operation") == 0) {
|
||||
if(strcmp(value, "Install") == 0) {
|
||||
t->op |= ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(value, "Upgrade") == 0) {
|
||||
t->op |= ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(value, "Remove") == 0) {
|
||||
t->op |= ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "Type") == 0) {
|
||||
if(t->type != 0) {
|
||||
warning(_("hook %s line %d: overwriting previous definition of %s\n"), file, line, "Type");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(strcmp(value, "Package") == 0) {
|
||||
t->type = ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PACKAGE;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(value, "File") == 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
|
||||
"File targets are deprecated, use Path instead\n");
|
||||
t->type = ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PATH;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(value, "Path") == 0) {
|
||||
t->type = ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PATH;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "Target") == 0) {
|
||||
char *val;
|
||||
STRDUP(val, value, return 1);
|
||||
t->targets = alpm_list_add(t->targets, val);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid option %s\n"), file, line, key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(section, "Action") == 0) {
|
||||
if(strcmp(key, "When") == 0) {
|
||||
if(hook->when != 0) {
|
||||
warning(_("hook %s line %d: overwriting previous definition of %s\n"), file, line, "When");
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(strcmp(value, "PreTransaction") == 0) {
|
||||
hook->when = ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(value, "PostTransaction") == 0) {
|
||||
hook->when = ALPM_HOOK_POST_TRANSACTION;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "Description") == 0) {
|
||||
if(hook->desc != NULL) {
|
||||
warning(_("hook %s line %d: overwriting previous definition of %s\n"), file, line, "Description");
|
||||
FREE(hook->desc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
STRDUP(hook->desc, value, return 1);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "Depends") == 0) {
|
||||
char *val;
|
||||
STRDUP(val, value, return 1);
|
||||
hook->depends = alpm_list_add(hook->depends, val);
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "AbortOnFail") == 0) {
|
||||
hook->abort_on_fail = 1;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "NeedsTargets") == 0) {
|
||||
hook->needs_targets = 1;
|
||||
} else if(strcmp(key, "Exec") == 0) {
|
||||
if(hook->cmd != NULL) {
|
||||
warning(_("hook %s line %d: overwriting previous definition of %s\n"), file, line, "Exec");
|
||||
wordsplit_free(hook->cmd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((hook->cmd = wordsplit(value)) == NULL) {
|
||||
if(errno == EINVAL) {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid value %s\n"), file, line, value);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: unable to set option (%s)\n"),
|
||||
file, line, strerror(errno));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
error(_("hook %s line %d: invalid option %s\n"), file, line, key);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef error
|
||||
#undef warning
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_trigger_match_file(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, struct _alpm_trigger_t *t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *j, *install = NULL, *upgrade = NULL, *remove = NULL;
|
||||
size_t isize = 0, rsize = 0;
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if file will be installed */
|
||||
for(i = handle->trans->add; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t filelist = pkg->files;
|
||||
size_t f;
|
||||
for(f = 0; f < filelist.count; f++) {
|
||||
if(alpm_option_match_noextract(handle, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
|
||||
install = alpm_list_add(install, filelist.files[f].name);
|
||||
isize++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if file will be removed due to package upgrade */
|
||||
for(i = handle->trans->add; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *spkg = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = spkg->oldpkg;
|
||||
if(pkg) {
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t filelist = pkg->files;
|
||||
size_t f;
|
||||
for(f = 0; f < filelist.count; f++) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
|
||||
remove = alpm_list_add(remove, filelist.files[f].name);
|
||||
rsize++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if file will be removed due to package removal */
|
||||
for(i = handle->trans->remove; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t filelist = pkg->files;
|
||||
size_t f;
|
||||
for(f = 0; f < filelist.count; f++) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, filelist.files[f].name) == 0) {
|
||||
remove = alpm_list_add(remove, filelist.files[f].name);
|
||||
rsize++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
i = install = alpm_list_msort(install, isize, (alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
|
||||
j = remove = alpm_list_msort(remove, rsize, (alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
|
||||
while(i) {
|
||||
while(j && strcmp(i->data, j->data) > 0) {
|
||||
j = j->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(j == NULL) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(strcmp(i->data, j->data) == 0) {
|
||||
char *path = i->data;
|
||||
upgrade = alpm_list_add(upgrade, path);
|
||||
while(i && strcmp(i->data, path) == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *next = i->next;
|
||||
install = alpm_list_remove_item(install, i);
|
||||
free(i);
|
||||
i = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while(j && strcmp(j->data, path) == 0) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *next = j->next;
|
||||
remove = alpm_list_remove_item(remove, j);
|
||||
free(j);
|
||||
j = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
i = i->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
ret = (t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL && install)
|
||||
|| (t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE && upgrade)
|
||||
|| (t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE && remove);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hook->needs_targets) {
|
||||
#define _save_matches(_op, _matches) \
|
||||
if(t->op & _op && _matches) { \
|
||||
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, _matches); \
|
||||
} else { \
|
||||
alpm_list_free(_matches); \
|
||||
}
|
||||
_save_matches(ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL, install);
|
||||
_save_matches(ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE, upgrade);
|
||||
_save_matches(ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE, remove);
|
||||
#undef _save_matches
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
alpm_list_free(install);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(upgrade);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(remove);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_trigger_match_pkg(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, struct _alpm_trigger_t *t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *install = NULL, *upgrade = NULL, *remove = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL || t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
for(i = handle->trans->add; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
|
||||
if(_alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, pkg->name) == 0) {
|
||||
if(pkg->oldpkg) {
|
||||
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_UPGRADE) {
|
||||
if(hook->needs_targets) {
|
||||
upgrade = alpm_list_add(upgrade, pkg->name);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_INSTALL) {
|
||||
if(hook->needs_targets) {
|
||||
install = alpm_list_add(install, pkg->name);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(t->op & ALPM_HOOK_OP_REMOVE) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
for(i = handle->trans->remove; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg = i->data;
|
||||
if(pkg && _alpm_fnmatch_patterns(t->targets, pkg->name) == 0) {
|
||||
if(!alpm_list_find(handle->trans->add, pkg, _alpm_pkg_cmp)) {
|
||||
if(hook->needs_targets) {
|
||||
remove = alpm_list_add(remove, pkg->name);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* if we reached this point we either need the target lists or we didn't
|
||||
* match anything and the following calls will all be no-ops */
|
||||
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, install);
|
||||
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, upgrade);
|
||||
hook->matches = alpm_list_join(hook->matches, remove);
|
||||
|
||||
return install || upgrade || remove;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_trigger_match(alpm_handle_t *handle,
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook, struct _alpm_trigger_t *t)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return t->type == ALPM_HOOK_TYPE_PACKAGE
|
||||
? _alpm_hook_trigger_match_pkg(handle, hook, t)
|
||||
: _alpm_hook_trigger_match_file(handle, hook, t);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_triggered(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct _alpm_hook_t *hook)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
for(i = hook->triggers; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_hook_trigger_match(handle, hook, i->data)) {
|
||||
if(!hook->needs_targets) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
ret = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_cmp(struct _alpm_hook_t *h1, struct _alpm_hook_t *h2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t suflen = strlen(ALPM_HOOK_SUFFIX), l1, l2;
|
||||
int ret;
|
||||
l1 = strlen(h1->name) - suflen;
|
||||
l2 = strlen(h2->name) - suflen;
|
||||
/* exclude the suffixes from comparison */
|
||||
ret = strncmp(h1->name, h2->name, l1 <= l2 ? l1 : l2);
|
||||
if(ret == 0 && l1 != l2) {
|
||||
return l1 < l2 ? -1 : 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *find_hook(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while(haystack) {
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *h = haystack->data;
|
||||
if(h && strcmp(h->name, needle) == 0) {
|
||||
return haystack;
|
||||
}
|
||||
haystack = haystack->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static ssize_t _alpm_hook_feed_targets(char *buf, ssize_t needed, alpm_list_t **pos)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t remaining = needed, written = 0;;
|
||||
size_t len;
|
||||
|
||||
while(*pos && (len = strlen((*pos)->data)) + 1 <= remaining) {
|
||||
memcpy(buf, (*pos)->data, len);
|
||||
buf[len++] = '\n';
|
||||
*pos = (*pos)->next;
|
||||
buf += len;
|
||||
remaining -= len;
|
||||
written += len;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(*pos && remaining) {
|
||||
memcpy(buf, (*pos)->data, remaining);
|
||||
(*pos)->data = (char*) (*pos)->data + remaining;
|
||||
written += remaining;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return written;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_alpm_strlist_dedup(alpm_list_t *list)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i = list;
|
||||
while(i) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *next = i->next;
|
||||
while(next && strcmp(i->data, next->data) == 0) {
|
||||
list = alpm_list_remove_item(list, next);
|
||||
free(next);
|
||||
next = i->next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
i = next;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return list;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_hook_run_hook(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct _alpm_hook_t *hook)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *pkgs = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(handle->db_local);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = hook->depends; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
if(!alpm_find_satisfier(pkgs, i->data)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("unable to run hook %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
hook->name, _("could not satisfy dependencies"));
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(hook->needs_targets) {
|
||||
alpm_list_t *ctx;
|
||||
hook->matches = alpm_list_msort(hook->matches,
|
||||
alpm_list_count(hook->matches), (alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
|
||||
/* hooks with multiple triggers could have duplicate matches */
|
||||
ctx = hook->matches = _alpm_strlist_dedup(hook->matches);
|
||||
return _alpm_run_chroot(handle, hook->cmd[0], hook->cmd,
|
||||
(_alpm_cb_io) _alpm_hook_feed_targets, &ctx);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
return _alpm_run_chroot(handle, hook->cmd[0], hook->cmd, NULL, NULL);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_hook_run(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_hook_when_t when)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_event_hook_t event = { .when = when };
|
||||
alpm_event_hook_run_t hook_event;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *hooks = NULL, *hooks_triggered = NULL;
|
||||
size_t suflen = strlen(ALPM_HOOK_SUFFIX), triggered = 0;
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = alpm_list_last(handle->hookdirs); i; i = alpm_list_previous(i)) {
|
||||
char path[PATH_MAX];
|
||||
size_t dirlen;
|
||||
struct dirent *entry;
|
||||
DIR *d;
|
||||
|
||||
if((dirlen = strlen(i->data)) >= PATH_MAX) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open directory: %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
(char *)i->data, strerror(ENAMETOOLONG));
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memcpy(path, i->data, dirlen + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(d = opendir(path))) {
|
||||
if(errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("could not open directory: %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while((errno = 0, entry = readdir(d))) {
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_cb_ctx ctx = { handle, NULL };
|
||||
struct stat buf;
|
||||
size_t name_len;
|
||||
|
||||
if(strcmp(entry->d_name, ".") == 0 || strcmp(entry->d_name, "..") == 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((name_len = strlen(entry->d_name)) >= PATH_MAX - dirlen) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not open file: %s%s: %s\n"),
|
||||
path, entry->d_name, strerror(ENAMETOOLONG));
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
memcpy(path + dirlen, entry->d_name, name_len + 1);
|
||||
|
||||
if(name_len < suflen
|
||||
|| strcmp(entry->d_name + name_len - suflen, ALPM_HOOK_SUFFIX) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping non-hook file %s\n", path);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(find_hook(hooks, entry->d_name)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping overridden hook %s\n", path);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(stat(path, &buf) != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("could not stat file %s: %s\n"), path, strerror(errno));
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(S_ISDIR(buf.st_mode)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "skipping directory %s\n", path);
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(ctx.hook, sizeof(struct _alpm_hook_t), 1,
|
||||
ret = -1; closedir(d); goto cleanup);
|
||||
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "parsing hook file %s\n", path);
|
||||
if(parse_ini(path, _alpm_hook_parse_cb, &ctx) != 0
|
||||
|| _alpm_hook_validate(handle, ctx.hook, path)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "parsing hook file %s failed\n", path);
|
||||
_alpm_hook_free(ctx.hook);
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
STRDUP(ctx.hook->name, entry->d_name, ret = -1; closedir(d); goto cleanup);
|
||||
hooks = alpm_list_add(hooks, ctx.hook);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(errno != 0) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not read directory: %s: %s\n"),
|
||||
(char *) i->data, strerror(errno));
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
closedir(d);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret != 0 && when == ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION) {
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hooks = alpm_list_msort(hooks, alpm_list_count(hooks),
|
||||
(alpm_list_fn_cmp)_alpm_hook_cmp);
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = hooks; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook = i->data;
|
||||
if(hook && hook->when == when && _alpm_hook_triggered(handle, hook)) {
|
||||
hooks_triggered = alpm_list_add(hooks_triggered, hook);
|
||||
triggered++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(hooks_triggered != NULL) {
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_START;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, (void *)&event);
|
||||
|
||||
hook_event.position = 1;
|
||||
hook_event.total = triggered;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = hooks_triggered; i; i = i->next, hook_event.position++) {
|
||||
struct _alpm_hook_t *hook = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_logaction(handle, ALPM_CALLER_PREFIX, "running '%s'...\n", hook->name);
|
||||
|
||||
hook_event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_START;
|
||||
hook_event.name = hook->name;
|
||||
hook_event.desc = hook->desc;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &hook_event);
|
||||
|
||||
if(_alpm_hook_run_hook(handle, hook) != 0 && hook->abort_on_fail) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hook_event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_DONE;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, &hook_event);
|
||||
|
||||
if(ret != 0 && when == ALPM_HOOK_PRE_TRANSACTION) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free(hooks_triggered);
|
||||
|
||||
event.type = ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_DONE;
|
||||
EVENT(handle, (void *)&event);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(hooks, (alpm_list_fn_free) _alpm_hook_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(hooks);
|
||||
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* hook.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2015-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef ALPM_HOOK_H
|
||||
#define ALPM_HOOK_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define ALPM_HOOK_SUFFIX ".hook"
|
||||
|
||||
int _alpm_hook_run(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_hook_when_t when);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ALPM_HOOK_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
|||
#ifndef LIBARCHIVE_COMPAT_H
|
||||
#define LIBARCHIVE_COMPAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* libarchive-compat.h
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2013-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int _alpm_archive_read_free(struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return archive_read_free(archive);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int64_t _alpm_archive_compressed_ftell(struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return archive_filter_bytes(archive, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int _alpm_archive_read_open_file(struct archive *archive,
|
||||
const char *filename, size_t block_size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return archive_read_open_filename(archive, filename, block_size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int _alpm_archive_filter_code(struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return archive_filter_code(archive, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline int _alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return archive_read_support_filter_all(archive);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* LIBARCHIVE_COMPAT_H */
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* log.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <stdarg.h>
|
||||
#include <errno.h>
|
||||
#include <syslog.h>
|
||||
#include <time.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static int _alpm_log_leader(FILE *f, const char *prefix)
|
||||
{
|
||||
time_t t = time(NULL);
|
||||
struct tm *tm = localtime(&t);
|
||||
int length = 32;
|
||||
char timestamp[length];
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use ISO-8601 date format */
|
||||
strftime(timestamp,length,"%FT%T%z", tm);
|
||||
return fprintf(f, "[%s] [%s] ", timestamp, prefix);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_logaction(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *prefix,
|
||||
const char *fmt, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(handle != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
if(!(prefix && *prefix)) {
|
||||
prefix = "UNKNOWN";
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check if the logstream is open already, opening it if needed */
|
||||
if(handle->logstream == NULL && handle->logfile != NULL) {
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
do {
|
||||
fd = open(handle->logfile, O_WRONLY | O_APPEND | O_CREAT | O_CLOEXEC,
|
||||
0644);
|
||||
} while(fd == -1 && errno == EINTR);
|
||||
/* if we couldn't open it, we have an issue */
|
||||
if(fd < 0 || (handle->logstream = fdopen(fd, "a")) == NULL) {
|
||||
if(errno == EACCES) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
|
||||
} else if(errno == ENOENT) {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_NOT_A_DIR;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
va_start(args, fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle->usesyslog) {
|
||||
/* we can't use a va_list more than once, so we need to copy it
|
||||
* so we can use the original when calling vfprintf below. */
|
||||
va_list args_syslog;
|
||||
va_copy(args_syslog, args);
|
||||
vsyslog(LOG_WARNING, fmt, args_syslog);
|
||||
va_end(args_syslog);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle->logstream) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_log_leader(handle->logstream, prefix) < 0
|
||||
|| vfprintf(handle->logstream, fmt, args) < 0) {
|
||||
ret = -1;
|
||||
handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_SYSTEM;
|
||||
}
|
||||
fflush(handle->logstream);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
va_end(args);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_log(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_loglevel_t flag, const char *fmt, ...)
|
||||
{
|
||||
va_list args;
|
||||
|
||||
if(handle == NULL || handle->logcb == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
va_start(args, fmt);
|
||||
handle->logcb(handle->logcb_ctx, flag, fmt, args);
|
||||
va_end(args);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
|
|||
libalpm_sources = files('''
|
||||
add.h add.c
|
||||
alpm.h alpm.c
|
||||
alpm_list.h alpm_list.c
|
||||
backup.h backup.c
|
||||
base64.h base64.c
|
||||
be_local.c
|
||||
be_package.c
|
||||
be_sync.c
|
||||
conflict.h conflict.c
|
||||
db.h db.c
|
||||
deps.h deps.c
|
||||
diskspace.h diskspace.c
|
||||
dload.h dload.c
|
||||
error.c
|
||||
filelist.h filelist.c
|
||||
graph.h graph.c
|
||||
group.h group.c
|
||||
handle.h handle.c
|
||||
hook.h hook.c
|
||||
libarchive-compat.h
|
||||
log.h log.c
|
||||
package.h package.c
|
||||
pkghash.h pkghash.c
|
||||
rawstr.c
|
||||
remove.h remove.c
|
||||
sandbox.h sandbox.c
|
||||
sandbox_fs.h sandbox_fs.c
|
||||
sandbox_syscalls.h sandbox_syscalls.c
|
||||
signing.c signing.h
|
||||
sync.h sync.c
|
||||
trans.h trans.c
|
||||
util.h util.c
|
||||
version.c
|
||||
'''.split())
|
||||
|
|
@ -1,902 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* package.c
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2006-2025 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@lists.archlinux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 by Miklos Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
* along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <limits.h>
|
||||
#include <stdlib.h>
|
||||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* libalpm */
|
||||
#include "package.h"
|
||||
#include "alpm_list.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "util.h"
|
||||
#include "db.h"
|
||||
#include "handle.h"
|
||||
#include "deps.h"
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_free(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Only free packages loaded in user space */
|
||||
if(pkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_checkmd5sum(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *fpath;
|
||||
int retval;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
/* We only inspect packages from sync repositories */
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_SYNCDB,
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
|
||||
|
||||
fpath = _alpm_filecache_find(pkg->handle, pkg->filename);
|
||||
|
||||
retval = _alpm_test_checksum(fpath, pkg->md5sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM);
|
||||
|
||||
FREE(fpath);
|
||||
|
||||
if(retval == 1) {
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
|
||||
retval = -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return retval;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Default package accessor functions. These will get overridden by any
|
||||
* backend logic that needs lazy access, such as the local database through
|
||||
* a lazy-load cache. However, the defaults will work just fine for fully-
|
||||
* populated package structures. */
|
||||
static const char *_pkg_get_base(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->base; }
|
||||
static const char *_pkg_get_desc(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->desc; }
|
||||
static const char *_pkg_get_url(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->url; }
|
||||
static alpm_time_t _pkg_get_builddate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->builddate; }
|
||||
static alpm_time_t _pkg_get_installdate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->installdate; }
|
||||
static const char *_pkg_get_packager(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->packager; }
|
||||
static const char *_pkg_get_arch(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->arch; }
|
||||
static off_t _pkg_get_isize(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->isize; }
|
||||
static alpm_pkgreason_t _pkg_get_reason(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->reason; }
|
||||
static int _pkg_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->validation; }
|
||||
static int _pkg_has_scriptlet(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->scriptlet; }
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_licenses(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->licenses; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_groups(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->groups; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_depends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->depends; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_optdepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->optdepends; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_checkdepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->checkdepends; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_makedepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->makedepends; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_conflicts(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->conflicts; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_provides(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->provides; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_replaces(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->replaces; }
|
||||
static alpm_filelist_t *_pkg_get_files(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return &(pkg->files); }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_backup(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->backup; }
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *_pkg_get_xdata(alpm_pkg_t *pkg) { return pkg->xdata; }
|
||||
|
||||
static void *_pkg_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static size_t _pkg_changelog_read(void UNUSED *ptr, size_t UNUSED size,
|
||||
const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, UNUSED void *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _pkg_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg,
|
||||
void UNUSED *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return EOF;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static struct archive *_pkg_mtree_open(alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _pkg_mtree_next(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg,
|
||||
struct archive UNUSED *archive, struct archive_entry UNUSED **entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _pkg_mtree_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg,
|
||||
struct archive UNUSED *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static int _pkg_force_load(alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg) { return 0; }
|
||||
|
||||
/** The standard package operations struct. Get fields directly from the
|
||||
* struct itself with no abstraction layer or any type of lazy loading.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const struct pkg_operations default_pkg_ops = {
|
||||
.get_base = _pkg_get_base,
|
||||
.get_desc = _pkg_get_desc,
|
||||
.get_url = _pkg_get_url,
|
||||
.get_builddate = _pkg_get_builddate,
|
||||
.get_installdate = _pkg_get_installdate,
|
||||
.get_packager = _pkg_get_packager,
|
||||
.get_arch = _pkg_get_arch,
|
||||
.get_isize = _pkg_get_isize,
|
||||
.get_reason = _pkg_get_reason,
|
||||
.get_validation = _pkg_get_validation,
|
||||
.has_scriptlet = _pkg_has_scriptlet,
|
||||
|
||||
.get_licenses = _pkg_get_licenses,
|
||||
.get_groups = _pkg_get_groups,
|
||||
.get_depends = _pkg_get_depends,
|
||||
.get_optdepends = _pkg_get_optdepends,
|
||||
.get_checkdepends = _pkg_get_checkdepends,
|
||||
.get_makedepends = _pkg_get_makedepends,
|
||||
.get_conflicts = _pkg_get_conflicts,
|
||||
.get_provides = _pkg_get_provides,
|
||||
.get_replaces = _pkg_get_replaces,
|
||||
.get_files = _pkg_get_files,
|
||||
.get_backup = _pkg_get_backup,
|
||||
.get_xdata = _pkg_get_xdata,
|
||||
|
||||
.changelog_open = _pkg_changelog_open,
|
||||
.changelog_read = _pkg_changelog_read,
|
||||
.changelog_close = _pkg_changelog_close,
|
||||
|
||||
.mtree_open = _pkg_mtree_open,
|
||||
.mtree_next = _pkg_mtree_next,
|
||||
.mtree_close = _pkg_mtree_close,
|
||||
|
||||
.force_load = _pkg_force_load,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public functions for getting package information. These functions
|
||||
* delegate the hard work to the function callbacks attached to each
|
||||
* package, which depend on where the package was loaded from. */
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_filename(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->filename;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_base(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_base(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_handle(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
return pkg->handle;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_name(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->name;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_version(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->version;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkgfrom_t SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_origin(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->origin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_desc(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_desc(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_url(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_url(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_time_t SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_builddate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_builddate(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_time_t SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_installdate(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_installdate(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_packager(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_packager(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_md5sum(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->md5sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->sha256sum;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->base64_sig;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_sig(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, unsigned char **sig, size_t *sig_len)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->base64_sig) {
|
||||
int ret = alpm_decode_signature(pkg->base64_sig, sig, sig_len);
|
||||
if(ret != 0) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
char *pkgpath = NULL, *sigpath = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_errno_t err;
|
||||
int ret = -1;
|
||||
|
||||
pkgpath = _alpm_filecache_find(pkg->handle, pkg->filename);
|
||||
if(!pkgpath) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(pkg->handle, pkgpath);
|
||||
if(!sigpath || _alpm_access(pkg->handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
err = _alpm_read_file(sigpath, sig, sig_len);
|
||||
if(err == ALPM_ERR_OK) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(pkg->handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "found detached signature %s with size %ld\n",
|
||||
sigpath, *sig_len);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
GOTO_ERR(pkg->handle, err, cleanup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
ret = 0;
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
FREE(pkgpath);
|
||||
FREE(sigpath);
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_arch(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_arch(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
off_t SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_size(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
off_t SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_isize(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_isize(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkgreason_t SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_reason(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_reason(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_get_validation(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_validation(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_licenses(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_licenses(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_groups(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_groups(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_depends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_depends(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_optdepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_optdepends(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_checkdepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_checkdepends(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_makedepends(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_makedepends(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_conflicts(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_conflicts(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_provides(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_provides(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_replaces(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_replaces(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_filelist_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_files(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_files(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_backup(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_backup(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_db_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_db(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Sanity checks */
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg->origin != ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
return pkg->origin_data.db;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->changelog_open(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
|
||||
const alpm_pkg_t *pkg, void *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return 0);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->changelog_read(ptr, size, pkg, fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t *pkg, void *fp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->changelog_close(pkg, fp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
struct archive SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_mtree_open(alpm_pkg_t * pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->mtree_open(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_mtree_next(const alpm_pkg_t * pkg, struct archive *archive,
|
||||
struct archive_entry **entry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->mtree_next(pkg, archive, entry);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_mtree_close(const alpm_pkg_t * pkg, struct archive *archive)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->mtree_close(pkg, archive);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_has_scriptlet(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return -1);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->has_scriptlet(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_get_xdata(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
return pkg->ops->get_xdata(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void find_requiredby(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t **reqs,
|
||||
int optional)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
for(i = _alpm_db_get_pkgcache(db); i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *cachepkg = i->data;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *j;
|
||||
|
||||
if(optional == 0) {
|
||||
j = alpm_pkg_get_depends(cachepkg);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
j = alpm_pkg_get_optdepends(cachepkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
for(; j; j = j->next) {
|
||||
if(_alpm_depcmp(pkg, j->data)) {
|
||||
const char *cachepkgname = cachepkg->name;
|
||||
if(alpm_list_find_str(*reqs, cachepkgname) == NULL) {
|
||||
*reqs = alpm_list_add(*reqs, strdup(cachepkgname));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *compute_requiredby(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, int optional)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *reqs = NULL;
|
||||
alpm_db_t *db;
|
||||
|
||||
ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
|
||||
/* The sane option; search locally for things that require this. */
|
||||
find_requiredby(pkg, pkg->handle->db_local, &reqs, optional);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/* We have a DB package. if it is a local package, then we should
|
||||
* only search the local DB; else search all known sync databases. */
|
||||
db = pkg->origin_data.db;
|
||||
if(db->status & DB_STATUS_LOCAL) {
|
||||
find_requiredby(pkg, db, &reqs, optional);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
for(i = pkg->handle->dbs_sync; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
db = i->data;
|
||||
find_requiredby(pkg, db, &reqs, optional);
|
||||
}
|
||||
reqs = alpm_list_msort(reqs, alpm_list_count(reqs), _alpm_str_cmp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return reqs;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_compute_requiredby(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return compute_requiredby(pkg, 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_compute_optionalfor(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return compute_requiredby(pkg, 1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_file_t *_alpm_file_copy(alpm_file_t *dest,
|
||||
const alpm_file_t *src)
|
||||
{
|
||||
STRDUP(dest->name, src->name, return NULL);
|
||||
dest->size = src->size;
|
||||
dest->mode = src->mode;
|
||||
|
||||
return dest;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_new(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *pkg;
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(pkg, 1, sizeof(alpm_pkg_t), return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
return pkg;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static alpm_list_t *list_depdup(alpm_list_t *old)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i, *new = NULL;
|
||||
for(i = old; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
new = alpm_list_add(new, _alpm_dep_dup(i->data));
|
||||
}
|
||||
return new;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a package data struct.
|
||||
* @param pkg the package to duplicate
|
||||
* @param new_ptr location to store duplicated package pointer
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, -1 on fatal error, 1 on non-fatal error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _alpm_pkg_dup(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, alpm_pkg_t **new_ptr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
|
||||
alpm_list_t *i;
|
||||
int ret = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(!pkg || !pkg->handle) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(!new_ptr) {
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->ops->force_load(pkg)) {
|
||||
_alpm_log(pkg->handle, ALPM_LOG_WARNING,
|
||||
_("could not fully load metadata for package %s-%s\n"),
|
||||
pkg->name, pkg->version);
|
||||
ret = 1;
|
||||
pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(newpkg, 1, sizeof(alpm_pkg_t), goto cleanup);
|
||||
|
||||
newpkg->name_hash = pkg->name_hash;
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->filename, pkg->filename, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->base, pkg->base, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->name, pkg->name, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->version, pkg->version, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->desc, pkg->desc, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->url, pkg->url, goto cleanup);
|
||||
newpkg->builddate = pkg->builddate;
|
||||
newpkg->installdate = pkg->installdate;
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->packager, pkg->packager, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->md5sum, pkg->md5sum, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->sha256sum, pkg->sha256sum, goto cleanup);
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->arch, pkg->arch, goto cleanup);
|
||||
newpkg->size = pkg->size;
|
||||
newpkg->isize = pkg->isize;
|
||||
newpkg->scriptlet = pkg->scriptlet;
|
||||
newpkg->reason = pkg->reason;
|
||||
newpkg->validation = pkg->validation;
|
||||
|
||||
newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_strdup(pkg->licenses);
|
||||
newpkg->replaces = list_depdup(pkg->replaces);
|
||||
newpkg->groups = alpm_list_strdup(pkg->groups);
|
||||
for(i = pkg->backup; i; i = i->next) {
|
||||
newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, _alpm_backup_dup(i->data));
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpkg->depends = list_depdup(pkg->depends);
|
||||
newpkg->optdepends = list_depdup(pkg->optdepends);
|
||||
newpkg->conflicts = list_depdup(pkg->conflicts);
|
||||
newpkg->provides = list_depdup(pkg->provides);
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->files.count) {
|
||||
size_t filenum;
|
||||
size_t len = sizeof(alpm_file_t) * pkg->files.count;
|
||||
MALLOC(newpkg->files.files, len, goto cleanup);
|
||||
for(filenum = 0; filenum < pkg->files.count; filenum++) {
|
||||
if(!_alpm_file_copy(newpkg->files.files + filenum,
|
||||
pkg->files.files + filenum)) {
|
||||
goto cleanup;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpkg->files.count = pkg->files.count;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* internal */
|
||||
newpkg->infolevel = pkg->infolevel;
|
||||
newpkg->origin = pkg->origin;
|
||||
if(newpkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
|
||||
STRDUP(newpkg->origin_data.file, pkg->origin_data.file, goto cleanup);
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
newpkg->origin_data.db = pkg->origin_data.db;
|
||||
}
|
||||
newpkg->ops = pkg->ops;
|
||||
newpkg->handle = pkg->handle;
|
||||
|
||||
*new_ptr = newpkg;
|
||||
return ret;
|
||||
|
||||
cleanup:
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
|
||||
RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void free_deplist(alpm_list_t *deps)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(deps, (alpm_list_fn_free)alpm_dep_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(deps);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_pkg_xdata_t *_alpm_pkg_parse_xdata(const char *string)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd;
|
||||
const char *sep;
|
||||
if(string == NULL || (sep = strchr(string, '=')) == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CALLOC(pd, 1, sizeof(alpm_pkg_xdata_t), return NULL);
|
||||
STRNDUP(pd->name, string, sep - string, FREE(pd); return NULL);
|
||||
STRDUP(pd->value, sep + 1, FREE(pd->name); FREE(pd); return NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
return pd;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_pkg_xdata_free(alpm_pkg_xdata_t *pd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pd) {
|
||||
free(pd->name);
|
||||
free(pd->value);
|
||||
free(pd);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void _alpm_pkg_free(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
FREE(pkg->filename);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->base);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->name);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->version);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->desc);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->url);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->packager);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->md5sum);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->sha256sum);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->base64_sig);
|
||||
FREE(pkg->arch);
|
||||
|
||||
FREELIST(pkg->licenses);
|
||||
free_deplist(pkg->replaces);
|
||||
FREELIST(pkg->groups);
|
||||
if(pkg->files.count) {
|
||||
size_t i;
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < pkg->files.count; i++) {
|
||||
FREE(pkg->files.files[i].name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
free(pkg->files.files);
|
||||
}
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(pkg->backup, (alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_backup_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(pkg->backup);
|
||||
alpm_list_free_inner(pkg->xdata, (alpm_list_fn_free)_alpm_pkg_xdata_free);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(pkg->xdata);
|
||||
free_deplist(pkg->depends);
|
||||
free_deplist(pkg->optdepends);
|
||||
free_deplist(pkg->checkdepends);
|
||||
free_deplist(pkg->makedepends);
|
||||
free_deplist(pkg->conflicts);
|
||||
free_deplist(pkg->provides);
|
||||
alpm_list_free(pkg->removes);
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg->oldpkg);
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
|
||||
FREE(pkg->origin_data.file);
|
||||
}
|
||||
FREE(pkg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* This function should be used when removing a target from upgrade/sync target list
|
||||
* Case 1: If pkg is a loaded package file (ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE), it will be freed.
|
||||
* Case 2: If pkg is a pkgcache entry (ALPM_PKG_FROM_CACHE), it won't be freed,
|
||||
* only the transaction specific fields of pkg will be freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void _alpm_pkg_free_trans(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(pkg == NULL) {
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->origin == ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE) {
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
alpm_list_free(pkg->removes);
|
||||
pkg->removes = NULL;
|
||||
_alpm_pkg_free(pkg->oldpkg);
|
||||
pkg->oldpkg = NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Is spkg an upgrade for localpkg? */
|
||||
int _alpm_pkg_compare_versions(alpm_pkg_t *spkg, alpm_pkg_t *localpkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return alpm_pkg_vercmp(spkg->version, localpkg->version);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Helper function for comparing packages
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int _alpm_pkg_cmp(const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const alpm_pkg_t *pkg1 = p1;
|
||||
const alpm_pkg_t *pkg2 = p2;
|
||||
return strcmp(pkg1->name, pkg2->name);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test for existence of a package in a alpm_list_t*
|
||||
* of alpm_pkg_t*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_pkg_find(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *lp;
|
||||
unsigned long needle_hash;
|
||||
|
||||
if(needle == NULL || haystack == NULL) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
needle_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(needle);
|
||||
|
||||
for(lp = haystack; lp; lp = lp->next) {
|
||||
alpm_pkg_t *info = lp->data;
|
||||
|
||||
if(info) {
|
||||
if(info->name_hash != needle_hash) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* finally: we had hash match, verify string match */
|
||||
if(strcmp(info->name, needle) == 0) {
|
||||
return info;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_should_ignore(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
alpm_list_t *groups = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* first see if the package is ignored */
|
||||
if(alpm_list_find(handle->ignorepkg, pkg->name, _alpm_fnmatch)) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* next see if the package is in a group that is ignored */
|
||||
for(groups = alpm_pkg_get_groups(pkg); groups; groups = groups->next) {
|
||||
char *grp = groups->data;
|
||||
if(alpm_list_find(handle->ignoregroup, grp, _alpm_fnmatch)) {
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check that package metadata meets our requirements */
|
||||
int _alpm_pkg_check_meta(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
char *c;
|
||||
int error_found = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
#define EPKGMETA(error) do { \
|
||||
error_found = -1; \
|
||||
_alpm_log(pkg->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, error, pkg->name, pkg->version); \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* sanity check */
|
||||
if(pkg->handle == NULL) {
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* immediate bail if package doesn't have name or version */
|
||||
if(pkg->name == NULL || pkg->name[0] == '\0'
|
||||
|| pkg->version == NULL || pkg->version[0] == '\0') {
|
||||
_alpm_log(pkg->handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
|
||||
_("invalid package metadata (name or version missing)"));
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pkg->name[0] == '-' || pkg->name[0] == '.') {
|
||||
EPKGMETA(_("invalid metadata for package %s-%s "
|
||||
"(package name cannot start with '.' or '-')\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(_alpm_fnmatch(pkg->name, "[![:alnum:]+_.@-]") == 0) {
|
||||
EPKGMETA(_("invalid metadata for package %s-%s "
|
||||
"(package name contains invalid characters)\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* multiple '-' in pkgver can cause local db entries for different packages
|
||||
* to overlap (e.g. foo-1=2-3 and foo=1-2-3 both give foo-1-2-3) */
|
||||
if((c = strchr(pkg->version, '-')) && (strchr(c + 1, '-'))) {
|
||||
EPKGMETA(_("invalid metadata for package %s-%s "
|
||||
"(package version contains invalid characters)\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(strchr(pkg->version, '/')) {
|
||||
EPKGMETA(_("invalid metadata for package %s-%s "
|
||||
"(package version contains invalid characters)\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* local db entry is <pkgname>-<pkgver> */
|
||||
if(strlen(pkg->name) + strlen(pkg->version) + 1 > NAME_MAX) {
|
||||
EPKGMETA(_("invalid metadata for package %s-%s "
|
||||
"(package name and version too long)\n"));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#undef EPKGMETA
|
||||
|
||||
return error_found;
|
||||
}
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Add table
Reference in a new issue